Introduction
The derivation of kinetic equations from microscopic particle systems is a central problem in mathematical physics. In the mean-field regime, a large class of interacting systems is expected to be described, as the number of particles N → ∞ N \to\infty N → ∞ , by nonlinear transport equations of Vlasov type. This scenario has been rigorously established in various settings, starting from the classical works of Braun–Hepp [11 ] and Dobrushin [25 ] (see also [39 , 27 ] for the general theory), and [28 ] for the relation between empirical measures and Vlasov hierarchies. Important extensions of the classical theory to rough or singular interaction forces were obtained in [30 , 32 , 38 ] . A distinct line of work derives Vlasov equations from fermionic quantum many-body dynamics in a joint mean-field and semiclassical regime, see, e.g., [4 ] and references therein. Taken together, the above works support the general principle that a microscopic system with mean-field interactions should, in the many-particle limit, be governed by a macroscopic equation of Vlasov type.
In the present paper we investigate this principle for a classical mechanical system whose one-particle dynamics is a billiard flow. The resulting specular collisions and grazing trajectories introduce singularities that constitute the main novelty of the problem.
We study a thermostatted system of particles evolving in a dispersing billiard (Sinai billiard) under the action of a constant1 external electric field. The dynamics is that of a Lorentz gas with specular reflections at the obstacles, coupled through a Gaussian thermostat which enforces conservation of the total kinetic energy. The case of a single moving particle is a canonical model of deterministic nonequilibrium statistical mechanics. For sufficiently weak fields, it admits a physical nonequilibrium steady state (NESS) with well-understood statistical properties; in particular, its transport, response and entropy-production mechanisms have been studied extensively [7 , 12 , 19 , 20 , 22 , 23 ] . In the many particles case, although the particles don’t interact directly, the friction coefficient depends on their empirical current and therefore couples all their motions through a mean field while preserving the total kinetic energy. Formal analysis and numerical evidence point to a self-consistent kinetic evolution and to a stable small-field distribution of particle speeds [10 ] . However, a rigorous derivation of this macroscopic evolution from the deterministic many-particle billiard dynamics has remained unavailable.
From the mathematical point of view, the thermostat leads to a nonlinear Vlasov-type equation for the one-particle distribution, while the obstacles introduce specular reflections and grazing collisions. The billiard flow is only piecewise smooth, and its derivative is unbounded near grazing trajectories [21 ] . As a consequence the Cauchy–Lipschitz theory does not apply to the characteristics, and the classical Dobrushin stability argument [25 ] is not available. There are results on Vlasov equations with specular reflection in bounded domains, mainly for Vlasov–Poisson-type systems, such as the boundary regularity results in [29 ] , the global existence results [31 ] , and the more recent global well-posedness result [17 ] . In these works the behaviour near grazing velocities plays a crucial role, and conditions such as flatness of the datum near the grazing set are imposed, which do not applied in the present setting. The closest rigorous analogue of our setting is the thermostatted kinetic model of [6 ] , where the Gaussian thermostat also generates a mean-field interaction but collisions are modeled by a stochastic mechanism instead of deterministic reflections. To the best of our knowledge, a rigorous mean-field limit for a deterministic thermostatted Lorentz gas has not been established before.
Our approach is mainly dynamical and it is based on the observation that the nonlinearity is of rank one, i.e. all particles feel the same friction coefficient a ( t ) a(t) a ( t ) , and when the field E 0 E_0 E 0 is constant the dynamics depends on a a a only through its primitive A ( t ) = ∫ 0 t a A(t) = \int_0^t a A ( t ) = ∫ 0 t a . For a given history A A A the one-particle dynamics is a non-autonomous billiard flow Φ A t \Phi_A^t Φ A t , with explicit affine free flights, and it turns out that the kinetic equation is equivalent to the scalar fixed point problem
A ( t ) = ∫ ⟨ E 0 , X ~ t A ( z ) − x ⟩ d μ 0 ( z ) , A(t)=\int\langle E_0,\widetilde{X}^{A}_{t}(z)-x\rangle\,d\mu_0(z), A ( t ) = ∫ ⟨ E 0 , X t A ( z ) − x ⟩ d μ 0 ( z ) ,
where X ~ t A ( z ) − x \widetilde{X}^{A}_{t}(z)-x X t A ( z ) − x is the displacement of the particle started at z = ( x , v ) z=(x,v) z = ( x , v ) , measured in the universal cover.2 The right-hand side involves positions only, which are continuous in time, so that no trace theory at the boundary is needed. The N N N -particle system satisfies exactly the same identity with μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 replaced by the initial empirical measure.
The results follow the classical scheme of a mean-field limit.
Particle system (Theorem 3.4 ). For almost every initial configuration the N N N -particle dynamics is well defined and unique, and its empirical measure δ N , t \delta_{N,t} δ N , t is a weak solution of the kinetic equation.
Kinetic equation (Theorem 3.5 ). For every absolutely continuous initial datum μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 with unit kinetic energy there exists a weak solution μ t \mu_t μ t . If μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 has a bounded density supported in { c 0 ≤ ∣ v ∣ ≤ L } \{c_0 \leq|v| \leq L\} { c 0 ≤ ∣ v ∣ ≤ L } and T T T is such that all speeds remain large compared with ∣ E 0 ∣ / κ min \sqrt{|E_0|/\kappa_{\min}} ∣ E 0 ∣/ κ m i n , where κ min \kappa_{\min} κ m i n is the minimal curvature of the obstacles, the weak solution is unique among absolutely continuous weak solutions. Under finite horizon (see § 8 ), the upper bound L L L can be replaced by an exponential tail of the initial density (see Remark 8.3) compatible with the predictions of [8 ] .
Mean-field limit (Theorem 3.6 ). In the regime of uniqueness, if the initial empirical measures converge to μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 then δ N , t \delta_{N,t} δ N , t converges to μ t \mu_t μ t for every t t t . Without the uniqueness assumption, the empirical measures are relatively compact and all their limit points are weak solutions with initial datum μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 .
The idea of the proof in the regime { c 0 ≤ ∣ v ∣ ≤ L } \{c_0 \leq|v| \leq L\} { c 0 ≤ ∣ v ∣ ≤ L } is actually naive, its implementation is nevertheless quite technical. It suffices to compare two histories on a short time window after the last time at which they agree. In the fast regime each particle has at most one collision in such a window, and for a single collision the loss of regularity is a factor 1 / ν 1/\nu 1/ ν , where ν \nu ν is the normal velocity at the collision. It turns out that this singularity is balanced exactly because the Lebesgue measure of the initial conditions is transported to the flux measure,3 which has the factor ν \nu ν . Hence 1 / ν 1/\nu 1/ ν is integrable, with an explicit bound, and the nearly grazing collisions gives a higher order term. Thanks to this observation, we can prove the result in this regime without requiring hyperbolicity, transversality of singularity manifolds or flatness of the datum near the grazing set.
Without the upper bound on the velocities, a very fast particle has many collisions in a window, and the singular factors of the collisions multiply and the above argument fails. However, if the table has finite horizon, we show that the Lebesgue average of their product grows at most exponentially in the number of collisions, uniformly in the history, by following one-parameter families of initial data and counting the pieces into which the collisions cut them. An exponential tail of the initial density, compatible with previous numerical results, compensates this growth (Theorem 8.1 ).
The main question left open is global uniqueness, that is, uniqueness without the lower cut-off on the speeds.4 Slow particles may return several times to the same obstacle in a short time, hopping along its boundary, and for such trajectories a different argument is needed (we discuss this in Remark 7.8, where we explain why we expect uniqueness to hold in general). Other natural questions are the extension
⟨ E 0 , X ~ t A ( z ) − x ⟩ = ∫ 0 t ⟨ E 0 , V s A ( z ) ⟩ d s , \langle E_0,\widetilde{X}^{A}_{t}(z)-x\rangle=\int_{0}^{t}\langle E_0,V^{A}_{s}(z)\rangle\,\mathrm{d}s, ⟨ E 0 , X t A ( z ) − x ⟩ = ∫ 0 t ⟨ E 0 , V s A ( z )⟩ d s ,
the right-hand side is the average work performed by the external field up to time t t t ; under the normalizing the kinetic energy, self-consistency identifies it with the thermostat coefficient A ( t ) A(t) A ( t ) . to non-constant fields (we discuss this possibility in § 9 ), quantitative rates and propagation of chaos, and the long-time behaviour and stationary states of the limit equation, in connection with the nonequilibrium steady states studied in [6 , 7 , 8 , 9 , 10 ] .
Finally, the thermostat couples the particles through a global observable, which places the model in the broader circle of ideas surrounding globally coupled dynamical systems and self-consistent transfer operators, initiated by Keller [33 , 34 ] . For general results on self-consistent transfer operators see [26 , 40 ] ; for hyperbolic globally coupled systems and their statistical properties see [3 ] , and for bifurcations and phase transitions in mean-field coupled chaotic systems see [2 ] . Recent developments concerning the differential and stability of self-consistent transfer operators are in [15 , 16 ] . We develop this point of view in Appendix B. All of the aforementioned works treat the uniform hyperbolic case, while the non-uniformly hyperbolic case has proven to be essential in the understanding of physically-relevant models. In particular, an interesting connection to the derivation of macroscopic transport and stochastic behaviour from deterministic chaotic dynamics is the investigation of fast–slow partially hyperbolic systems (see, for example, [14 , 24 , 35 ] and the references therein); a first evidence of that is the recent remarkable result [13 ] in which the heat equation has been derived for a harmonic chain under fast deterministic chaotic forcing, with no introduction of randomness. Those works provide a complementary dynamical-systems perspective on the emergence of effective transport laws, but they still concern smooth dynamics and we hope that the present paper can be a useful step forward to the study of more general discontinuous cases.
Structure of the paper. The length of the paper is largely due to the fact that it is entirely self-contained, although the proofs of some lemmas follow a standard approach, particularly those relating to Sinai billiards.
Section 2 introduces the particle system and the kinetic equation, and Section 3 collects the definitions and a summary of the results. In Section 4 we construct the billiard flow for a given history and prove that almost every point is regular. Section 5 contains the fixed point formulation, the existence theorem and the equivalence between weak and Lagrangian solutions, Section 6 the mean-field limit, and Section 7 the uniqueness theorem in the fast regime. In Sections 8–8.4 we remove the upper bound on the velocities for tables with finite horizon, and Section 9 collects further questions. The paper concludes with two appendices: Appendix A is the technical proof of Lemma 5.8 ; Appendix B explores the connection with self-consistent transfer operators.
The model
Microscopic dynamics
Let T 2 = R 2 / Z 2 \mathbb{T}^{2} = \mathbb{R}^{2}/\mathbb{Z}^{2} T 2 = R 2 / Z 2 and D : = T 2 ∖ ⋃ i = 1 r Q i \mathbf{D} := \mathbb{T}^{2} \setminus\bigcup_{i=1}^{r} Q_i D := T 2 ∖ ⋃ i = 1 r Q i , where Q 1 , … , Q r Q_1,\ldots,Q_r Q 1 , … , Q r are open, strictly convex subsets of T 2 \mathbb{T}^{2} T 2 with pairwise disjoint closures and C 3 C^{3} C 3 boundaries of positive curvature. The one-particle phase space is Ω : = D × R 2 \Omega:= \mathbf{D} \times\mathbb{R}^{2} Ω := D × R 2 . We consider N N N particles of unit mass with positions x i ∈ D x_i \in\mathbf{D} x i ∈ D and velocities v i ∈ R 2 v_i \in\mathbb{R}^{2} v i ∈ R 2 , subject to a constant field E 0 ∈ R 2 ∖ { 0 } E_0 \in\mathbb{R}^{2} \setminus\{0\} E 0 ∈ R 2 ∖ { 0 } and to the Gaussian thermostat. Setting
J N : = ∑ j = 1 N ⟨ E 0 , v j ⟩ , U N : = ∑ j = 1 N ∣ v j ∣ 2 , α N : = J N U N , J_N := \sum_{j=1}^{N} \langle E_0, v_j \rangle,\qquad U_N := \sum_{j=1}^{N} |v_j|^{2},\qquad\alpha_N := \frac{J_N}{U_N}, J N := j = 1 ∑ N ⟨ E 0 , v j ⟩ , U N := j = 1 ∑ N ∣ v j ∣ 2 , α N := U N J N ,
the equations of motion in the interior of D \mathbf{D} D are
x ˙ i = v i , v ˙ i = E 0 − α N v i , i = 1 , … , N , (1) \dot{x}_i = v_i,\qquad\dot{v}_i = E_0 - \alpha_N v_i,\qquad i=1,\ldots,N, \tag*{(1)} x ˙ i = v i , v ˙ i = E 0 − α N v i , i = 1 , … , N , (1)
and when a particle reaches ∂ D \partial\mathbf{D} ∂ D at a point x x x its velocity is reflected specularly,
v + = R x ( v − ) , R x ( v ) : = v − 2 ⟨ v , n ( x ) ⟩ n ( x ) , (2) v^{+} = \mathcal{R}_{x}(v^{-}),\qquad\mathcal{R}_{x}(v) := v - 2\langle v,n(x)\rangle n(x), \tag*{(2)} v + = R x ( v − ) , R x ( v ) := v − 2 ⟨ v , n ( x )⟩ n ( x ) , (2)
where n ( x ) n(x) n ( x ) is the unit normal at x ∈ ∂ D x \in\partial\mathbf{D} x ∈ ∂ D pointing into D \mathbf{D} D . A direct computation gives d d t U N = 2 J N − 2 α N U N = 0 \frac{d}{dt}U_N = 2J_N - 2\alpha_N U_N = 0 d t d U N = 2 J N − 2 α N U N = 0 , and reflections preserve ∣ v i ∣ |v_i| ∣ v i ∣ , so the total kinetic energy is conserved. The flow is not Hamiltonian: the divergence of the vector field in (1) is − ( 2 N − 1 ) α N -(2N-1)\alpha_N − ( 2 N − 1 ) α N (it is however conformally symplectic, see [36 ] ). The collisions with the obstacles do not correlate the particles and the interaction is due to the thermostat alone.
We fix the energy per particle to be one, i.e. we work on the invariant shell
1 N ∑ i = 1 N ∣ v i ∣ 2 = 1. (3) \frac{1}{N}\sum_{i=1}^{N}|v_i|^2=1. \tag*{(3)} N 1 i = 1 ∑ N ∣ v i ∣ 2 = 1. (3)
This is the normalisation compatible with a nontrivial limit N → ∞ N\to\infty N → ∞ in which the empirical measure 1 N ∑ i δ ( x i , v i ) \frac{1}{N}\sum_i\delta_{(x_i,v_i)} N 1 ∑ i δ ( x i , v i ) converges to a probability measure with finite second moment in velocity. On the shell (3) the thermostat coefficient is an empirical average, α N = 1 N ∑ j ⟨ E 0 , v j ⟩ \alpha_N=\frac{1}{N}\sum_j\langle E_0,v_j\rangle α N = N 1 ∑ j ⟨ E 0 , v j ⟩ , and (1) reads
x ˙ i = v i , v ˙ i = E 0 − [ 1 N ∑ j = 1 N ⟨ E 0 , v j ⟩ ] v i , i = 1 , … , N . (4) \dot{x}_i=v_i,\qquad\dot{v}_i=E_0-\left[\frac{1}{N}\sum_{j=1}^{N}\langle E_0,v_j\rangle\right]v_i,\qquad i=1,\ldots,N. \tag*{(4)} x ˙ i = v i , v ˙ i = E 0 − [ N 1 j = 1 ∑ N ⟨ E 0 , v j ⟩ ] v i , i = 1 , … , N . (4)
The kinetic equation
Equation (4) has the mean-field form
z ˙ i = 1 N ∑ j V ( z i , z j ) \dot{z}_i=\frac{1}{N}\sum_j V(z_i,z_j) z ˙ i = N 1 j ∑ V ( z i , z j )
with
V ( ( x , v ) , ( x ′ , v ′ ) ) = ( v , E 0 − ⟨ E 0 , v ′ ⟩ v ) . V((x,v),(x',v'))=(v,E_0-\langle E_0,v'\rangle v). V (( x , v ) , ( x ′ , v ′ )) = ( v , E 0 − ⟨ E 0 , v ′ ⟩ v ) .
Replacing the empirical average by an average with respect to the law f t f_t f t of one particle leads formally to the Vlasov-type equation
∂ t f + div ( x , v ) ( V f f ) = 0 , V f ( t , x , v ) = ( v , E 0 − j f ( t ) u f ( t ) v ) , (5) \partial_t f+\operatorname{div}_{(x,v)}(V_f f)=0,\qquad V_f(t,x,v)=\left(v,E_0-\frac{j_f(t)}{u_f(t)}v\right), \tag*{(5)} ∂ t f + div ( x , v ) ( V f f ) = 0 , V f ( t , x , v ) = ( v , E 0 − u f ( t ) j f ( t ) v ) , (5)
j f ( t ) : = ∫ Ω ⟨ E 0 , v ⟩ f ( t , x , v ) d x d v , u f ( t ) : = ∫ Ω ∣ v ∣ 2 f ( t , x , v ) d x d v , j_f(t):=\int_{\Omega}\langle E_0,v\rangle f(t,x,v)\,dx\,dv,\qquad u_f(t):=\int_{\Omega}|v|^2f(t,x,v)\,dx\,dv, j f ( t ) := ∫ Ω ⟨ E 0 , v ⟩ f ( t , x , v ) d x d v , u f ( t ) := ∫ Ω ∣ v ∣ 2 f ( t , x , v ) d x d v ,
with initial datum f ( 0 , ⋅ ) = f 0 f(0,\cdot)=f_0 f ( 0 , ⋅ ) = f 0 and the specular boundary condition
f ( t , x , v ) = f ( t , x , R x ( v ) ) , x ∈ ∂ D . (6) f(t,x,v)=f(t,x,R_x(v)),\qquad x\in\partial D. \tag*{(6)} f ( t , x , v ) = f ( t , x , R x ( v )) , x ∈ ∂ D . (6)
Mass and kinetic energy are conserved. For a smooth solution decaying fast enough in v v v , multiply (5) by ψ ( v ) = 1 \psi(v)=1 ψ ( v ) = 1 or ψ ( v ) = ∣ v ∣ 2 \psi(v)=|v|^2 ψ ( v ) = ∣ v ∣ 2 and integrate over Ω \Omega Ω . The boundary term ∫ ∂ D × R 2 ⟨ v , n ( x ) ⟩ ψ ( v ) f d σ ( x ) d v \int_{\partial D\times\mathbb{R}^2}\langle v,n(x)\rangle\psi(v)f\,d\sigma(x)\,dv ∫ ∂ D × R 2 ⟨ v , n ( x )⟩ ψ ( v ) f d σ ( x ) d v vanishes, because the change of variables v ↦ R x v v\mapsto R_xv v ↦ R x v preserves ψ \psi ψ , d v dv d v and, by (6) , f f f , while it changes the sign of ⟨ v , n ( x ) ⟩ \langle v,n(x)\rangle ⟨ v , n ( x )⟩ . The remaining term vanishes for ψ = 1 \psi=1 ψ = 1 , and for ψ = ∣ v ∣ 2 \psi=|v|^2 ψ = ∣ v ∣ 2 it gives
d d t u f = 2 j f − 2 j f u f u f = 0. \frac{d}{dt}u_f=2j_f-2\frac{j_f}{u_f}u_f=0. d t d u f = 2 j f − 2 u f j f u f = 0.
Hence, for u f ( 0 ) = 1 u_f(0)=1 u f ( 0 ) = 1 , the friction coefficient is j f ( t ) j_f(t) j f ( t ) , the macroscopic counterpart of α N \alpha_N α N . For weak solutions this is Proposition 3.3 . Solutions will in general not be smooth, even for smooth data, because of the grazing trajectories, we therefore work with weak solutions and with their Lagrangian description.
Definitions and results
We denote by P ( Ω ) \mathcal{P}(\Omega) P ( Ω ) the set of Borel probability measures on Ω \Omega Ω . A sequence μ n ∈ P ( Ω ) \mu_n\in\mathcal{P}(\Omega) μ n ∈ P ( Ω ) converges narrowly to μ \mu μ , written μ n ⇀ μ \mu_n\rightharpoonup\mu μ n ⇀ μ , if ∫ φ d μ n → ∫ φ d μ \int\varphi\,d\mu_n\to\int\varphi\,d\mu ∫ φ d μ n → ∫ φ d μ for every φ ∈ C b ( Ω ) \varphi\in C_b(\Omega) φ ∈ C b ( Ω ) , the bounded continuous functions. A function φ \varphi φ on Ω \Omega Ω (or on [ 0 , T ) × Ω [0,T)\times\Omega [ 0 , T ) × Ω ) is symmetric if φ ( x , v ) = φ ( x , R x v ) \varphi(x,v)=\varphi(x,R_xv) φ ( x , v ) = φ ( x , R x v ) for x ∈ ∂ D x\in\partial D x ∈ ∂ D .
Definition 3.1 (Weak solution). Let D s y m D_{\mathrm{sym}} D sym be the set of symmetric functions in C c 1 ( [ 0 , T ) × Ω ) C^1_c([0,T)\times\Omega) C c 1 ([ 0 , T ) × Ω ) . A family { μ t } t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ⊂ P ( Ω ) \{\mu_t\}_{t\in[0,T]}\subset\mathcal{P}(\Omega) { μ t } t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ⊂ P ( Ω ) is a weak solution of (5) –(6) with initial datum μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 if:
(i) for every φ ∈ C b ( Ω ) \varphi\in C_b(\Omega) φ ∈ C b ( Ω ) the function t ↦ ∫ φ d μ t t\mapsto\int\varphi\,d\mu_t t ↦ ∫ φ d μ t is Borel measurable, and it is continuous whenever φ \varphi φ is symmetric;
(ii) 0 < inf t ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ t ≤ sup t ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ t < ∞ 0<\inf_t\int|v|^2d\mu_t\leq\sup_t\int|v|^2d\mu_t<\infty 0 < inf t ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ t ≤ sup t ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ t < ∞ ;
(iii) for every φ ∈ D s y m \varphi\in\mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{sym}} φ ∈ D sym ,
∫ 0 T ∫ Ω ( ∂ t φ + ⟨ ∇ z φ , V μ t ⟩ ) d μ t d t + ∫ Ω φ ( 0 , z ) d μ 0 ( z ) = 0 , V μ t ( x , v ) : = ( v , E 0 − ∫ ⟨ E 0 , v ′ ⟩ d μ t ∫ ∣ v ′ ∣ 2 d μ t v ) . (7) \int_{0}^{T}\int_{\Omega}\left(\partial_t\varphi+\langle\nabla_z\varphi,V_{\mu_t}\rangle\right)\,d\mu_t\,dt+\int_{\Omega}\varphi(0,z)\,d\mu_0(z)=0,
\qquad
V_{\mu_t}(x,v):=\left(v,E_0-\frac{\int\langle E_0,v'\rangle\,d\mu_t}{\int|v'|^2\,d\mu_t}v\right). \tag*{(7)} ∫ 0 T ∫ Ω ( ∂ t φ + ⟨ ∇ z φ , V μ t ⟩ ) d μ t d t + ∫ Ω φ ( 0 , z ) d μ 0 ( z ) = 0 , V μ t ( x , v ) := ( v , E 0 − ∫ ∣ v ′ ∣ 2 d μ t ∫ ⟨ E 0 , v ′ ⟩ d μ t v ) . (7)
We denote by W T ( μ 0 ) W_T(\mu_0) W T ( μ 0 ) the set of weak solutions with initial datum μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 such that μ t \mu_t μ t is absolutely continuous for every t t t .
Remark 3.2. Continuity is required only against symmetric functions because the velocity of a particle jumps at a collision: the empirical measure of the particle system (see the scheme (9) below) is not narrowly continuous in time, but it is continuous in the sense of (i). The symmetry of the test functions in (iii) encodes the specular boundary condition (6) .
Proposition 3.3 (Conservation of mass and energy). Let { μ t } t ∈ [ 0 , T ] \{\mu_t\}_{t\in[0,T]} { μ t } t ∈ [ 0 , T ] be a family of finite Borel measures on Ω \Omega Ω satisfying (i)–(iii) of Definition 3.1 . Then, for every t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ,
μ t ( Ω ) = μ 0 ( Ω ) , ∫ Ω ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ t = ∫ Ω ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ 0 . \mu_t(\Omega)=\mu_0(\Omega),\qquad\int_{\Omega}|v|^2\,d\mu_t=\int_{\Omega}|v|^2\,d\mu_0. μ t ( Ω ) = μ 0 ( Ω ) , ∫ Ω ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ t = ∫ Ω ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ 0 . In particular, if { μ t } \{\mu_t\} { μ t } is a weak solution with ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ 0 = 1 \int|v|^2\,d\mu_0=1 ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ 0 = 1 , then ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ t = 1 \int|v|^2\,d\mu_t=1 ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ t = 1 for every t t t , the function j μ ( t ) : = ∫ Ω ⟨ E 0 , v ⟩ d μ t j_\mu(t):=\int_{\Omega}\langle E_0,v\rangle\,d\mu_t j μ ( t ) := ∫ Ω ⟨ E 0 , v ⟩ d μ t is Borel measurable with ∣ j μ ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ |j_\mu|\leq|E_0| ∣ j μ ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ , and V μ t ( x , v ) = ( v , E 0 − j μ ( t ) v ) V_{\mu_t}(x,v)=(v,E_0-j_\mu(t)v) V μ t ( x , v ) = ( v , E 0 − j μ ( t ) v ) .
Proof. Let M ( t ) : = μ t ( Ω ) M(t):=\mu_t(\Omega) M ( t ) := μ t ( Ω ) , u ( t ) : = ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ t u(t):=\int|v|^2\,d\mu_t u ( t ) := ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ t and j μ j_\mu j μ as above. By (i) applied to the symmetric function 1 1 1 , M M M is continuous, hence bounded; by (ii), u u u is bounded above and below by positive constants; by (i) and dominated convergence j μ j_\mu j μ is Borel, and ∣ j μ ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ M 1 / 2 u 1 / 2 |j_\mu|\leq|E_0|M^{1/2}u^{1/2} ∣ j μ ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ M 1/2 u 1/2 by the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality. Hence the friction coefficient a : = j μ / u a:=j_\mu/u a := j μ / u of V μ t V_{\mu_t} V μ t is a bounded Borel function of t t t .
Let χ ∈ C ∞ ( [ 0 , ∞ ) ) \chi\in C^\infty([0,\infty)) χ ∈ C ∞ ([ 0 , ∞ )) be nonincreasing, with χ = 1 \chi=1 χ = 1 on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] and χ = 0 \chi=0 χ = 0 on [ 2 , ∞ ) [2,\infty) [ 2 , ∞ ) , and for R ≥ 1 R\geq1 R ≥ 1 let χ R ( v ) : = χ ( ∣ v ∣ / R ) \chi_R(v):=\chi(|v|/R) χ R ( v ) := χ ( ∣ v ∣/ R ) . Let ψ \psi ψ be either χ R \chi_R χ R or ∣ v ∣ 2 χ R |v|^2\chi_R ∣ v ∣ 2 χ R . Since ψ \psi ψ depends on ∣ v ∣ |v| ∣ v ∣ only and ∣ R x v ∣ = ∣ v ∣ |\mathcal{R}xv|=|v| ∣ R xv ∣ = ∣ v ∣ , for every ζ ∈ C c 1 ( [ 0 , T ) ) \zeta\in C^1_c([0,T)) ζ ∈ C c 1 ([ 0 , T )) the function ζ ( t ) ψ ( v ) \zeta(t)\psi(v) ζ ( t ) ψ ( v ) belongs to D s y m \mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{sym}} D sym (recall that D \mathcal{D} D is compact). Its gradient has no x x x -component, so (7) gives
∫ 0 T ζ ′ ( t ) m ψ ( t ) d t + ζ ( 0 ) m ψ ( 0 ) + ∫ 0 T ζ ( t ) g ψ ( t ) d t = 0 , \int_{0}^{T}\zeta'(t)m_\psi(t)\,dt+\zeta(0)m_\psi(0)+\int_{0}^{T}\zeta(t)g_\psi(t)\,dt=0, ∫ 0 T ζ ′ ( t ) m ψ ( t ) d t + ζ ( 0 ) m ψ ( 0 ) + ∫ 0 T ζ ( t ) g ψ ( t ) d t = 0 ,
where m ψ ( t ) : = ∫ ψ d μ t m_\psi(t):=\int\psi\,d\mu_t m ψ ( t ) := ∫ ψ d μ t and g ψ ( t ) : = ∫ ⟨ ∇ ψ ( v ) , E 0 − a ( t ) v ⟩ d μ t g_\psi(t):=\int\langle\nabla\psi(v),E_0-a(t)v\rangle\,d\mu_t g ψ ( t ) := ∫ ⟨ ∇ ψ ( v ) , E 0 − a ( t ) v ⟩ d μ t . The function m ψ m_\psi m ψ is continuous by (i), and g ψ g_\psi g ψ is bounded. With G ψ ( t ) : = m ψ ( 0 ) + ∫ 0 t g ψ ( s ) d s G_\psi(t):=m_\psi(0)+\int_0^t g_\psi(s)\,ds G ψ ( t ) := m ψ ( 0 ) + ∫ 0 t g ψ ( s ) d s , the identity reads ∫ 0 T ζ ′ ( m ψ − G ψ ) d t = 0 \int_0^T\zeta'(m_\psi-G_\psi)\,dt=0 ∫ 0 T ζ ′ ( m ψ − G ψ ) d t = 0 for every ζ ∈ C c 1 ( [ 0 , T ) ) \zeta\in C^1_c([0,T)) ζ ∈ C c 1 ([ 0 , T )) ; hence m ψ − G ψ m_\psi-G_\psi m ψ − G ψ is almost everywhere equal to a constant, which is 0 0 0 (take ζ ( 0 ) = 1 \zeta(0)=1 ζ ( 0 ) = 1 ). Both functions being continuous,
m ψ ( t ) = m ψ ( 0 ) + ∫ 0 t g ψ ( s ) d s for every t ∈ [ 0 , T ] . (8) m_\psi(t)=m_\psi(0)+\int_0^t g_\psi(s)\,ds\qquad\text{for every }t\in[0,T]. \tag*{(8)} m ψ ( t ) = m ψ ( 0 ) + ∫ 0 t g ψ ( s ) d s for every t ∈ [ 0 , T ] . (8)
Now ∇ χ R ( v ) = R − 1 χ ′ ( ∣ v ∣ / R ) v / ∣ v ∣ \nabla\chi_R(v)=R^{-1}\chi'(|v|/R)v/|v| ∇ χ R ( v ) = R − 1 χ ′ ( ∣ v ∣/ R ) v /∣ v ∣ vanishes outside { R ≤ ∣ v ∣ ≤ 2 R } \{R\leq|v|\leq2R\} { R ≤ ∣ v ∣ ≤ 2 R } , so that, for R ≥ 1 R\geq1 R ≥ 1 ,
∣ ⟨ ∇ χ R ( v ) , E 0 − a v ⟩ ∣ ≤ ∥ χ ′ ∥ ∞ ( ∣ E 0 ∣ + 2 ∣ a ∣ ) 1 { ∣ v ∣ ≥ R } . \left|\langle\nabla\chi_R(v),E_0-av\rangle\right|\leq\|\chi'\|_\infty\left(|E_0|+2|a|\right)\mathbf{1}_{\{|v|\geq R\}}. ∣ ⟨ ∇ χ R ( v ) , E 0 − a v ⟩ ∣ ≤ ∥ χ ′ ∥ ∞ ( ∣ E 0 ∣ + 2∣ a ∣ ) 1 { ∣ v ∣ ≥ R } .
For ψ = χ R \psi=\chi_R ψ = χ R this gives ∣ g ψ ( s ) ∣ ≤ ∥ χ ′ ∥ ∞ ( ∣ E 0 ∣ + 2 ∣ a ( s ) ∣ ) μ s ( { ∣ v ∣ ≥ R } ) |g_\psi(s)|\leq\|\chi'\|_\infty(|E_0|+2|a(s)|)\mu_s(\{|v|\geq R\}) ∣ g ψ ( s ) ∣ ≤ ∥ χ ′ ∥ ∞ ( ∣ E 0 ∣ + 2∣ a ( s ) ∣ ) μ s ({ ∣ v ∣ ≥ R }) , which tends to 0 0 0 for every s s s as R → ∞ R\to\infty R → ∞ and is bounded uniformly in R R R and s s s . Letting R → ∞ R\to\infty R → ∞ in (8) , by monotone convergence on the left and dominated convergence on the right, we get M ( t ) = M ( 0 ) M(t)=M(0) M ( t ) = M ( 0 ) . For ψ = ∣ v ∣ 2 χ R \psi=|v|^2\chi_R ψ = ∣ v ∣ 2 χ R ,
⟨ ∇ ψ , E 0 − a v ⟩ = 2 χ R ( v ) ( ⟨ E 0 , v ⟩ − a ∣ v ∣ 2 ) + ∣ v ∣ 2 ⟨ ∇ χ R ( v ) , E 0 − a v ⟩ . \langle\nabla\psi,E_0-av\rangle=2\chi_R(v)\left(\langle E_0,v\rangle-a|v|^2\right)+|v|^2\langle\nabla\chi_R(v),E_0-av\rangle. ⟨ ∇ ψ , E 0 − a v ⟩ = 2 χ R ( v ) ( ⟨ E 0 , v ⟩ − a ∣ v ∣ 2 ) + ∣ v ∣ 2 ⟨ ∇ χ R ( v ) , E 0 − a v ⟩ .
As R → ∞ R\to\infty R → ∞ the first term converges to 2 ( ⟨ E 0 , v ⟩ − a ∣ v ∣ 2 ) 2(\langle E_0,v\rangle-a|v|^2) 2 (⟨ E 0 , v ⟩ − a ∣ v ∣ 2 ) and the second to 0 0 0 , and both are bounded by C ( 1 + ∣ v ∣ 2 ) C(1+|v|^2) C ( 1 + ∣ v ∣ 2 ) with C C C independent of R R R and s s s . Hence g ψ ( s ) → 2 j μ ( s ) − 2 a ( s ) u ( s ) = 0 g_\psi(s)\to2j_\mu(s)-2a(s)u(s)=0 g ψ ( s ) → 2 j μ ( s ) − 2 a ( s ) u ( s ) = 0 for every s s s , with ∣ g ψ ( s ) ∣ ≤ C ( M ( s ) + u ( s ) ) |g_{\psi}(s)| \le C(M(s)+u(s)) ∣ g ψ ( s ) ∣ ≤ C ( M ( s ) + u ( s )) , while m ψ ( t ) ↑ u ( t ) m_{\psi}(t) \uparrow u(t) m ψ ( t ) ↑ u ( t ) because χ R \chi_R χ R increases with R R R . Letting R → ∞ R \to\infty R → ∞ in (8) gives u ( t ) = u ( 0 ) u(t)=u(0) u ( t ) = u ( 0 ) .
If { μ t } \{\mu_t\} { μ t } is a weak solution with u ( 0 ) = 1 u(0)=1 u ( 0 ) = 1 , then M ≡ 1 M \equiv1 M ≡ 1 and u ≡ 1 u \equiv1 u ≡ 1 , so that a = j μ a=j_{\mu} a = j μ , and ∣ j μ ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ |j_{\mu}| \le|E_0| ∣ j μ ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ . □
The results of the paper are organised as in the following diagram, in which the horizontal arrows are the two evolutions and the vertical arrows are the limit N → ∞ N \to\infty N → ∞ :
δ N , 0 = 1 N ∑ i = 1 N δ z i N → particle dynamics δ N , t = 1 N ∑ i = 1 N δ z i N ( t ) ↓ ↓ μ 0 → kinetic equation μ t (9) \begin{aligned}
\delta_{N,0}=\frac{1}{N}\sum_{i=1}^{N}\delta_{z_i^N}
&\xrightarrow{\text{particle dynamics}}
\delta_{N,t}=\frac{1}{N}\sum_{i=1}^{N}\delta_{z_i^N(t)} \\
\downarrow&& \downarrow\\
\mu_0 &\xrightarrow{\text{kinetic equation}} \mu_t \tag*{(9)}
\end{aligned} δ N , 0 = N 1 i = 1 ∑ N δ z i N ↓ μ 0 particle dynamics δ N , t = N 1 i = 1 ∑ N δ z i N ( t ) kinetic equation μ t ↓ (9)
Theorem 3.4 (Particle system). Let N ≥ 1 N \ge1 N ≥ 1 and T > 0 T>0 T > 0 . For almost every initial configuration on the shell (3) , with respect to its surface measure, the equations (4) with the reflection law (2) have a unique solution on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] , with finitely many collisions, each transversal and involving a single particle. The empirical measures { δ N , t } t ∈ [ 0 , T ] \{\delta_{N,t}\}_{t\in[0,T]} { δ N , t } t ∈ [ 0 , T ] of this solution form a weak solution of the kinetic equation with initial datum δ N , 0 \delta_{N,0} δ N , 0 .
Theorem 3.5 (Kinetic equation). Let μ 0 = f 0 d z ∈ P ( Ω ) \mu_0=f_0\,dz\in\mathcal{P}(\Omega) μ 0 = f 0 d z ∈ P ( Ω ) with ∫ Ω ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ 0 = 1 \int_{\Omega}|v|^2d\mu_0=1 ∫ Ω ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ 0 = 1 , and let T > 0 T>0 T > 0 .
There exists a weak solution { μ t } t ∈ [ 0 , T ] \{\mu_t\}_{t\in[0,T]} { μ t } t ∈ [ 0 , T ] with initial datum μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 . It is narrowly continuous, absolutely continuous, and ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ t = 1 \int|v|^2d\mu_t=1 ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ t = 1 for every t t t .
Assume in addition that, for some 0 < c 0 < L < ∞ 0<c_0<L<\infty 0 < c 0 < L < ∞ , f 0 ∈ L ∞ f_0\in L^\infty f 0 ∈ L ∞ is supported in { c 0 ≤ ∣ v ∣ ≤ L } \{c_0\le|v|\le L\} { c 0 ≤ ∣ v ∣ ≤ L } . Denoting by κ min \kappa_{\min} κ m i n the minimal curvature of ∂ D \partial D ∂ D , if
( c 0 + 1 ) e − ∣ E 0 ∣ T > 1 and κ min ( ( c 0 + 1 ) e − ∣ E 0 ∣ T − 1 ) 2 > 2 ∣ E 0 ∣ , (10) (c_0+1)e^{-|E_0|T}>1
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\kappa_{\min}\left((c_0+1)e^{-|E_0|T}-1\right)^2>2|E_0|, \tag*{(10)} ( c 0 + 1 ) e − ∣ E 0 ∣ T > 1 and κ m i n ( ( c 0 + 1 ) e − ∣ E 0 ∣ T − 1 ) 2 > 2∣ E 0 ∣ , (10) then W T ( μ 0 ) W_T(\mu_0) W T ( μ 0 ) consists of a single element, that is, the weak solution is unique among absolutely continuous weak solutions.
Assume instead that the table has finite horizon (FH) (§ 8 ), that f 0 ( x , v ) ≤ C 0 e − α ∣ v ∣ f_0(x,v)\le C_0e^{-\alpha|v|} f 0 ( x , v ) ≤ C 0 e − α ∣ v ∣ for some C 0 , α > 0 C_0,\alpha>0 C 0 , α > 0 , that f 0 f_0 f 0 is supported in { ∣ v ∣ ≥ c 0 } \{|v|\ge c_0\} { ∣ v ∣ ≥ c 0 } , and that (10) holds. Then W T ( μ 0 ) W_T(\mu_0) W T ( μ 0 ) consists of a single element.
Theorem 3.6 (Mean-field limit). Let μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 and T T T be as in Theorem 3.5[2 ] or (3), and let { μ t } \{\mu_t\} { μ t } be the unique element of W T ( μ 0 ) W_T(\mu_0) W T ( μ 0 ) . For each N N N let ( z 1 N , … , z N N ) (z_1^N,\ldots,z_N^N) ( z 1 N , … , z N N ) be an initial configuration as in Theorem 3.4, and assume that δ N , 0 ⇀ μ 0 \delta_{N,0}\rightharpoonup\mu_0 δ N , 0 ⇀ μ 0 as N → ∞ N\to\infty N → ∞ . Then
δ N , t ⇀ μ t for every t ∈ [ 0 , T ] . \delta_{N,t}\rightharpoonup\mu_t \qquad\text{for every }t\in[0,T]. δ N , t ⇀ μ t for every t ∈ [ 0 , T ] . If μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 only satisfies the assumptions of Theorem 3.5[1 ] , then from every subsequence one can extract a further subsequence along which δ N , t \delta_{N,t} δ N , t converges narrowly, for every t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] , to a weak solution with initial datum μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 .
Remark 3.7. For a given c 0 > 2 ∣ E 0 ∣ / κ min c_0>\sqrt{2|E_0|/\kappa_{\min}} c 0 > 2∣ E 0 ∣/ κ m i n , condition (10) holds for all
T < T ∗ : = ∣ E 0 ∣ − 1 log ( 1 + c 0 1 + 2 ∣ E 0 ∣ / κ min ) . T<T_*:=|E_0|^{-1}\log\left(\frac{1+c_0}{1+\sqrt{2|E_0|/\kappa_{\min}}}\right). T < T ∗ := ∣ E 0 ∣ − 1 log ( 1 + 2∣ E 0 ∣/ κ m i n 1 + c 0 ) .
Since ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ 0 = 1 \int|v|^2d\mu_0=1 ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ 0 = 1 forces c 0 ≤ 1 c_0\le1 c 0 ≤ 1 , this is a condition of small field. For fixed c 0 c_0 c 0 and small field, T ∗ ∼ ∣ E 0 ∣ − 1 log ( 1 + c 0 ) T_*\sim|E_0|^{-1}\log(1+c_0) T ∗ ∼ ∣ E 0 ∣ − 1 log ( 1 + c 0 ) , which is comparable to c 0 / ∣ E 0 ∣ c_0/|E_0| c 0 /∣ E 0 ∣ , the time scale on which the thermostat changes the velocities by an amount of order one; we have T ∗ → 0 T_*\to0 T ∗ → 0 as c 0 c_0 c 0 approaches the threshold 2 ∣ E 0 ∣ / κ min \sqrt{2|E_0|/\kappa_{\min}} 2∣ E 0 ∣/ κ m i n . We expect uniqueness, and hence the convergence of the whole sequence, to hold without condition (10) (see Remark 7.8).
The proofs go through a Lagrangian description. For a given history A A A (the time integral of the friction coefficient) we construct in § 4 the billiard flow Φ A t \Phi^t_A Φ A t , defined at almost every point. A Lagrangian solution (Definition 5.2) is a curve μ t = ( Φ A t ) # μ 0 \mu_t=(\Phi^t_A)_{\#}\mu_0 μ t = ( Φ A t ) # μ 0 whose history is the one it generates. Lagrangian solutions are weak solutions (Proposition 5.4) and, conversely, every element of W T ( μ 0 ) W_T(\mu_0) W T ( μ 0 ) is a Lagrangian solution (Proposition 5.7 ). Theorem 3.4 is proved in Proposition 6.2 and Lemma 6.3 ; Theorem 3.5 is proved in Theorems 5.6 , 7.4 and 8.1 and Corollaries 7.5 and 8.2; Theorem 3.6 is proved in Theorem 6.5 and Corollaries 7.6 and 8.2.
The billiard flow for a given history
This section exploit many tools which are more or less standard in dispersing billiards. Nevertheless, they must be adapted to the present setting and, moreover, we prove every result to keep the section completely self-contained.
Standing assumptions and notation
With the notations of § 2 we denote by n ( y ) n(y) n ( y ) the unit normal pointing into D, and by d ( x ) = dist ( x , ∂ D ) d(x)=\operatorname{dist}(x,\partial D) d ( x ) = dist ( x , ∂ D ) the distance to the boundary, which is C 2 C^2 C 2 in a neighbourhood of ∂ D \partial D ∂ D in D, with ∇ d = n \nabla d=n ∇ d = n on ∂ D \partial D ∂ D .
Fix T > 0 T>0 T > 0 . The thermostat enters only through a scalar function of time. We call history any element of
A T : = { A ∈ C 0 ( [ 0 , T ] ) : A ( 0 ) = 0 , ∣ A ( t ) − A ( s ) ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ ∣ t − s ∣ ∀ s , t ∈ [ 0 , T ] } . (11) \mathcal{A}_T:=\left\{A\in C^0([0,T]): A(0)=0,\ \lvert A(t)-A(s)\rvert\leq\lvert E_0\rvert\lvert t-s\rvert\ \forall s,t\in[0,T]\right\}. \tag*{(11)} A T := { A ∈ C 0 ([ 0 , T ]) : A ( 0 ) = 0 , ∣ A ( t ) − A ( s )∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ ∣ t − s ∣ ∀ s , t ∈ [ 0 , T ] } . (11)
A T \mathcal{A}_T A T is a convex subset of C 0 ( [ 0 , T ] ) C^0([0,T]) C 0 ([ 0 , T ]) , compact by the Ascoli–Arzelà theorem, and ∥ A ∥ ∞ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ T \lVert A\rVert_\infty\leq\lvert E_0\rvert T ∥ A ∥ ∞ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ T for A ∈ A T A\in\mathcal{A}_T A ∈ A T . The function A A A plays the role of ∫ 0 t a ( s ) d s \int_0^t a(s)\,\mathrm{d}s ∫ 0 t a ( s ) d s , where a a a is the thermostat coefficient.
Free flights, reflections and regular points
For reasons that will be clear in a moment, it is convenient to define the dynamics in the following coordinates.
Let A ∈ A T A\in\mathcal{A}_T A ∈ A T . Writing v = e − A ( t ) w v=e^{-A(t)}w v = e − A ( t ) w , the equations x ˙ = v \dot{x}=v x ˙ = v , v ˙ = E 0 − A ˙ ( t ) v \dot{v}=E_0-\dot{A}(t)v v ˙ = E 0 − A ˙ ( t ) v become
x ˙ = e − A ( t ) w , w ˙ = e A ( t ) E 0 , (12) \dot{x}=e^{-A(t)}w,\qquad\dot{w}=e^{A(t)}E_0, \tag*{(12)} x ˙ = e − A ( t ) w , w ˙ = e A ( t ) E 0 , (12)
which only involve A A A (not A ˙ \dot{A} A ˙ ) and have continuous coefficients. In particular, uniform convergence of histories implies uniform convergence of the corresponding free-flight coefficients. Notice that this change of variables does not remove the velocity jump at a collision because, since specular reflection commutes with scalar multiplication, w + = R x w − w^+=\mathcal{R}_xw^- w + = R x w − . Its purpose is instead to obtain continuous dependence on the history A A A and volume-preserving free-flight maps in the variables ( x , w ) (x,w) ( x , w ) . We take (12) as the definition of the dynamics.
For 0 ≤ s ≤ t ≤ T 0\leq s\leq t\leq T 0 ≤ s ≤ t ≤ T set
α A ( s , t ) : = ∫ s t e − A ( r ) d r , γ A ( s , t ) : = ∫ s t e A ( r ) d r , β A ( s , t ) : = ∫ s t e − A ( r ) γ A ( s , r ) d r . \alpha_A(s,t):=\int_s^t e^{-A(r)}\,\mathrm{d}r,\qquad
\gamma_A(s,t):=\int_s^t e^{A(r)}\,\mathrm{d}r,\qquad
\beta_A(s,t):=\int_s^t e^{-A(r)}\gamma_A(s,r)\,\mathrm{d}r. α A ( s , t ) := ∫ s t e − A ( r ) d r , γ A ( s , t ) := ∫ s t e A ( r ) d r , β A ( s , t ) := ∫ s t e − A ( r ) γ A ( s , r ) d r .
The free flight issued from ( x , w ) (x,w) ( x , w ) at time s s s is the explicit solution of (12)
w ( t ) = w + γ A ( s , t ) E 0 , x ( t ) = x + α A ( s , t ) w + β A ( s , t ) E 0 , (13) w(t)=w+\gamma_A(s,t)E_0,\qquad x(t)=x+\alpha_A(s,t)w+\beta_A(s,t)E_0, \tag*{(13)} w ( t ) = w + γ A ( s , t ) E 0 , x ( t ) = x + α A ( s , t ) w + β A ( s , t ) E 0 , (13)
understood in the universal cover R 2 \mathbb{R}^2 R 2 of T 2 \mathbb{T}^2 T 2 . It is easy to check that, for fixed s , t s,t s , t , this is an affine map of ( x , w ) (x,w) ( x , w ) with unit Jacobian.
Let z = ( x , v ) ∈ Ω 2 z=(x,v)\in\Omega^2 z = ( x , v ) ∈ Ω 2 (so that w = v w=v w = v at time 0). The trajectory of z z z is defined by following (13) from time 0 until the first contact time τ 1 \tau_1 τ 1 , i.e. the first time at which x ( τ 1 ) ∈ ∂ D x(\tau_1)\in\partial D x ( τ 1 ) ∈ ∂ D . The contact is transversal if ⟨ w ( τ 1 − ) , n ( x ( τ 1 ) ) ⟩ < 0 \langle w(\tau_1^-),n(x(\tau_1))\rangle<0 ⟨ w ( τ 1 − ) , n ( x ( τ 1 ))⟩ < 0 and tangential if this scalar product vanishes. At a transversal contact we set w ( τ 1 + ) = R x ( τ 1 ) w ( τ 1 − ) w(\tau_1^+)=\mathcal{R}_{x(\tau_1)}w(\tau_1^-) w ( τ 1 + ) = R x ( τ 1 ) w ( τ 1 − ) , restart the free flight from ( x ( τ 1 ) , w ( τ 1 + ) ) (x(\tau_1),w(\tau_1^+)) ( x ( τ 1 ) , w ( τ 1 + )) at time τ 1 \tau_1 τ 1 , and so on.
Remark 4.1. We stress that formula (13) is defined in the whole cover R 2 \mathbb{R}^2 R 2 , independently of the obstacles. We shall occasionally continue a free flight beyond its first intersection with ∂ D \partial D ∂ D , ignoring reflections. This “auxiliary free continuation” may pass through the interior of the obstacles and should not be confused with the physical billiard trajectory, which is reflected when it reaches the boundary.
Definition 4.2 (Regular points). A point z ∈ Ω ˚ z \in\mathring{\Omega} z ∈ Ω ˚ is regular for A A A on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] if the above procedure produces a trajectory on the whole of [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] with finitely many contact times 0 < τ 1 < ⋯ < τ m < T 0 < \tau_1 < \cdots< \tau_m < T 0 < τ 1 < ⋯ < τ m < T , all transversal, and x ( T ) ∈ D ˚ x(T) \in\mathring{D} x ( T ) ∈ D ˚ . We denote by Reg A ⊂ Ω ˚ \operatorname{Reg}_A \subset\mathring{\Omega} Reg A ⊂ Ω ˚ the set of regular points.
For z ∈ Reg A z \in\operatorname{Reg}_A z ∈ Reg A we write ( X ~ t A ( z ) , W t A ( z ) ) (\widetilde{X}^{A}_t(z),W^{A}_t(z)) ( X t A ( z ) , W t A ( z )) for the trajectory in the cover, and
V t A ( z ) : = e − A ( t ) W t A ( z ) , Δ t A ( z ) : = X ~ t A ( z ) − x = ∫ 0 t V s A ( z ) d s , V^{A}_t(z) := e^{-A(t)}W^{A}_t(z), \qquad\Delta^{A}_t(z) := \widetilde{X}^{A}_t(z)-x = \int_0^t V^{A}_s(z)\,ds, V t A ( z ) := e − A ( t ) W t A ( z ) , Δ t A ( z ) := X t A ( z ) − x = ∫ 0 t V s A ( z ) d s ,
Φ A t ( z ) : = ( X ~ t A ( z ) mod Z 2 , V t A ( z ) ) . (14) \Phi^{t}_A(z) := \left(\widetilde{X}^{A}_t(z)\mathbin{\operatorname{mod}}\mathbb{Z}^2,V^{A}_t(z)\right). \tag*{(14)} Φ A t ( z ) := ( X t A ( z ) mod Z 2 , V t A ( z ) ) . (14)
The lifted displacement Δ t A \Delta^{A}_t Δ t A is continuous in t t t (the velocity jumps, the position does not). From (13) and ∣ R x w ∣ = ∣ w ∣ |R_xw|=|w| ∣ R x w ∣ = ∣ w ∣ we get, for z = ( x , v ) ∈ Reg A z=(x,v)\in\operatorname{Reg}_A z = ( x , v ) ∈ Reg A and t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ,
∣ W t A ( z ) ∣ ≤ ∣ v ∣ + c T , ∣ V t A ( z ) ∣ ≤ C T ( 1 + ∣ v ∣ ) , ∣ Δ t A ( z ) ∣ ≤ T C T ( 1 + ∣ v ∣ ) , (15) |W^{A}_t(z)|\le|v|+c_T,\qquad|V^{A}_t(z)|\le C_T(1+|v|),\qquad|\Delta^{A}_t(z)|\le TC_T(1+|v|), \tag*{(15)} ∣ W t A ( z ) ∣ ≤ ∣ v ∣ + c T , ∣ V t A ( z ) ∣ ≤ C T ( 1 + ∣ v ∣ ) , ∣ Δ t A ( z ) ∣ ≤ T C T ( 1 + ∣ v ∣ ) , (15)
with c T : = ∣ E 0 ∣ T e ∣ E 0 ∣ T c_T:=|E_0|Te^{|E_0|T} c T := ∣ E 0 ∣ T e ∣ E 0 ∣ T and C T : = e ∣ E 0 ∣ T ( 1 + c T ) C_T:=e^{|E_0|T}(1+c_T) C T := e ∣ E 0 ∣ T ( 1 + c T ) , uniformly in A ∈ A T A\in\mathcal{A}_T A ∈ A T .
Although the billiard flow is discontinuous near tangential contacts, its collision pattern is stable along a regular trajectory.6 The following lemma is the basic continuity statement used throughout the paper, both in the local Jacobian analysis and in the fixed-point and mean-field arguments. The displacement converges uniformly, whereas velocity convergence is asserted only away from contact times because the velocity jumps at reflection.
Lemma 4.3 (Stability at regular points). Let A ∈ A T A\in\mathcal{A}_T A ∈ A T and z ∈ Reg A z\in\operatorname{Reg}_A z ∈ Reg A , with contact times τ 1 < ⋯ < τ m \tau_1<\cdots<\tau_m τ 1 < ⋯ < τ m . Let A k ∈ A T A_k\in\mathcal{A}_T A k ∈ A T with A k → A A_k\to A A k → A uniformly, and z k → z z_k\to z z k → z in Ω ˚ \mathring{\Omega} Ω ˚ . Then, for k k k large enough, z k ∈ Reg A k z_k\in\operatorname{Reg}_{A_k} z k ∈ Reg A k , the trajectory of z k z_k z k has exactly m m m contact times τ j k → τ j \tau^k_j\to\tau_j τ j k → τ j , and
sup t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ∣ Δ t A k ( z k ) − Δ t A ( z ) ∣ → 0 , V t A k ( z k ) → V t A ( z ) for every t ∉ { τ 1 , … , τ m } . \sup_{t\in[0,T]}|\Delta^{A_k}_t(z_k)-\Delta^A_t(z)|\to0,\qquad V^{A_k}_t(z_k)\to V^A_t(z)\quad\text{for every }t\notin\{\tau_1,\ldots,\tau_m\}. t ∈ [ 0 , T ] sup ∣ Δ t A k ( z k ) − Δ t A ( z ) ∣ → 0 , V t A k ( z k ) → V t A ( z ) for every t ∈ / { τ 1 , … , τ m } . In particular Reg A \operatorname{Reg}_A Reg A is open.
Proof. If A k → A A_k\to A A k → A uniformly, then α A k \alpha_{A_k} α A k , β A k \beta_{A_k} β A k , γ A k \gamma_{A_k} γ A k converge uniformly on { 0 ≤ s ≤ t ≤ T } \{0\le s\le t\le T\} { 0 ≤ s ≤ t ≤ T } together with their derivatives in t t t . Hence, by (13) , if s k → s s_k\to s s k → s and ( x k , w k ) → ( x , w ) (x_k,w_k)\to(x,w) ( x k , w k ) → ( x , w ) , the free flights γ k \gamma_k γ k of A k A_k A k issued from ( x k , w k ) (x_k,w_k) ( x k , w k ) at time s k s_k s k converge to the free flight γ \gamma γ of A A A issued from ( x , w ) (x,w) ( x , w ) at time s s s , in C 1 C^1 C 1 on every compact subinterval of ( s , T ] (s,T] ( s , T ] , and with γ ˙ k ( s k ) → γ ˙ ( s ) \dot{\gamma}_k(s_k)\to\dot{\gamma}(s) γ ˙ k ( s k ) → γ ˙ ( s ) .
We argue by induction on the contacts. Assume that the data at the beginning of a flight converge, where the limit datum is either the initial point (at s = 0 s=0 s = 0 , with x ∈ D ˚ x\in\mathring{D} x ∈ D ˚ ) or a post-collision state ( x ∈ ∂ D , ⟨ w , n ( x ) ⟩ > 0 ) (x\in\partial D,\langle w,n(x)\rangle>0) ( x ∈ ∂ D , ⟨ w , n ( x )⟩ > 0 ) . Let τ \tau τ be the first contact time of γ \gamma γ after s s s (transversal by assumption), or τ = T \tau=T τ = T if there is none, in which case γ ( T ) ∈ D ˚ \gamma(T)\in\mathring{D} γ ( T ) ∈ D ˚ . Choose δ > 0 \delta>0 δ > 0 small. We thus have the following three situations:
In the post-collision case, d d r d ( γ ( r ) ) ≥ c > 0 \frac{d}{dr}d(\gamma(r))\ge c>0 d r d d ( γ ( r )) ≥ c > 0 on [ s , s + δ ] [s,s+\delta] [ s , s + δ ] , hence the same holds for γ k \gamma_k γ k on [ s k , s + δ ] [s_k,s+\delta] [ s k , s + δ ] with c / 2 c/2 c /2 , and γ k \gamma_k γ k has no contact on ( s k , s + δ ] (s_k,s+\delta] ( s k , s + δ ] .
On [ s + δ , τ − δ ] [s+\delta,\tau-\delta] [ s + δ , τ − δ ] (or [ s + δ , T ] [s+\delta,T] [ s + δ , T ] if there is no contact) d ∘ γ d\circ\gamma d ∘ γ is bounded below by a positive constant, hence so is d ∘ γ k d\circ\gamma_k d ∘ γ k for k k k large.
Let Q Q Q be the obstacle met at time τ \tau τ and let d Q s d_Q^s d Q s be the signed distance to ∂ Q \partial Q ∂ Q , positive in D D D and
negative inside Q Q Q , which is C 2 C^2 C 2 in a neighborhood of ∂ Q \partial Q ∂ Q . The flight γ \gamma γ , continued beyond τ \tau τ , enters Q Q Q , and by transversality, after shrinking δ \delta δ ,
d d r d Q s ( γ ( r ) ) ≤ − c < 0 on [ τ − δ , τ + δ ] . \frac{d}{dr}d_Q^s(\gamma(r))\le-c<0 \qquad\text{on}\qquad[\tau-\delta,\tau+\delta]. d r d d Q s ( γ ( r )) ≤ − c < 0 on [ τ − δ , τ + δ ] .
Hence d d r d Q s ( γ k ( r ) ) ≤ − c / 2 \frac{d}{dr}d_Q^s(\gamma_k(r))\le-c/2 d r d d Q s ( γ k ( r )) ≤ − c /2 there for k k k large, and d Q s ∘ γ k d_Q^s\circ\gamma_k d Q s ∘ γ k has a unique zero τ k → τ \tau^k\to\tau τ k → τ in this interval; by (ii) it is the first contact of γ k \gamma_k γ k , it is transversal, and the pre-collision states converge. Since ( x , w ) ↦ ( x , R x w ) (x,w)\mapsto(x,R_xw) ( x , w ) ↦ ( x , R x w ) is continuous, the post-collision states converge as well, and the induction proceeds. After m m m steps we obtain the first claim; the convergence of V V V and of Δ \Delta Δ follows from the convergence of the flights and from (15) . □
The previous construction defines the flow only for regular initial conditions. To use it for absolutely continuous measures, we must therefore show that the exceptional trajectories (infinitely many collisions, tangential contact, or a contact at the final time) form a null set. This is provided in the next proposition which also shows that collisions at any given time are negligible and gives the Jacobian formula needed to transport densities. In particular, the flow is defined almost everywhere and is almost everywhere continuous at each fixed time.7
Proposition 4.4 (Almost every point is regular). Let A ∈ A T A\in\mathcal{A}_T A ∈ A T . Then:
(a) Leb ( Ω ˚ ∖ Reg A ) = 0 \operatorname{Leb}(\mathring{\Omega}\setminus\operatorname{Reg}_A)=0 Leb ( Ω ˚ ∖ Reg A ) = 0 ;
(b) for every t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] the set of z ∈ Reg A z\in\operatorname{Reg}_A z ∈ Reg A having a contact at time t t t is Lebesgue null;
(c) for every t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] the map Φ A t \Phi_A^t Φ A t is injective on Reg A \operatorname{Reg}_A Reg A and ( Φ A t ) # ( f 0 d z ) = f t d z (\Phi_A^t)_{\#}(f_0\,dz)=f_t\,dz ( Φ A t ) # ( f 0 d z ) = f t d z with f t = e 2 A ( t ) f 0 ∘ ( Φ A t ) − 1 f_t=e^{2A(t)}f_0\circ(\Phi_A^t)^{-1} f t = e 2 A ( t ) f 0 ∘ ( Φ A t ) − 1 . In particular ∥ f t ∥ L ∞ ≤ e 2 ∣ E 0 ∣ T ∥ f 0 ∥ L ∞ \|f_t\|_{L^\infty}\le e^{2|E_0|T}\|f_0\|_{L^\infty} ∥ f t ∥ L ∞ ≤ e 2∣ E 0 ∣ T ∥ f 0 ∥ L ∞ .
The proof uses the trichotomy below and two lemmas on the measure-theoretic structure of the flow, which we prove first. For 0 ≤ s , t ≤ T 0\le s,t\le T 0 ≤ s , t ≤ T we denote by F A t , s F_A^{t,s} F A t , s the free-flight map (13) from time s s s to time t t t (also for t < s t<s t < s , by inverting it), acting on R 2 × R 2 \mathbb{R}^2\times\mathbb{R}^2 R 2 × R 2 ; it is affine with unit Jacobian, C 1 C^1 C 1 in ( s , t ) (s,t) ( s , t ) , and F A t , r ∘ F A r , s = F A t , s F_A^{t,r}\circ F_A^{r,s}=F_A^{t,s} F A t , r ∘ F A r , s = F A t , s . For the vector field of (12) , we write
X t ( x , w ) : = ( e − A ( t ) w , e A ( t ) E 0 ) , X_t(x,w):=(e^{-A(t)}w,e^{A(t)}E_0), X t ( x , w ) := ( e − A ( t ) w , e A ( t ) E 0 ) ,
so that
∂ t F A t , s = X t ∘ F A t , s and ∂ s F A t , s = − D F A t , s X s . \partial_tF_A^{t,s}=X_t\circ F_A^{t,s}
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
\partial_sF_A^{t,s}=-DF_A^{t,s}X_s. ∂ t F A t , s = X t ∘ F A t , s and ∂ s F A t , s = − D F A t , s X s .
A flight arriving at ∂ D \partial\mathbf{D} ∂ D from D \mathbf{D} D at time τ \tau τ satisfies
d d t d ( x ( t ) ) ∣ τ − = e − A ( τ ) ⟨ w ( τ − ) , n ⟩ ≤ 0 , \left.\frac{d}{dt}d(x(t))\right|_{\tau^-}=e^{-A(\tau)}\langle w(\tau^-),n\rangle\le0, d t d d ( x ( t )) τ − = e − A ( τ ) ⟨ w ( τ − ) , n ⟩ ≤ 0 ,
so every contact is either transversal or tangential; after a transversal contact ⟨ w ( τ + ) , n ⟩ > 0 \langle w(\tau^+),n\rangle>0 ⟨ w ( τ + ) , n ⟩ > 0 and the next flight enters D ˚ \mathring{\mathbf{D}} D ˚ . Hence every z ∈ Ω ˚ ∖ Reg A z\in\mathring{\Omega}\setminus\operatorname{Reg}_A z ∈ Ω ˚ ∖ Reg A belongs to at least one of the following classes:
(N1) the trajectory has infinitely many transversal contacts in ( 0 , T ) (0,T) ( 0 , T ) ;
(N2) after finitely many transversal contacts, the trajectory has a tangential contact at some time r ∈ ( 0 , T ] r\in(0,T] r ∈ ( 0 , T ] ;
(N3) the trajectory has finitely many contacts in ( 0 , T ) (0,T) ( 0 , T ) , all transversal, and x ( T ) ∈ ∂ D x(T)\in\partial\mathbf{D} x ( T ) ∈ ∂ D .
For q ∈ [ 0 , T ] q\in[0,T] q ∈ [ 0 , T ] let O q ⊂ Ω ˚ O_q\subset\mathring{\Omega} O q ⊂ Ω ˚ be the set of points whose trajectory is defined on [ 0 , q ] [0,q] [ 0 , q ] with finitely many contacts in ( 0 , q ] (0,q] ( 0 , q ] , all transversal, and position in D ˚ \mathring{\mathbf{D}} D ˚ at time q q q ; recalling that X ~ \widetilde{X} X denote a trajectory in the cover, let Ψ q : O q → D ˚ × R 2 \Psi^q:O_q\to\mathring{\mathbf{D}}\times\mathbb{R}^2 Ψ q : O q → D ˚ × R 2 be defined via
Ψ q ( z ) : = ( X ~ q ( z ) m o d Z 2 , W q ( z ) ) . \Psi^q(z):=(\widetilde{X}_q(z)\bmod\mathbb{Z}^2,W_q(z)). Ψ q ( z ) := ( X q ( z ) mod Z 2 , W q ( z )) .
By Lemma 4.3 applied on [ 0 , q ] [0,q] [ 0 , q ] , O q O_q O q is open.
Lemma 4.5 (Volume preservation). For every q ∈ [ 0 , T ] q \in[0,T] q ∈ [ 0 , T ] , Ψ q \Psi^{q} Ψ q is an injective local C 1 C^{1} C 1 diffeomorphism of O q O_{q} O q with ∣ det D Ψ q ∣ = 1 \lvert\det D\Psi^{q}\rvert=1 ∣ det D Ψ q ∣ = 1 .
Proof. Injectivity. Let z , z ′ ∈ O q z,z' \in O_{q} z , z ′ ∈ O q with Ψ q ( z ) = Ψ q ( z ′ ) \Psi^{q}(z)=\Psi^{q}(z') Ψ q ( z ) = Ψ q ( z ′ ) , and let τ \tau τ be the largest of the last contact times of the two trajectories before q q q (if neither has a contact, both are the same free flight on [ 0 , q ] [0,q] [ 0 , q ] and z = z ′ z=z' z = z ′ ). On [ τ , q ] [\tau,q] [ τ , q ] the two trajectories coincide with the same free flight run backwards from the common state at time q q q . At time τ \tau τ this flight is on ∂ D \partial D ∂ D , so τ \tau τ is a contact time for both, with the same outgoing state and therefore, the reflection being an involution, the same incoming state. Repeating the argument on [ 0 , τ ] [0,\tau] [ 0 , τ ] gives z = z ′ z=z' z = z ′ after finitely many steps.
Jacobian. Let z 0 ∈ O q z_{0}\in O_{q} z 0 ∈ O q have contact times τ 1 < ⋯ < τ m \tau_{1}<\cdots<\tau_{m} τ 1 < ⋯ < τ m in ( 0 , q ) (0,q) ( 0 , q ) , and fix times 0 = q 0 < τ 1 < q 1 < ⋯ < τ m < q m = q 0=q_{0}<\tau_{1}<q_{1}<\cdots<\tau_{m}<q_{m}=q 0 = q 0 < τ 1 < q 1 < ⋯ < τ m < q m = q . If m = 0 m=0 m = 0 , then Ψ q = F A q , 0 \Psi^{q}=F_{A}^{q,0} Ψ q = F A q , 0 , so the conclusion follows immediately. Assume therefore that m ≥ 1 m\ge1 m ≥ 1 . By Lemma 4.3, for z z z near z 0 z_{0} z 0 the trajectory has exactly one contact in each ( q j − 1 , q j ) (q_{j-1},q_{j}) ( q j − 1 , q j ) , so that locally Ψ q \Psi^{q} Ψ q is the composition of m m m maps, each describing a flight from time q j − 1 q_{j-1} q j − 1 to time q j q_{j} q j with exactly one transversal contact. It suffices to treat one such map; to keep the notation light we take q j − 1 = 0 q_{j-1}=0 q j − 1 = 0 , q j = q q_{j}=q q j = q .
Let π \pi π be the nearest-point projection onto ∂ D \partial D ∂ D , of class C 2 C^{2} C 2 near ∂ D \partial D ∂ D , and set R ~ ( x , w ) : = ( x , R π ( x ) w ) \widetilde R(x,w):=(x,R_{\pi(x)}w) R ( x , w ) := ( x , R π ( x ) w ) , a C 1 C^{1} C 1 map near ∂ D × R 2 \partial D\times\mathbb{R}^{2} ∂ D × R 2 extending the reflection. Its differential is block triangular,
D R ~ = ( I 0 ∗ R π ( x ) ) , ∣ det D R ~ ∣ = 1 , D\widetilde R=\begin{pmatrix} I & 0 \\ * & R_{\pi(x)} \end{pmatrix},\qquad\lvert\det D\widetilde R\rvert=1, D R = ( I ∗ 0 R π ( x ) ) , ∣ det D R ∣ = 1 ,
and D R ~ − 1 D\widetilde R^{-1} D R − 1 has the same form; in particular both preserve the x x x -component of a vector. Let d s d^{s} d s be the signed distance to the boundary of the obstacle met at the contact, positive in D \mathbf{D} D and negative inside the obstacle; it is of class C 2 C^{2} C 2 near that boundary, with ∇ d s = n \nabla d^{s}=n ∇ d s = n on it. The contact time τ ( z ) \tau(z) τ ( z ) is defined by
d s ( π x F A τ , 0 ( z ) ) = 0. d^{s}\left(\pi_{x}F_{A}^{\tau,0}(z)\right)=0. d s ( π x F A τ , 0 ( z ) ) = 0.
Since
∂ τ d s ( π x F A τ , 0 ( z ) ) = e − A ( τ ) ⟨ n , w − ⟩ ≠ 0 , \partial_{\tau}d^{s}\left(\pi_{x}F_{A}^{\tau,0}(z)\right)=e^{-A(\tau)}\langle n,w^{-}\rangle\ne0, ∂ τ d s ( π x F A τ , 0 ( z ) ) = e − A ( τ ) ⟨ n , w − ⟩ = 0 ,
by transversality, the implicit function theorem gives τ ∈ C 1 \tau\in C^{1} τ ∈ C 1 with
D τ ( z ) [ δ z ] = − ⟨ n , π x D F A τ , 0 ( z ) [ δ z ] ⟩ e − A ( τ ) ⟨ n , w − ⟩ . (16) D\tau(z)[\delta z]=-\frac{\langle n,\pi_{x}DF_{A}^{\tau,0}(z)[\delta z]\rangle}{e^{-A(\tau)}\langle n,w^{-}\rangle}. \tag*{(16)} D τ ( z ) [ δ z ] = − e − A ( τ ) ⟨ n , w − ⟩ ⟨ n , π x D F A τ , 0 ( z ) [ δ z ]⟩ . (16)
where n = n ( y ) n=n(y) n = n ( y ) , and ( y , w − ) = F A τ , 0 ( z ) (y,w^{-})=F_{A}^{\tau,0}(z) ( y , w − ) = F A τ , 0 ( z ) is the incoming state. Define, for σ \sigma σ near τ ( z 0 ) \tau(z_{0}) τ ( z 0 ) ,
G ( σ , z ) : = F A q , σ ∘ R ~ ∘ F A σ , 0 ( z ) , G(\sigma,z):=F_{A}^{q,\sigma}\circ\widetilde R\circ F_{A}^{\sigma,0}(z), G ( σ , z ) := F A q , σ ∘ R ∘ F A σ , 0 ( z ) ,
so that Ψ q ( z ) = G ( τ ( z ) , z ) \Psi^{q}(z)=G(\tau(z),z) Ψ q ( z ) = G ( τ ( z ) , z ) .
Then D Ψ q = M + a ⊗ D τ D\Psi^{q}=M+a\otimes D\tau D Ψ q = M + a ⊗ D τ ,8 with M : = D z G M:=D_{z}G M := D z G and a : = ∂ σ G a:=\partial_{\sigma}G a := ∂ σ G evaluated at σ = τ ( z ) \sigma=\tau(z) σ = τ ( z ) . First, M = D F A q , τ D R ~ D F A τ , 0 M=DF_{A}^{q,\tau}D\widetilde R DF_{A}^{\tau,0} M = D F A q , τ D R D F A τ , 0 has ∣ det M ∣ = 1 \lvert\det M\rvert=1 ∣ det M ∣ = 1 . Second, writing p : = ( y , w − ) p:=(y,w^{-}) p := ( y , w − ) and using the formulas for ∂ t F \partial_{t}F ∂ t F and ∂ s F \partial_{s}F ∂ s F ,
a = D F A q , τ [ D R ~ ( p ) X τ ( p ) − X τ ( R ~ p ) ] , M − 1 a = ( D F A τ , 0 ) − 1 [ X τ ( p ) − D R ~ ( p ) − 1 X τ ( R ~ p ) ] . a=DF_{A}^{q,\tau}\left[D\widetilde R(p)X_{\tau}(p)-X_{\tau}(\widetilde R p)\right],\qquad
M^{-1}a=\left(DF_{A}^{\tau,0}\right)^{-1}\left[X_{\tau}(p)-D\widetilde R(p)^{-1}X_{\tau}(\widetilde R p)\right]. a = D F A q , τ [ D R ( p ) X τ ( p ) − X τ ( R p ) ] , M − 1 a = ( D F A τ , 0 ) − 1 [ X τ ( p ) − D R ( p ) − 1 X τ ( R p ) ] .
By (16) , and since D R ~ − 1 D\widetilde R^{-1} D R − 1 preserves x x x -components,
D τ [ M − 1 a ] = − ⟨ n , e − A ( τ ) w − − e − A ( τ ) R y w − ⟩ e − A ( τ ) ⟨ n , w − ⟩ = − 2 ⟨ n , w − ⟩ ⟨ n , w − ⟩ = − 2. D\tau[M^{-1}a]=-\frac{\langle n,e^{-A(\tau)}w^{-}-e^{-A(\tau)}R_{y}w^{-}\rangle}{e^{-A(\tau)}\langle n,w^{-}\rangle}
=-\frac{2\langle n,w^{-}\rangle}{\langle n,w^{-}\rangle}=-2. D τ [ M − 1 a ] = − e − A ( τ ) ⟨ n , w − ⟩ ⟨ n , e − A ( τ ) w − − e − A ( τ ) R y w − ⟩ = − ⟨ n , w − ⟩ 2 ⟨ n , w − ⟩ = − 2.
Recall the matrix determinant lemma: if M M M is invertible, u u u is a vector and ℓ \ell ℓ is a linear functional, then
det ( M + u ⊗ ℓ ) = det M ( 1 + ℓ ( M − 1 u ) ) . \det(M+u\otimes\ell)=\det M\left(1+\ell(M^{-1}u)\right). det ( M + u ⊗ ℓ ) = det M ( 1 + ℓ ( M − 1 u ) ) .
Applying this with u = a u=a u = a and ℓ = D τ \ell=D\tau ℓ = D τ , we obtain
det D Ψ q = det M ( 1 + D τ [ M − 1 a ] ) = − det M . \det D\Psi^{q}=\det M\left(1+D\tau[M^{-1}a]\right)=-\det M. det D Ψ q = det M ( 1 + D τ [ M − 1 a ] ) = − det M .
Since the free-flight maps have determinant one and R π ( x ) \mathcal{R}_{\pi(x)} R π ( x ) is an orthogonal reflection, M M M is invertible and
∣ det M ∣ = ∣ det D F A q , τ ∣ ∣ det D R ~ ∣ ∣ det D F A τ , 0 ∣ = 1. |\det M|=|\det D F_A^{q,\tau}|\,|\det D\widetilde{R}|\,|\det D F_A^{\tau,0}|=1. ∣ det M ∣ = ∣ det D F A q , τ ∣ ∣ det D R ∣ ∣ det D F A τ , 0 ∣ = 1.
Therefore ∣ det D Ψ q ∣ = 1 |\det D\Psi^q|=1 ∣ det D Ψ q ∣ = 1 , and the inverse function theorem shows that Ψ q \Psi^q Ψ q is a local C 1 C^1 C 1 diffeomorphism. □
The next lemma is the last ingredient needed to prove Proposition 4.4 . It gives a flow-box parametrisation of initial conditions in terms of the time, position and incoming velocity at a collision. Under this change of variables, Lebesgue measure becomes the natural flux measure (18) through the collision space. The factor given by the normal velocity will be essential both for proving that non-regular trajectories form a null set and, later, for controlling nearly grazing collisions in the uniqueness argument. We first need some more notations and definitions.
Let
Σ T : = { ( t , y , w ) : t ∈ ( 0 , T ) , y ∈ ∂ D , ⟨ w , n ( y ) ⟩ < 0 } (17) \Sigma_T:=\{(t,y,w):t\in(0,T),\ y\in\partial D,\ \langle w,n(y)\rangle<0\} \tag*{(17)} Σ T := {( t , y , w ) : t ∈ ( 0 , T ) , y ∈ ∂ D , ⟨ w , n ( y )⟩ < 0 } (17)
be the set of incoming boundary states, endowed with the flux measure
d λ : = e − A ( t ) ∣ ⟨ w , n ( y ) ⟩ ∣ d t d σ ( y ) d w . (18) d\lambda:=e^{-A(t)}|\langle w,n(y)\rangle|\,dt\,d\sigma(y)\,dw. \tag*{(18)} d λ := e − A ( t ) ∣ ⟨ w , n ( y )⟩ ∣ d t d σ ( y ) d w . (18)
Above, the factor e − A ( t ) ∣ ⟨ w , n ( y ) ⟩ ∣ = ∣ ⟨ v , n ( y ) ⟩ ∣ e^{-A(t)}|\langle w,n(y)\rangle|=|\langle v,n(y)\rangle| e − A ( t ) ∣ ⟨ w , n ( y )⟩ ∣ = ∣ ⟨ v , n ( y )⟩ ∣ is the normal physical speed at which trajectories cross the boundary.
For k ≥ 1 k\ge1 k ≥ 1 let R k ⊂ Ω ˚ R_k\subset\mathring{\Omega} R k ⊂ Ω ˚ be the set of points whose trajectory has at least k k k contacts in ( 0 , T ) (0,T) ( 0 , T ) , the first k k k of which are transversal, and let C k : R k → Σ T C_k:R_k\to\Sigma_T C k : R k → Σ T be the map giving time, position and incoming velocity at the k k k -th contact. R k R_k R k is open by Lemma 4.3, applied on an interval ending shortly after the k k k -th contact.
Lemma 4.6 (Flow-box formula). For every k ≥ 1 k\ge1 k ≥ 1 , C k C_k C k is injective and
( C k ) # ( Leb ∣ R k ) = λ ∣ C k ( R k ) . (C_k)_\#(\operatorname{Leb}|_{R_k})=\lambda|_{C_k(R_k)}. ( C k ) # ( Leb ∣ R k ) = λ ∣ C k ( R k ) . Moreover the sets C k ( R k ) C_k(R_k) C k ( R k ) , k ≥ 1 k\ge1 k ≥ 1 , are pairwise disjoint.
Proof. The case of a free flight. Fix q ∈ [ 0 , T ) q\in[0,T) q ∈ [ 0 , T ) , and let R 1 ( q ) R_1^{(q)} R 1 ( q ) be the set of ζ ∈ D ˚ × R 2 \zeta\in\mathring{D}\times\mathbb{R}^2 ζ ∈ D ˚ × R 2 whose free flight issued at time q q q has a first contact in ( q , T ) (q,T) ( q , T ) , which is transversal. Let C 1 ( q ) C_1^{(q)} C 1 ( q ) be the corresponding contact map and set
Γ q : = C 1 ( q ) ( R 1 ( q ) ) ⊂ Σ T . \Gamma_q:=C_1^{(q)}(R_1^{(q)})\subset\Sigma_T. Γ q := C 1 ( q ) ( R 1 ( q ) ) ⊂ Σ T .
recalling Σ T \Sigma_T Σ T from (17) . The inverse of C 1 ( q ) C_1^{(q)} C 1 ( q ) on Γ q \Gamma_q Γ q is
H ( t , y , w ) : = F A q , t ( y , w ) . H(t,y,w):=F_A^{q,t}(y,w). H ( t , y , w ) := F A q , t ( y , w ) .
Indeed, running the free flight backwards from the incoming contact state ( y , w ) (y,w) ( y , w ) at time t t t uniquely recovers its state at time q q q .
Parametrise the relevant component of ∂ D \partial D ∂ D by arclength, and denote its unit tangent by t ( y ) t(y) t ( y ) . Using
∂ t F A q , t = − D F A q , t X t , \partial_tF_A^{q,t}=-D F_A^{q,t}X_t, ∂ t F A q , t = − D F A q , t X t ,
the columns of D H DH D H , corresponding respectively to the variables t t t , the arclength coordinate of y y y , and the two components of w w w , are
− D F A q , t X t ( y , w ) , D F A q , t ( t ( y ) , 0 ) , D F A q , t ( 0 , e 1 ) , D F A q , t ( 0 , e 2 ) . -D F_A^{q,t}X_t(y,w),\qquad D F_A^{q,t}(t(y),0),\qquad D F_A^{q,t}(0,e_1),\qquad D F_A^{q,t}(0,e_2). − D F A q , t X t ( y , w ) , D F A q , t ( t ( y ) , 0 ) , D F A q , t ( 0 , e 1 ) , D F A q , t ( 0 , e 2 ) .
Factoring out D F A q , t D F_A^{q,t} D F A q , t and using ∣ det D F A q , t ∣ = 1 |\det D F_A^{q,t}|=1 ∣ det D F A q , t ∣ = 1 , we obtain
∣ det D H ∣ = ∣ det ( − X t ( y , w ) , ( t ( y ) , 0 ) , ( 0 , e 1 ) , ( 0 , e 2 ) ) ∣ = ∣ det ( − e − A ( t ) w , t ( y ) ) ∣ = e − A ( t ) ∣ ⟨ w , n ( y ) ⟩ ∣ . \begin{aligned}
|\det DH|
&=\left|\det\left(-X_t(y,w),(t(y),0),(0,e_1),(0,e_2)\right)\right|\\
&=\left|\det\left(-e^{-A(t)}w,t(y)\right)\right|\\
&=e^{-A(t)}|\langle w,n(y)\rangle|.
\end{aligned} ∣ det D H ∣ = ∣ det ( − X t ( y , w ) , ( t ( y ) , 0 ) , ( 0 , e 1 ) , ( 0 , e 2 ) ) ∣ = det ( − e − A ( t ) w , t ( y ) ) = e − A ( t ) ∣ ⟨ w , n ( y )⟩ ∣.
In the second equality, the velocity component e A ( t ) E 0 e^{A(t)}E_0 e A ( t ) E 0 of X t X_t X t does not contribute because the last two columns form a basis in the velocity variables. In the last equality we used that ( t ( y ) , n ( y ) ) (t(y),n(y)) ( t ( y ) , n ( y )) is an orthonormal basis.
Transversality implies that this determinant is nonzero. Hence H H H , and therefore C 1 ( q ) C_1^{(q)} C 1 ( q ) , is a local C 1 C^1 C 1 diffeomorphism. Moreover, for every Borel set B ⊂ Γ q B \subset\Gamma_q B ⊂ Γ q , the change-of-variables formula gives
Leb ( ( C 1 ( q ) ) − 1 ( B ) ) = Leb ( H ( B ) ) = ∫ B e − A ( t ) ∣ ⟨ w , n ( y ) ⟩ ∣ d t d σ ( y ) d w = λ ( B ) . \begin{aligned}
\operatorname{Leb}\left((C_1^{(q)})^{-1}(B)\right)=\operatorname{Leb}(H(B)) \\
&=\int_B e^{-A(t)}|\langle w,n(y)\rangle|\,dt\,d\sigma(y)\,dw \\
&=\lambda(B).
\end{aligned} Leb ( ( C 1 ( q ) ) − 1 ( B ) ) = Leb ( H ( B )) = ∫ B e − A ( t ) ∣ ⟨ w , n ( y )⟩ ∣ d t d σ ( y ) d w = λ ( B ) .
Thus
( C 1 ( q ) ) # ( Leb ∣ R 1 ( q ) ) = λ ∣ Γ q . (C_1^{(q)})_{\#}\left(\left.\operatorname{Leb}\right|_{R_1^{(q)}}\right)=\left.\lambda\right|_{\Gamma_q}. ( C 1 ( q ) ) # ( Leb ∣ R 1 ( q ) ) = λ ∣ Γ q .
The general case. Let z 0 ∈ R k z_0 \in R_k z 0 ∈ R k , and choose q q q strictly between the ( k − 1 ) (k-1) ( k − 1 ) -st and the k k k -th contact times of the trajectory of z 0 z_0 z 0 , with q = 0 q=0 q = 0 when k = 1 k=1 k = 1 . By Lemma 4.3 , there is a neighbourhood U U U of z 0 z_0 z 0 such that, for every z ∈ U z \in U z ∈ U ,
z ∈ O q , Ψ q ( z ) ∈ R 1 ( q ) , z \in O_q,\qquad\Psi^q(z)\in R_1^{(q)}, z ∈ O q , Ψ q ( z ) ∈ R 1 ( q ) ,
and the k k k -th contact of z z z is the first contact after time q q q . Consequently,
C k = C 1 ( q ) ∘ Ψ q on U . C_k=C_1^{(q)}\circ\Psi^q\qquad\text{on }U. C k = C 1 ( q ) ∘ Ψ q on U .
By Lemma 4.5 , Ψ q \Psi^q Ψ q is a local volume-preserving C 1 C^1 C 1 diffeomorphism. Combining this with the free-flight case shows that C k C_k C k is locally a C 1 C^1 C 1 diffeomorphism and locally transports Lebesgue measure to λ \lambda λ .
Injectivity and disjointness. Suppose that C k ( z ) = C j ( z ′ ) = ( t , y , w ) C_k(z)=C_j(z')=(t,y,w) C k ( z ) = C j ( z ′ ) = ( t , y , w ) . Starting from the common incoming contact state ( y , w ) (y,w) ( y , w ) at time t t t , run the trajectory backwards. The free dynamics is uniquely invertible, and at every preceding contact the incoming state is uniquely recovered from the outgoing one because the reflection is an involution. Thus the entire trajectory on [ 0 , t ] [0,t] [ 0 , t ] , including its sequence of contact times, is uniquely determined by ( t , y , w ) (t,y,w) ( t , y , w ) . It follows that
z = z ′ and k = j . z=z'\qquad\text{and}\qquad k=j. z = z ′ and k = j .
Therefore each C k C_k C k is injective, and the sets C k ( R k ) C_k(R_k) C k ( R k ) are pairwise disjoint.
Since C k C_k C k is an injective local diffeomorphism, C k ( R k ) C_k(R_k) C k ( R k ) is open in Σ T \Sigma_T Σ T . The local change-of-variables formula, together with injectivity, now gives, for every Borel set B ⊂ C k ( R k ) B\subset C_k(R_k) B ⊂ C k ( R k ) ,
Leb ( C k − 1 ( B ) ) = λ ( B ) . \operatorname{Leb}(C_k^{-1}(B))=\lambda(B). Leb ( C k − 1 ( B )) = λ ( B ) .
Equivalently,
( C k ) # ( Leb ∣ R k ) = λ ∣ C k ( R k ) . (C_k)_{\#}\left(\left.\operatorname{Leb}\right|_{R_k}\right)=\left.\lambda\right|_{C_k(R_k)}. ( C k ) # ( Leb ∣ R k ) = λ ∣ C k ( R k ) .
We are now ready to prove Proposition 4.4 .
Proof of Proposition 4.4. We divide the proof in three steps. In steps 1 and 2 we prove, respectively, that the classes (N1) and (N2) are null. In Step 3 we prove that the class (N3) is null and items (a) and (b). In Step 4 we prove (c).
Step 1. Points of class (N1) belong to R k R_k R k for every k k k . Fix R > 0 R>0 R > 0 . By (15) , if z = ( x , v ) ∈ R k z=(x,v)\in R_k z = ( x , v ) ∈ R k with ∣ v ∣ ≤ R |v|\le R ∣ v ∣ ≤ R , then the incoming velocity at its k k k -th contact satisfies ∣ w ∣ ≤ R + c T |w|\le R+c_T ∣ w ∣ ≤ R + c T . By Lemma 4.6 ,
Leb ( R k ∩ { ∣ v ∣ ≤ R } ) = λ ( C k ( R k ∩ { ∣ v ∣ ≤ R } ) ) . \operatorname{Leb}\left(R_k\cap\{|v|\le R\}\right)=\lambda\left(C_k\left(R_k\cap\{|v|\le R\}\right)\right). Leb ( R k ∩ { ∣ v ∣ ≤ R } ) = λ ( C k ( R k ∩ { ∣ v ∣ ≤ R } ) ) .
Moreover, the sets
C k ( R k ∩ { ∣ v ∣ ≤ R } ) , k ≥ 1 , C_k\left(R_k\cap\{|v|\le R\}\right),\qquad k\ge1, C k ( R k ∩ { ∣ v ∣ ≤ R } ) , k ≥ 1 ,
are pairwise disjoint and are all contained in Σ T ∩ { ∣ w ∣ ≤ R + c T } \Sigma_T \cap\{|w| \le R+c_T\} Σ T ∩ { ∣ w ∣ ≤ R + c T } . Therefore
∑ k ≥ 1 Leb ( R k ∩ { ∣ v ∣ ≤ R } ) ≤ λ ( Σ T ∩ { ∣ w ∣ ≤ R + c T } ) ≤ T e ∣ E 0 ∣ T ∣ ∂ D ∣ ∫ ∣ w ∣ ≤ R + c T ∣ w ∣ d w < ∞ . \begin{aligned}
\sum_{k \ge1} \operatorname{Leb}(R_k \cap\{|v| \le R\}) \le\lambda\left(\Sigma_T \cap\{|w| \le R+c_T\}\right) \\
&\le T e^{|E_0|T}|\partial D|\int_{|w|\le R+c_T}|w|\,dw < \infty.
\end{aligned} k ≥ 1 ∑ Leb ( R k ∩ { ∣ v ∣ ≤ R }) ≤ λ ( Σ T ∩ { ∣ w ∣ ≤ R + c T } ) ≤ T e ∣ E 0 ∣ T ∣ ∂ D ∣ ∫ ∣ w ∣ ≤ R + c T ∣ w ∣ d w < ∞.
The Borel–Cantelli lemma implies that almost every z z z with ∣ v ∣ ≤ R |v| \le R ∣ v ∣ ≤ R belongs to only finitely many of the sets R k R_k R k . Since every point of class (N1) belongs to all the R k R_k R k , the set of points of class (N1) with ∣ v ∣ ≤ R |v| \le R ∣ v ∣ ≤ R is null. Letting R → ∞ R \to\infty R → ∞ shows that (N1) is null.
Step 2. Fix q ∈ [ 0 , T ) q \in[0,T) q ∈ [ 0 , T ) , and let E q E_q E q be the set of ( x , ω ) ∈ D ˚ × R 2 (x,\omega) \in\mathring{D} \times\mathbb{R}^2 ( x , ω ) ∈ D ˚ × R 2 whose free flight issued at time q q q has a tangential contact with ∂ D \partial D ∂ D at some time r ∈ ( q , T ] r \in(q,T] r ∈ ( q , T ] . Suppose that the contact occurs at y ∈ ∂ D y \in\partial D y ∈ ∂ D and that w ( r ) = c t ( y ) w(r)=c t(y) w ( r ) = c t ( y ) for some c ∈ R c \in\mathbb{R} c ∈ R . By (13) , the state ( x , ω ) (x,\omega) ( x , ω ) at time q q q is then given by
ω = c t ( y ) − γ A ( q , r ) E 0 , x = y − α A ( q , r ) ω − β A ( q , r ) E 0 . \omega= c t(y)-\gamma_A(q,r)E_0,\qquad x=y-\alpha_A(q,r)\omega-\beta_A(q,r)E_0. ω = c t ( y ) − γ A ( q , r ) E 0 , x = y − α A ( q , r ) ω − β A ( q , r ) E 0 .
Thus, after parametrising each lifted boundary component by arclength, the set E q E_q E q is contained in the image of the map
( r , s , c ) ⟼ ( y ( s ) − α A ( q , r ) ω ( r , s , c ) − β A ( q , r ) E 0 , ω ( r , s , c ) ) , (r,s,c)\longmapsto\left(y(s)-\alpha_A(q,r)\omega(r,s,c)-\beta_A(q,r)E_0,\omega(r,s,c)\right), ( r , s , c ) ⟼ ( y ( s ) − α A ( q , r ) ω ( r , s , c ) − β A ( q , r ) E 0 , ω ( r , s , c ) ) ,
where
ω ( r , s , c ) = c t ( y ( s ) ) − γ A ( q , r ) E 0 . \omega(r,s,c)=c t(y(s))-\gamma_A(q,r)E_0. ω ( r , s , c ) = c t ( y ( s )) − γ A ( q , r ) E 0 .
This map is of class C 1 C^1 C 1 from a three-dimensional parameter space into R 4 \mathbb{R}^4 R 4 . Covering the parameter space by countably many bounded coordinate sets, its image has four-dimensional Lebesgue measure zero. Since the boundary in the cover is a countable union of lifted C 3 C^3 C 3 curves, it follows that
Leb ( E q ) = 0. \operatorname{Leb}(E_q)=0. Leb ( E q ) = 0.
Now let z z z be of class (N2), with transversal contacts τ 1 < ⋯ < τ m \tau_1<\cdots<\tau_m τ 1 < ⋯ < τ m followed by a tangential contact at time r r r . Choose q ∈ Q ∩ ( τ m , r ) q \in\mathbb{Q}\cap(\tau_m,r) q ∈ Q ∩ ( τ m , r ) if m ≥ 1 m\ge1 m ≥ 1 , and q ∈ Q ∩ [ 0 , r ) q \in\mathbb{Q}\cap[0,r) q ∈ Q ∩ [ 0 , r ) if m = 0 m=0 m = 0 . Then z ∈ O q z \in O_q z ∈ O q and Ψ q ( z ) ∈ E q \Psi^q(z)\in E_q Ψ q ( z ) ∈ E q . Consequently,
( N 2 ) ⊂ ⋃ q ∈ Q ∩ [ 0 , T ) ( Ψ q ) − 1 ( E q ) . (\mathrm{N2}) \subset\bigcup_{q\in\mathbb{Q}\cap[0,T)}(\Psi^q)^{-1}(E_q). ( N2 ) ⊂ q ∈ Q ∩ [ 0 , T ) ⋃ ( Ψ q ) − 1 ( E q ) .
Each preimage on the right-hand side is null. Indeed, O q O_q O q can be covered by countably many open sets on which Ψ q \Psi^q Ψ q is a C 1 C^1 C 1 diffeomorphism, by Lemma 4.5, and a C 1 C^1 C 1 diffeomorphism preserves null sets in both directions. Hence (N2) is null.
Step 3 Fix t ∈ ( 0 , T ] t \in(0,T] t ∈ ( 0 , T ] and q ∈ [ 0 , t ) q \in[0,t) q ∈ [ 0 , t ) . Let E q , t E_{q,t} E q , t be the set of states ( x , w ) (x,w) ( x , w ) whose free flight issued at time q q q lies on ∂ D \partial D ∂ D at time t t t . Then
E q , t = ( F A t , q ) − 1 ( ∂ D × R 2 ) . E_{q,t}=(F_A^{t,q})^{-1}(\partial D\times\mathbb{R}^2). E q , t = ( F A t , q ) − 1 ( ∂ D × R 2 ) .
Since F A t , q F_A^{t,q} F A t , q is an affine bijection and ∂ D × R 2 \partial D\times\mathbb{R}^2 ∂ D × R 2 is Lebesgue null in the four-dimensional phase space,
Leb ( E q , t ) = 0. \operatorname{Leb}(E_{q,t})=0. Leb ( E q , t ) = 0.
Suppose that z z z has finitely many transversal contacts in ( 0 , t ) (0,t) ( 0 , t ) and that its position lies on ∂ D \partial D ∂ D at time t t t . Choose a rational q q q strictly between the last contact before t t t and t t t , or any rational q ∈ [ 0 , t ) q \in[0,t) q ∈ [ 0 , t ) if there is no previous contact. Then z ∈ O q z \in O_q z ∈ O q and Ψ q ( z ) ∈ E q , t \Psi^q(z)\in E_{q,t} Ψ q ( z ) ∈ E q , t . It follows that the set of such points is contained in
⋃ q ∈ Q ∩ [ 0 , t ) ( Ψ q ) − 1 ( E q , t ) , \bigcup_{q\in\mathbb{Q}\cap[0,t)}(\Psi^q)^{-1}(E_{q,t}), q ∈ Q ∩ [ 0 , t ) ⋃ ( Ψ q ) − 1 ( E q , t ) ,
and is therefore null by Lemma 4.5. For t = T t=T t = T , this proves that (N3) is null. For an arbitrary t ∈ ( 0 , T ] t \in(0,T] t ∈ ( 0 , T ] , it proves item (b). The case t = 0 t=0 t = 0 is immediate, since the points of Reg A \operatorname{Reg}_A Reg A have initial position in D ˚ \mathring{D} D ˚ .
Steps 1–3, together with the trichotomy, prove item (a).
Step 4. Let Reg A t \operatorname{Reg}_{A}^{t} Reg A t be the set of points of Reg A \operatorname{Reg}_{A} Reg A having no contact at time t t t . By items (a) and (b),
Leb ( Ω ˚ ∖ Reg A t ) = 0. \operatorname{Leb}\left(\mathring{\Omega}\setminus\operatorname{Reg}_{A}^{t}\right)=0. Leb ( Ω ˚ ∖ Reg A t ) = 0.
Moreover, Reg A t ⊂ O t \operatorname{Reg}_{A}^{t}\subset O_{t} Reg A t ⊂ O t . On O t O_{t} O t , the map Ψ t \Psi^{t} Ψ t is injective and satisfies ∣ det D Ψ t ∣ = 1 \lvert\det D\Psi^{t}\rvert=1 ∣ det D Ψ t ∣ = 1 by Lemma 4.5 . Injectivity of Φ A t \Phi_{A}^{t} Φ A t on all of Reg A \operatorname{Reg}_{A} Reg A , including points having a contact exactly at time t t t , follows from the same backward-determinism argument: from the outgoing state at the contact one first applies the inverse reflection and then runs the preceding free flight backwards.
At time t t t , the change from W t W_{t} W t to V t V_{t} V t is V t = e − A ( t ) W t V_{t}=e^{-A(t)}W_{t} V t = e − A ( t ) W t . Consequently, on Reg A t \operatorname{Reg}_{A}^{t} Reg A t ,
∣ det D Φ A t ∣ = e − 2 A ( t ) ∣ det D Ψ t ∣ = e − 2 A ( t ) . \left\lvert\det D\Phi_{A}^{t}\right\rvert=e^{-2A(t)}\left\lvert\det D\Psi^{t}\right\rvert=e^{-2A(t)}. det D Φ A t = e − 2 A ( t ) det D Ψ t = e − 2 A ( t ) .
The change-of-variables formula therefore gives
( Φ A t ) # ( f 0 d z ) = f t d z , \left(\Phi_{A}^{t}\right)_{\#}(f_{0}\,dz)=f_{t}\,dz, ( Φ A t ) # ( f 0 d z ) = f t d z ,
where
f t ( z ) = e 2 A ( t ) f 0 ( ( Φ A t ) − 1 ( z ) ) f_{t}(z)=e^{2A(t)}f_{0}\left(\left(\Phi_{A}^{t}\right)^{-1}(z)\right) f t ( z ) = e 2 A ( t ) f 0 ( ( Φ A t ) − 1 ( z ) )
on Φ A t ( Reg A t ) \Phi_{A}^{t}(\operatorname{Reg}_{A}^{t}) Φ A t ( Reg A t ) , and f t = 0 f_{t}=0 f t = 0 outside this set. Finally, since A ( t ) ≤ ∣ A ( t ) ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ T A(t)\leq\lvert A(t)\rvert\leq\lvert E_{0}\rvert T A ( t ) ≤ ∣ A ( t )∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ T , we obtain
∥ f t ∥ L ∞ ≤ e 2 ∣ E 0 ∣ T ∥ f 0 ∥ L ∞ . \lVert f_{t}\rVert_{L^{\infty}}\leq e^{2\lvert E_{0}\rvert T}\lVert f_{0}\rVert_{L^{\infty}}. ∥ f t ∥ L ∞ ≤ e 2 ∣ E 0 ∣ T ∥ f 0 ∥ L ∞ .
Lagrangian solutions and existence
Current, energy and the fixed point
Let μ 0 ∈ P ( Ω ) \mu_{0}\in\mathcal{P}(\Omega) μ 0 ∈ P ( Ω ) be absolutely continuous with respect to Lebesgue, with
∫ Ω ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ 0 = 1. (19) \int_{\Omega}\lvert v\rvert^{2}\,d\mu_{0}=1. \tag*{(19)} ∫ Ω ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ 0 = 1. (19)
By Proposition 4.4(a), for every A ∈ A T A\in\mathcal{A}_{T} A ∈ A T the maps V t A V_{t}^{A} V t A , Δ t A \Delta_{t}^{A} Δ t A , Φ A t \Phi_{A}^{t} Φ A t (see (14) ) are defined μ 0 \mu_{0} μ 0 -almost everywhere, and we set
j A ( t ) : = ∫ Ω ⟨ E 0 , V t A ⟩ d μ 0 , u A ( t ) : = ∫ Ω ∣ V t A ∣ 2 d μ 0 , μ t A : = ( Φ A t ) # μ 0 . (20) j_{A}(t):=\int_{\Omega}\langle E_{0},V_{t}^{A}\rangle\,d\mu_{0},\qquad u_{A}(t):=\int_{\Omega}\lvert V_{t}^{A}\rvert^{2}\,d\mu_{0},\qquad\mu_{t}^{A}:=(\Phi_{A}^{t})_{\#}\mu_{0}. \tag*{(20)} j A ( t ) := ∫ Ω ⟨ E 0 , V t A ⟩ d μ 0 , u A ( t ) := ∫ Ω ∣ V t A ∣ 2 d μ 0 , μ t A := ( Φ A t ) # μ 0 . (20)
Lemma 5.1. Let A ∈ A T A\in\mathcal{A}_{T} A ∈ A T . Then j A j_{A} j A and u A u_{A} u A are continuous on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] , u A > 0 u_{A}>0 u A > 0 , ∣ j A ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ u A 1 / 2 \lvert j_{A}\rvert\leq\lvert E_{0}\rvert u_{A}^{1/2} ∣ j A ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ u A 1/2 , and for every t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ]
∫ 0 t j A ( s ) d s = ∫ Ω ⟨ E 0 , Δ t A ⟩ d μ 0 , (21) \int_{0}^{t}j_{A}(s)\,ds=\int_{\Omega}\langle E_{0},\Delta_{t}^{A}\rangle\,d\mu_{0}, \tag*{(21)} ∫ 0 t j A ( s ) d s = ∫ Ω ⟨ E 0 , Δ t A ⟩ d μ 0 , (21) u_{A}(t)=1+\int_{0}^{t}\left(2j_{A}(s)-2\dot{A}(s)u_{A}(s)\right),ds. $$ {#eq:5.4}
Moreover t ↦ μ t A t\mapsto\mu_{t}^{A} t ↦ μ t A is narrowly continuous in P ( Ω ) \mathcal{P}(\Omega) P ( Ω ) .
Proof. For z ∈ Reg A z\in\operatorname{Reg}_{A} z ∈ Reg A the function t ↦ V t A ( z ) t\mapsto V_{t}^{A}(z) t ↦ V t A ( z ) is continuous except at the contact times, and t ↦ ∣ V t A ( z ) ∣ t\mapsto\lvert V_{t}^{A}(z)\rvert t ↦ ∣ V t A ( z )∣ is continuous. For fixed t t t , almost every z z z has no contact at time t t t (Proposition 4.4(b)); continuity of j A j_{A} j A , u A u_{A} u A and of t ↦ ∫ φ d μ t A t\mapsto\int\varphi\,d\mu_{t}^{A} t ↦ ∫ φ d μ t A , φ ∈ C b ( Ω ) \varphi\in C_{b}(\Omega) φ ∈ C b ( Ω ) , then follows from dominated convergence, using (15) and (19) . The bound on j A j_{A} j A is the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality. Identity (21) is Fubini’s theorem applied to (14) . Between contacts V = e − A W V=e^{-A}W V = e − A W is Lipschitz in t t t with V ˙ = E 0 − A ˙ V \dot{V}=E_{0}-\dot{A}V V ˙ = E 0 − A ˙ V for a.e. t t t , so that
d d t ∣ V ∣ 2 = 2 ⟨ E 0 , V ⟩ − 2 A ˙ ∣ V ∣ 2 , \frac{d}{dt}\lvert V\rvert^{2}=2\langle E_{0},V\rangle-2\dot{A}\lvert V\rvert^{2}, d t d ∣ V ∣ 2 = 2 ⟨ E 0 , V ⟩ − 2 A ˙ ∣ V ∣ 2 ,
while ∣ V ∣ \lvert V\rvert ∣ V ∣ is continuous across contacts; integrating in time and then in μ 0 \mu_{0} μ 0 gives (5.4). Finally u A ( t ) > 0 u_{A}(t)>0 u A ( t ) > 0 because μ t A \mu_{t}^{A} μ t A is absolutely continuous (Proposition 4.4(c)) and cannot be concentrated on { v = 0 } \{v=0\} { v = 0 } .
We can now provide the Lagrangian formulation of a solution.
Definition 5.2 (Lagrangian solution). A Lagrangian solution on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] with initial datum μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 is a pair ( A , { μ t } t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ) (A,\{\mu_t\}_{t\in[0,T]}) ( A , { μ t } t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ) with A ∈ A T A\in\mathcal{A}_T A ∈ A T ,
A ( t ) = ∫ 0 t j A ( s ) u A ( s ) d s ∀ t ∈ [ 0 , T ] , (22) A(t)=\int_0^t\frac{j_A(s)}{u_A(s)}\,\mathrm{d}s \qquad\forall t\in[0,T], \tag*{(22)} A ( t ) = ∫ 0 t u A ( s ) j A ( s ) d s ∀ t ∈ [ 0 , T ] , (22)
and μ t = μ t A = ( Φ A t ) # μ 0 \mu_t=\mu_t^A=(\Phi_A^t)_{\#}\mu_0 μ t = μ t A = ( Φ A t ) # μ 0 .
One advantage of the above definition is the following equivalent forms of the fixed point, direct consequence of Lemma 5.1.
Lemma 5.3. For A ∈ A T A\in\mathcal{A}_T A ∈ A T the following are equivalent:
(i) A ( t ) = ∫ 0 t j A / u A d s A(t)=\int_0^t j_A/u_A\,\mathrm{d}s A ( t ) = ∫ 0 t j A / u A d s for all t t t ;
(ii) A ( t ) = ∫ Ω ⟨ E 0 , Δ t A ⟩ d μ 0 A(t)=\int_{\Omega}\langle E_0,\Delta_t^A\rangle\,\mathrm{d}\mu_0 A ( t ) = ∫ Ω ⟨ E 0 , Δ t A ⟩ d μ 0 for all t t t ;
(iii) A ( t ) = ∫ 0 t j A u A − 1 / 2 d s A(t)=\int_0^t j_Au_A^{-1/2}\,\mathrm{d}s A ( t ) = ∫ 0 t j A u A − 1/2 d s for all t t t .
In each case u A ≡ 1 u_A\equiv1 u A ≡ 1 on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] and A ˙ = j A \dot A=j_A A ˙ = j A .
Proof. Set y : = u A − 1 y:=u_A-1 y := u A − 1 , so y ( 0 ) = 0 y(0)=0 y ( 0 ) = 0 . In case (i), (5.4) gives y ˙ = 0 \dot y=0 y ˙ = 0 . In case (ii), by (21) A ˙ = j A \dot A=j_A A ˙ = j A and (5.4) gives y ˙ = − 2 j A y \dot y=-2j_Ay y ˙ = − 2 j A y . In case (iii), y ˙ = 2 j A ( 1 − u A 1 / 2 ) = − 2 j A y / ( 1 + u A 1 / 2 ) \dot y=2j_A(1-u_A^{1/2})=-2j_Ay/(1+u_A^{1/2}) y ˙ = 2 j A ( 1 − u A 1/2 ) = − 2 j A y / ( 1 + u A 1/2 ) . In the last two cases ∣ y ˙ ∣ ≤ C ∣ y ∣ |\dot y|\le C|y| ∣ y ˙ ∣ ≤ C ∣ y ∣ with C = 2 ∣ E 0 ∣ sup [ 0 , T ] u A 1 / 2 C=2|E_0|\sup_{[0,T]}u_A^{1/2} C = 2∣ E 0 ∣ sup [ 0 , T ] u A 1/2 , hence y ≡ 0 y\equiv0 y ≡ 0 by Grönwall’s lemma. Once u A ≡ 1 u_A\equiv1 u A ≡ 1 the three identities coincide. □
Lemmas 5.1 and 5.3 allow us to easily prove that Lagrangian solutions are weak solutions, as shown in the next proposition.
Proposition 5.4. If ( A , { μ t } ) (A,\{\mu_t\}) ( A , { μ t }) is a Lagrangian solution, then { μ t } \{\mu_t\} { μ t } is a weak solution in the sense of Definition 3.1, with ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ t = 1 \int|v|^2\,\mathrm{d}\mu_t=1 ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ t = 1 for all t t t .
Proof. Narrow continuity, which implies Definition 3.1(i), and the second moment come from Lemmas 5.1 and 5.3. Let φ ∈ D s y m \varphi\in\mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{sym}} φ ∈ D sym and z ∈ Reg A z\in\operatorname{Reg}_A z ∈ Reg A . The function g ( t ) : = φ ( t , Φ A t ( z ) ) g(t):=\varphi(t,\Phi_A^t(z)) g ( t ) := φ ( t , Φ A t ( z )) is continuous on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] , because φ \varphi φ is symmetric at the contact times, and Lipschitz between contacts; hence it is absolutely continuous, with
g ˙ = ∂ t φ + ⟨ ∇ x φ , V ⟩ + ⟨ ∇ v φ , E 0 − A ˙ V ⟩ \dot g=\partial_t\varphi+\langle\nabla_x\varphi,V\rangle+\langle\nabla_v\varphi,E_0-\dot A V\rangle g ˙ = ∂ t φ + ⟨ ∇ x φ , V ⟩ + ⟨ ∇ v φ , E 0 − A ˙ V ⟩
a.e., and g ( T ) = 0 g(T)=0 g ( T ) = 0 . Thus − φ ( 0 , z ) = ∫ 0 T g ˙ d t -\varphi(0,z)=\int_0^T\dot g\,\mathrm{d}t − φ ( 0 , z ) = ∫ 0 T g ˙ d t . Integrating with respect to μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 (the integrand is bounded since φ \varphi φ has compact support) and using A ˙ = j A / u A = j μ t / u μ t \dot A=j_A/u_A=j_{\mu_t}/u_{\mu_t} A ˙ = j A / u A = j μ t / u μ t gives (7) . □
Remark 5.5. The converse holds for absolutely continuous weak solutions, see Proposition 5.7.
Existence
We now prove existence of weak solutions of the Vlasov equation, concluding the existence part (1) of Theorem 3.5. Our strategy is to construct a self-consistent Lagrangian solution and then use Proposition 5.4 to conclude that it is a weak solution. The construction works on every finite time interval and requires no restriction on the size of the field or on the velocity support of the initial datum.
Theorem 5.6 (Existence). Let μ 0 = f 0 d z ∈ P ( Ω ) \mu_0=f_0\,\mathrm{d}z\in\mathcal{P}(\Omega) μ 0 = f 0 d z ∈ P ( Ω ) satisfy (19) . Then for every T > 0 T>0 T > 0 there exists a Lagrangian solution ( A , { μ t } ) (A,\{\mu_t\}) ( A , { μ t }) on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] with initial datum μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 . It satisfies ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ t = 1 \int|v|^2\,\mathrm{d}\mu_t=1 ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ t = 1 , μ t = f t d z \mu_t=f_t\,\mathrm{d}z μ t = f t d z , and if f 0 ∈ L ∞ f_0\in L^\infty f 0 ∈ L ∞ then ∥ f t ∥ L ∞ ≤ e 2 ∣ E 0 ∣ T ∥ f 0 ∥ L ∞ \|f_t\|_{L^\infty}\le e^{2|E_0|T}\|f_0\|_{L^\infty} ∥ f t ∥ L ∞ ≤ e 2∣ E 0 ∣ T ∥ f 0 ∥ L ∞ . In particular, { μ t } \{\mu_t\} { μ t } is a weak solution of the Vlasov equation.
Proof. Define S : A T → C 0 ( [ 0 , T ] ) \mathcal{S}:\mathcal{A}_T\to C^0([0,T]) S : A T → C 0 ([ 0 , T ]) by
S ( A ) ( t ) : = ∫ 0 t j A ( s ) u A ( s ) 1 / 2 d s . \mathcal{S}(A)(t):=\int_0^t\frac{j_A(s)}{u_A(s)^{1/2}}\,\mathrm{d}s. S ( A ) ( t ) := ∫ 0 t u A ( s ) 1/2 j A ( s ) d s . By Lemma 5.1 the integrand is continuous and bounded by ∣ E 0 ∣ |E_0| ∣ E 0 ∣ , so S ( A T ) ⊂ A T \mathcal{S}(\mathcal{A}_T)\subset\mathcal{A}_T S ( A T ) ⊂ A T . Let A k → A A_k\to A A k → A uniformly in A T \mathcal{A}_T A T and fix s ∈ [ 0 , T ] s\in[0,T] s ∈ [ 0 , T ] . For μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 -a.e. z z z we have z ∈ Reg A z\in\operatorname{Reg}_A z ∈ Reg A with no contact at time
s s s (Proposition 4.4), hence V s A k ( z ) → V s A ( z ) V_s^{A_k}(z) \to V_s^A(z) V s A k ( z ) → V s A ( z ) by Lemma 4.3 (with z k = z z_k=z z k = z ). By (15) the functions ∣ V s A k ∣ 2 \lvert V_s^{A_k}\rvert^2 ∣ V s A k ∣ 2 are dominated by C T 2 ( 1 + ∣ v ∣ ) 2 ∈ L 1 ( μ 0 ) C_T^2(1+\lvert v\rvert)^2 \in L^1(\mu_0) C T 2 ( 1 + ∣ v ∣ ) 2 ∈ L 1 ( μ 0 ) , so j A k ( s ) → j A ( s ) j_{A_k}(s)\to j_A(s) j A k ( s ) → j A ( s ) and u A k ( s ) → u A ( s ) > 0 u_{A_k}(s)\to u_A(s)>0 u A k ( s ) → u A ( s ) > 0 . By dominated convergence theorem in s s s we have S ( A k ) ( t ) → S ( A ) ( t ) \mathcal{S}(A_k)(t)\to\mathcal{S}(A)(t) S ( A k ) ( t ) → S ( A ) ( t ) for every t t t , and the convergence is uniform because the functions S ( A k ) \mathcal{S}(A_k) S ( A k ) are equi-Lipschitz.
Since A T \mathcal{A}_T A T is convex and compact, Schauder’s theorem yields A ∈ A T A\in\mathcal{A}_T A ∈ A T with S ( A ) = A \mathcal{S}(A)=A S ( A ) = A . By Lemma 5.3, (iii)⇒ \Rightarrow ⇒ (i), the pair ( A , { μ t A } ) (A,\{\mu_t^A\}) ( A , { μ t A }) is a Lagrangian solution with u A ≡ 1 u_A\equiv1 u A ≡ 1 . The statements on the density are Proposition 4.4(c). By Proposition 5.4, this solution is a weak solution, whereby concluding part (1) of Theorem 3.5. □
Absolutely continuous weak solutions
We conclude this section by proving a converse of Proposition 5.4 in the class W T ( μ 0 ) \mathcal{W}_T(\mu_0) W T ( μ 0 ) of Definition 3.1. Note that this implication is not needed for the existence result above, which holds with no assumption on the velocities. Its purpose is to identify weak and Lagrangian solutions in the class W T ( μ 0 ) \mathcal{W}_T(\mu_0) W T ( μ 0 ) , so that uniqueness of the Lagrangian fixed point will later imply uniqueness of weak solutions in that class. The target of this subsection is thus the following Proposition, which proof is given at the end of the subsection. .
Proposition 5.7 (Weak solutions are Lagrangian). Let μ 0 = f 0 d z \mu_0=f_0\,dz μ 0 = f 0 d z with ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ 0 = 1 \int\lvert v\rvert^2d\mu_0=1 ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ 0 = 1 and let { μ t } ∈ W T ( μ 0 ) \{\mu_t\}\in\mathcal{W}_T(\mu_0) { μ t } ∈ W T ( μ 0 ) . Let A ( t ) : = ∫ 0 t j μ ( s ) d s A(t):=\int_0^t j_{\mu}(s)\,ds A ( t ) := ∫ 0 t j μ ( s ) d s . Then μ t = ( Φ A t ) # μ 0 \mu_t=(\Phi_A^t)_\#\mu_0 μ t = ( Φ A t ) # μ 0 for every t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] , and ( A , { μ t } ) (A,\{\mu_t\}) ( A , { μ t }) is a Lagrangian solution.
To prove it, we use Proposition 3.3 and one more lemma. The next lemma provides test functions that are constant along the characteristics of the prescribed billiard flow. These functions will be used to recover the initial measure from a weak solution and hence to prove that weak solutions are transported by the flow. The only delicate point is their regularity near a collision, where the incoming and outgoing states must be treated by separate local inverse branches. Since this construction is technical, its proof is provided in Appendix A for readability.
Lemma 5.8 (Test functions transported by the flow). Let A ∈ A T A\in\mathcal{A}_T A ∈ A T and Θ ∈ C c 1 ( Reg A ) \Theta\in C_c^1(\operatorname{Reg}_A) Θ ∈ C c 1 ( Reg A ) . For t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] and z ∈ Ω z\in\Omega z ∈ Ω set
φ Θ ( t , z ) : = { Θ ( z 0 ) if z = Φ A t ( z 0 ) for some z 0 ∈ supp Θ , 0 otherwise , \varphi_\Theta(t,z):=\begin{cases}
\Theta(z_0) & \text{if } z=\Phi_A^t(z_0)\text{ for some }z_0\in\operatorname{supp}\Theta,\\
0 & \text{otherwise},
\end{cases} φ Θ ( t , z ) := { Θ ( z 0 ) 0 if z = Φ A t ( z 0 ) for some z 0 ∈ supp Θ , otherwise , where at a contact time of z 0 z_0 z 0 both the incoming and the outgoing state are regarded as Φ A t ( z 0 ) \Phi_A^t(z_0) Φ A t ( z 0 ) . Then φ Θ \varphi_\Theta φ Θ is well defined, continuous, symmetric and compactly supported in [ 0 , T ] × Ω [0,T]\times\Omega [ 0 , T ] × Ω ; it is Lipschitz in t t t ; for every t t t it is of class C 1 C^1 C 1 in z z z on Ω \Omega Ω , regarded as a manifold with boundary, and ∇ z φ Θ \nabla_z\varphi_\Theta ∇ z φ Θ is continuous on [ 0 , T ] × Ω [0,T]\times\Omega [ 0 , T ] × Ω . Finally,
∂ t φ Θ + ⟨ ∇ z φ Θ , ( v , E 0 − A ˙ ( t ) v ) ⟩ = 0 for almost every ( t , z ) ∈ ( 0 , T ) × Ω ˙ . (23) \partial_t\varphi_\Theta+\langle\nabla_z\varphi_\Theta,(v,E_0-\dot{A}(t)v)\rangle=0 \qquad\text{for almost every }(t,z)\in(0,T)\times\dot{\Omega}. \tag*{(23)} ∂ t φ Θ + ⟨ ∇ z φ Θ , ( v , E 0 − A ˙ ( t ) v )⟩ = 0 for almost every ( t , z ) ∈ ( 0 , T ) × Ω ˙ . (23)
We are now ready to prove Proposition 5.7.
Proof of Proposition 5.7. By Proposition 3.3, j μ j_\mu j μ is Borel with ∣ j μ ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ \lvert j_\mu\rvert\leq\lvert E_0\rvert ∣ j μ ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ ; hence A ∈ A T A\in\mathcal{A}_T A ∈ A T , A ˙ = j μ \dot{A}=j_\mu A ˙ = j μ a.e. and V μ t ( x , v ) = ( v , E 0 − A ˙ ( t ) v ) V_{\mu_t}(x,v)=(v,E_0-\dot{A}(t)v) V μ t ( x , v ) = ( v , E 0 − A ˙ ( t ) v ) for a.e. t t t .
The identity (7) holds for every function φ \varphi φ on [ 0 , T ] × Ω [0,T]\times\Omega [ 0 , T ] × Ω which is continuous, symmetric, compactly supported, Lipschitz in t t t , and such that ∇ z φ \nabla_z\varphi ∇ z φ is continuous. Indeed, extend φ \varphi φ by zero for t ≥ T t\geq T t ≥ T , let ρ δ \rho_\delta ρ δ be a mollifier supported in [ 0 , δ ] [0,\delta] [ 0 , δ ] and φ δ ( t , z ) : = ∫ ρ δ ( s ) φ ( t + s , z ) d s \varphi_\delta(t,z):=\int\rho_\delta(s)\varphi(t+s,z)\,ds φ δ ( t , z ) := ∫ ρ δ ( s ) φ ( t + s , z ) d s , which belongs to D s y m \mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{sym}} D sym for δ \delta δ small. As δ → 0 \delta\to0 δ → 0 , φ δ → φ \varphi_\delta\to\varphi φ δ → φ and ∇ z φ δ → ∇ z φ \nabla_z\varphi_\delta\to\nabla_z\varphi ∇ z φ δ → ∇ z φ uniformly, while ∂ t φ δ \partial_t\varphi_\delta ∂ t φ δ is uniformly bounded and converges to ∂ t φ \partial_t\varphi ∂ t φ at almost every ( t , z ) (t,z) ( t , z ) . By Definition 3.1(i), t ↦ μ t t\mapsto\mu_t t ↦ μ t is a Borel probability kernel, so M ( d t d z ) : = μ t ( d z ) d t M(dt\,dz):=\mu_t(dz)\,dt M ( d t d z ) := μ t ( d z ) d t is a well-defined measure on [ 0 , T ] × Ω [0,T]\times\Omega [ 0 , T ] × Ω ; since μ t ≪ d z \mu_t\ll dz μ t ≪ d z for every t t t , M ≪ d t d z M\ll dt\,dz M ≪ d t d z . Hence ∂ t φ δ → ∂ t φ \partial_t\varphi_\delta\to\partial_t\varphi ∂ t φ δ → ∂ t φ M M M -almost everywhere, and dominated convergence allows us to pass to the limit in (7) . Next, let Θ ∈ C c 1 ( Reg A ) \Theta\in C^1_c(\operatorname{Reg}_A) Θ ∈ C c 1 ( Reg A ) and ζ ∈ C 1 ( [ 0 , T ] ) \zeta\in C^1([0,T]) ζ ∈ C 1 ([ 0 , T ]) . By Lemma 5.8 and the previous paragraph we may use ζ ( t ) φ Θ ( t , z ) \zeta(t)\varphi_\Theta(t,z) ζ ( t ) φ Θ ( t , z ) as a test function. By (23) , which holds M M M -almost everywhere because M ≪ d t d z M \ll dt\,dz M ≪ d t d z and M M M does not charge [ 0 , T ] × ∂ Ω [0,T]\times\partial\Omega [ 0 , T ] × ∂ Ω , the transport terms cancel, and we are left with
∫ 0 T ζ ′ ( t ) m ( t ) d t + ζ ( 0 ) ∫ Ω Θ d μ 0 = 0 , m ( t ) : = ∫ Ω φ Θ ( t , z ) d μ t ( z ) . \int_0^T \zeta'(t)m(t)\,dt+\zeta(0)\int_\Omega\Theta\,d\mu_0=0,\qquad m(t):=\int_\Omega\varphi_\Theta(t,z)\,d\mu_t(z). ∫ 0 T ζ ′ ( t ) m ( t ) d t + ζ ( 0 ) ∫ Ω Θ d μ 0 = 0 , m ( t ) := ∫ Ω φ Θ ( t , z ) d μ t ( z ) .
Hence m ( t ) = ∫ Θ d μ 0 m(t)=\int\Theta\,d\mu_0 m ( t ) = ∫ Θ d μ 0 for almost every t t t . The function m m m is continuous: φ Θ ( t , ⋅ ) \varphi_\Theta(t,\cdot) φ Θ ( t , ⋅ ) is symmetric, bounded and continuous, it depends continuously on t t t in the uniform norm, and { μ t } \{\mu_t\} { μ t } satisfies Definition 3.1 (i). Therefore
∫ Ω φ Θ ( t , z ) d μ t ( z ) = ∫ Ω Θ d μ 0 (24) \int_\Omega\varphi_\Theta(t,z)\,d\mu_t(z)=\int_\Omega\Theta\,d\mu_0 \tag*{(24)} ∫ Ω φ Θ ( t , z ) d μ t ( z ) = ∫ Ω Θ d μ 0 (24)
for every t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] and Θ ∈ C c 1 ( Reg A ) \Theta\in C^1_c(\operatorname{Reg}_A) Θ ∈ C c 1 ( Reg A ) .
We can now conclude. Fix t t t and let Reg A t \operatorname{Reg}_A^t Reg A t be the set of points of Reg A \operatorname{Reg}_A Reg A with no contact at time t t t . By Proposition 4.4, Reg A t \operatorname{Reg}_A^t Reg A t is open with null complement and Φ A t \Phi_A^t Φ A t is a homeomorphism of Reg A t \operatorname{Reg}_A^t Reg A t onto an open set G t ⊂ Ω ˚ G_t\subset\mathring{\Omega} G t ⊂ Ω ˚ . For Θ ∈ C c 1 ( Reg A t ) \Theta\in C^1_c(\operatorname{Reg}_A^t) Θ ∈ C c 1 ( Reg A t ) we have φ Θ ( t , ⋅ ) = Θ ∘ ( Φ A t ) − 1 \varphi_\Theta(t,\cdot)=\Theta\circ(\Phi_A^t)^{-1} φ Θ ( t , ⋅ ) = Θ ∘ ( Φ A t ) − 1 on G t G_t G t and 0 0 0 elsewhere, so (24) says that the measures ( ( Φ A t ) − 1 ) # ( μ t ∣ G t ) ((\Phi_A^t)^{-1})_\#(\mu_t|_{G_t}) (( Φ A t ) − 1 ) # ( μ t ∣ G t ) and μ 0 ∣ Reg A t \mu_0|_{\operatorname{Reg}_A^t} μ 0 ∣ Reg A t coincide as Radon measures on Reg A t \operatorname{Reg}_A^t Reg A t . Since μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 is absolutely continuous, μ 0 ( Reg A t ) = 1 \mu_0(\operatorname{Reg}_A^t)=1 μ 0 ( Reg A t ) = 1 ; exhausting Reg A t \operatorname{Reg}_A^t Reg A t by compact sets we get μ t ( G t ) = μ 0 ( Reg A t ) = 1 \mu_t(G_t)=\mu_0(\operatorname{Reg}_A^t)=1 μ t ( G t ) = μ 0 ( Reg A t ) = 1 , and therefore μ t = ( Φ A t ) # μ 0 \mu_t=(\Phi_A^t)_\#\mu_0 μ t = ( Φ A t ) # μ 0 . In particular j A = j μ j_A=j_\mu j A = j μ and u A ≡ 1 u_A\equiv1 u A ≡ 1 , so A = ∫ 0 ⋅ j A / u A A=\int_0^\cdot j_A/u_A A = ∫ 0 ⋅ j A / u A , which is (22) . □
The particle system and the mean-field limit
This section is devoted to the full proof of Theorem 3.4 and the proof of Theorem 3.6 under the cut-off on the velocity.
Particle system
We consider N N N particles z N = ( z 1 N , … , z N N ) ∈ Ω ˚ N z^N=(z_1^N,\ldots,z_N^N)\in\mathring{\Omega}^N z N = ( z 1 N , … , z N N ) ∈ Ω ˚ N , z i N = ( x i N , v i N ) z_i^N=(x_i^N,v_i^N) z i N = ( x i N , v i N ) , on the energy shell
1 N ∑ i = 1 N ∣ v i N ∣ 2 = 1 (25) \frac{1}{N}\sum_{i=1}^N |v_i^N|^2=1 \tag*{(25)} N 1 i = 1 ∑ N ∣ v i N ∣ 2 = 1 (25)
evolving according to (4) with specular reflection. On this shell the thermostat coefficient is
a N ( t ) = 1 N ∑ i ⟨ E 0 , v i ( t ) ⟩ , a_N(t)=\frac{1}{N}\sum_i\langle E_0,v_i(t)\rangle, a N ( t ) = N 1 i ∑ ⟨ E 0 , v i ( t )⟩ ,
and ∣ a N ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ |a_N|\leq|E_0| ∣ a N ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ by the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality and the conservation of (25) .
Definition 6.1 (Admissible configurations). A configuration z N z^N z N satisfying (25) is admissible on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] if the N N N -particle dynamics issued from it is defined on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] and each particle has finitely many contacts with ∂ D \partial D ∂ D in [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] , all transversal.
Note that the above definition is equivalent to the existence of A N ∈ A T A_N\in\mathcal{A}_T A N ∈ A T such that the trajectory of each z i N z_i^N z i N under the flow of A N A_N A N is defined on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] with finitely many contacts, all transversal, and
A N ( t ) = 1 N ∑ i = 1 N ⟨ E 0 , Δ t A N ( z i N ) ⟩ ∀ t ∈ [ 0 , T ] . (26) A_N(t)=\frac{1}{N}\sum_{i=1}^N\langle E_0,\Delta_t^{A_N}(z_i^N)\rangle\qquad\forall t\in[0,T]. \tag*{(26)} A N ( t ) = N 1 i = 1 ∑ N ⟨ E 0 , Δ t A N ( z i N )⟩ ∀ t ∈ [ 0 , T ] . (26)
Indeed, given the N N N -particle trajectory, A N ( t ) : = ∫ 0 t a N ( s ) d s A_N(t):=\int_0^t a_N(s)\,ds A N ( t ) := ∫ 0 t a N ( s ) d s belongs to A T \mathcal{A}_T A T , each particle follows by definition the one-particle flow of A N A_N A N , and (26) is the time integral of a N = 1 N ∑ i ⟨ E 0 , v i ⟩ a_N=\frac{1}{N}\sum_i\langle E_0,v_i\rangle a N = N 1 ∑ i ⟨ E 0 , v i ⟩ ; conversely, if A N ∈ A T A_N\in\mathcal{A}_T A N ∈ A T satisfies (26) then A ˙ N = 1 N ∑ i ⟨ E 0 , v i ⟩ \dot A_N=\frac{1}{N}\sum_i\langle E_0,v_i\rangle A ˙ N = N 1 ∑ i ⟨ E 0 , v i ⟩ , and the energy identity gives 1 N ∑ i ∣ v i ∣ 2 = 1 \frac{1}{N}\sum_i|v_i|^2=1 N 1 ∑ i ∣ v i ∣ 2 = 1 as in Lemma Lemma 5.3, so that the particles solve (4) . Also, note that particles interact only through A N A_N A N , i.e. simultaneous contacts of different particles play no role. We denote
δ N , 0 : = 1 N ∑ i = 1 N δ z i N , δ N , t : = 1 N ∑ i = 1 N δ Φ A N t ( z i N ) (27) \delta_{N,0}:=\frac{1}{N}\sum_{i=1}^{N}\delta_{z_i^N}, \qquad\delta_{N,t}:=\frac{1}{N}\sum_{i=1}^{N}\delta_{\Phi_{A_N}^{t}(z_i^N)} \tag*{(27)} δ N , 0 := N 1 i = 1 ∑ N δ z i N , δ N , t := N 1 i = 1 ∑ N δ Φ A N t ( z i N ) (27)
the initial empirical measure and its push-forward by the flow, respectively.
The following proposition state that almost every configuration is admissible, and it is the main technical and key part of the section. The proof is the many-particle analogue of the argument used for Proposition 4.4 and it might look technical, but the main idea is quite naive, which is the follow. Ordinary transversal collisions can be parametrised by their time and by the state of the system at the boundary. The total flux of trajectories through the boundary during a finite time interval is finite, which excludes an infinite number of such collisions for almost every initial configuration. The remaining problematic configurations are tangential contacts and simultaneous contacts of two particles. Nevertheless, it turns out that they form a lower-dimensional set and hence, as the dynamics is smooth and locally invertible between transversal collisions, their preimages are null as well.
Proposition 6.2. Let S N S_N S N be the shell (25) , endowed with its ( 4 N − 1 ) (4N-1) ( 4 N − 1 ) -dimensional surface measure m \mathfrak{m} m . For every T > 0 T>0 T > 0 , m \mathfrak{m} m -almost every configuration in S N S_N S N is admissible on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] , and along its trajectory no two particles are on ∂ D \partial D ∂ D at the same time.
Proof. We follow the proof of Proposition 4.4 . Configurations with a particle on ∂ D \partial D ∂ D at time 0 0 0 form an m \mathfrak{m} m -null set and are discarded. In the other cases, there are two possible obstructions to admissibility: a trajectory may have infinitely many ordinary transversal contacts in finite time, or it may reach a singular contact, namely a tangency or a simultaneous contact of two particles. The first possibility will be excluded by estimating the total flux through the contact hypersurfaces, and the second by observing that the set of singular contact states has lower dimension.
It is convenient to distinguish the physical shell S N S_N S N from the unrestricted energy shell
S ^ N : = ( T 2 ) N × { v ∈ R 2 N : ∣ v ∣ 2 = N } , \widehat{S}_N:=(\mathbb{T}^2)^N\times\left\{\mathbf{v}\in\mathbb{R}^{2N}:|\mathbf{v}|^2=N\right\}, S N := ( T 2 ) N × { v ∈ R 2 N : ∣ v ∣ 2 = N } ,
or its lift to the cover in the position variables. The free flow is defined on S ^ N \widehat{S}_N S N , without regard to the obstacles, and is used between successive contacts. Let E : = ( E 0 , … , E 0 ) ∈ R 2 N \mathcal{E}:=(E_0,\ldots,E_0)\in\mathbb{R}^{2N} E := ( E 0 , … , E 0 ) ∈ R 2 N , so that α N ( v ) = ⟨ E , v ⟩ ∣ v ∣ 2 \alpha_N(\mathbf{v})=\frac{\langle\mathcal{E},\mathbf{v}\rangle}{|\mathbf{v}|^2} α N ( v ) = ∣ v ∣ 2 ⟨ E , v ⟩ , and let X ( x , v ) : = ( v , E − α N ( v ) v ) X(\mathbf{x},\mathbf{v}):=(\mathbf{v},\mathcal{E}-\alpha_N(\mathbf{v})\mathbf{v}) X ( x , v ) := ( v , E − α N ( v ) v ) . On S ^ N \widehat{S}_N S N one has ∣ v ∣ 2 = N |\mathbf{v}|^2=N ∣ v ∣ 2 = N and ∣ α N ( v ) ∣ ≤ ∣ E ∣ ∣ v ∣ = ∣ E 0 ∣ |\alpha_N(\mathbf{v})|\leq\frac{|\mathcal{E}|}{|\mathbf{v}|}=|E_0| ∣ α N ( v ) ∣ ≤ ∣ v ∣ ∣ E ∣ = ∣ E 0 ∣ . Thus X X X is smooth and bounded. Moreover, ⟨ v , E − α N ( v ) v ⟩ = 0 \langle\mathbf{v},\mathcal{E}-\alpha_N(\mathbf{v})\mathbf{v}\rangle=0 ⟨ v , E − α N ( v ) v ⟩ = 0 , so X X X is tangent to every level set of U N ( x , v ) : = ∣ v ∣ 2 U_N(\mathbf{x},\mathbf{v}):=|\mathbf{v}|^2 U N ( x , v ) := ∣ v ∣ 2 . It therefore generates a complete flow φ t \varphi^t φ t of smooth diffeomorphisms of S ^ N \widehat{S}_N S N . Since α N \alpha_N α N is homogeneous of degree − 1 -1 − 1 , ⟨ v , ∇ v α N ⟩ = − α N \langle\mathbf{v},\nabla_{\mathbf{v}}\alpha_N\rangle=-\alpha_N ⟨ v , ∇ v α N ⟩ = − α N , and hence
div X = − ⟨ v , ∇ v α N ⟩ − 2 N α N = − ( 2 N − 1 ) α N . \operatorname{div}X=-\langle\mathbf{v},\nabla_{\mathbf{v}}\alpha_N\rangle-2N\alpha_N=-(2N-1)\alpha_N. div X = − ⟨ v , ∇ v α N ⟩ − 2 N α N = − ( 2 N − 1 ) α N .
Note that, if a C 1 C^1 C 1 diffeomorphism F F F preserves U N U_N U N , then its Jacobian on a regular level set of U N U_N U N is
J U N F ( z ) = ∣ det D F ( z ) ∣ ∣ ∇ U N ( F ( z ) ) ∣ ∣ ∇ U N ( z ) ∣ . J_{U_N}F(\mathbf{z})=|\det DF(\mathbf{z})|\frac{|\nabla U_N(F(\mathbf{z}))|}{|\nabla U_N(\mathbf{z})|}. J U N F ( z ) = ∣ det D F ( z ) ∣ ∣∇ U N ( z ) ∣ ∣∇ U N ( F ( z )) ∣ .
Here U N ∘ φ t = U N U_N\circ\varphi^t=U_N U N ∘ φ t = U N and ∣ ∇ U N ∣ = 2 ∣ v ∣ = 2 N |\nabla U_N|=2|\mathbf{v}|=2\sqrt{N} ∣∇ U N ∣ = 2∣ v ∣ = 2 N on S ^ N \widehat{S}_N S N . Therefore the tangential Jacobian of φ t \varphi^t φ t coincides with its Jacobian. Liouville’s formula gives
J t ( z ) = exp ( − ( 2 N − 1 ) ∫ 0 t α N ( φ s z ) d s ) ∈ [ Λ − 1 , Λ ] , Λ : = e ( 2 N − 1 ) ∣ E 0 ∣ T , ∣ t ∣ ≤ T . (28) J_t(\mathbf{z})=\exp\left(- (2N-1)\int_0^t\alpha_N(\varphi^s\mathbf{z})\,\mathrm{d}s\right)\in[\Lambda^{-1},\Lambda],\qquad\Lambda:=\mathrm{e}^{(2N-1)|E_0|T},\qquad|t|\leq T. \tag*{(28)} J t ( z ) = exp ( − ( 2 N − 1 ) ∫ 0 t α N ( φ s z ) d s ) ∈ [ Λ − 1 , Λ ] , Λ := e ( 2 N − 1 ) ∣ E 0 ∣ T , ∣ t ∣ ≤ T . (28)
Next, recall that a contact is a time at which some particle is on ∂ D \partial D ∂ D and it is transversal if exactly one particle, say the k k k -th, is on the boundary, with ⟨ v k , n ( x k ) ⟩ < 0 \langle\mathbf{v}_k,n(\mathbf{x}_k)\rangle<0 ⟨ v k , n ( x k )⟩ < 0 ; then v k \mathbf{v}_k v k is replaced by R x k v k \mathcal{R}_{\mathbf{x}_k}\mathbf{v}_k R x k v k , which preserves the shell, and the free flow is restarted. As in the trichotomy of § 4 , a configuration for which the conclusion of the proposition fails belongs to one of the following classes: (N1) its trajectory has infinitely many transversal contacts in ( 0 , T ) (0,T) ( 0 , T ) ; (N2) after finitely many transversal contacts, at some time r ∈ ( 0 , T ] r \in(0,T] r ∈ ( 0 , T ] a particle touches ∂ D \partial D ∂ D tangentially or two particles are on ∂ D \partial D ∂ D simultaneously. A transversal contact at the final time T T T is allowed by Definition 6.1 .
Let O q O_q O q be the set of configurations whose trajectory on [ 0 , q ] [0,q] [ 0 , q ] has finitely many contacts, all transversal, and none at time q q q , and let Ψ N q \Psi_N^q Ψ N q be the corresponding time-q q q map. The proof of Lemma 4.3 applies to the flow φ t \varphi^t φ t , which is C 1 C^1 C 1 in time and in the initial point, and shows that O q O_q O q is open, Ψ N q \Psi_N^q Ψ N q is continuous and injective. For the Jacobian it suffices, as in Lemma 4.5 , to consider one contact, of the k k k -th particle, at time τ ( z ) \tau(z) τ ( z ) . Let R ~ k ( x , v ) \widetilde R_k(\mathbf{x},\mathbf{v}) R k ( x , v ) be the map which replaces v k v_k v k by R π ( x k ) v k R_{\pi(x_k)}v_k R π ( x k ) v k ; it preserves the shell and m \mathfrak m m , and both D R ~ k D\widetilde R_k D R k and its inverse leave the position components unchanged. With G ( σ , z ) : = φ q − σ ∘ R ~ k ∘ φ σ ( z ) G(\sigma,z):=\varphi^{q-\sigma}\circ\widetilde R_k\circ\varphi^\sigma(z) G ( σ , z ) := φ q − σ ∘ R k ∘ φ σ ( z ) we have Ψ N q ( z ) = G ( τ ( z ) , z ) \Psi_N^q(z)=G(\tau(z),z) Ψ N q ( z ) = G ( τ ( z ) , z ) and D Ψ N q = M + a ⊗ D τ D\Psi_N^q=M+a\otimes D\tau D Ψ N q = M + a ⊗ D τ , where, writing p p p for the incoming state,
M = D φ q − τ D R ~ k D φ τ , a = D φ q − τ [ D R ~ k ( p ) X ( p ) − X ( R ~ k p ) ] , M=D\varphi^{q-\tau}D\widetilde R_kD\varphi^\tau,\qquad
a=D\varphi^{q-\tau}\left[D\widetilde R_k(p)X(p)-X(\widetilde R_kp)\right], M = D φ q − τ D R k D φ τ , a = D φ q − τ [ D R k ( p ) X ( p ) − X ( R k p ) ] ,
D τ [ δ z ] = − ⟨ n , π x k D φ τ [ δ z ] ⟩ ⟨ n , v k − ⟩ . D\tau[\delta z]=-\frac{\langle n,\pi_{x_k}D\varphi^\tau[\delta z]\rangle}{\langle n,v_k^-\rangle}. D τ [ δ z ] = − ⟨ n , v k − ⟩ ⟨ n , π x k D φ τ [ δ z ]⟩ .
The x k x_k x k -components of X ( p ) X(p) X ( p ) and of X ( R ~ k p ) X(\widetilde R_kp) X ( R k p ) are v k − v_k^- v k − and R v k − Rv_k^- R v k − , so
D τ [ M − 1 a ] = − ⟨ n , v k − − R v k − ⟩ ⟨ n , v k − ⟩ = − 2 , D\tau[M^{-1}a]=-\frac{\langle n,v_k^- -Rv_k^-\rangle}{\langle n,v_k^-\rangle}=-2, D τ [ M − 1 a ] = − ⟨ n , v k − ⟩ ⟨ n , v k − − R v k − ⟩ = − 2 ,
and the matrix determinant lemma, applied on the tangent space of the shell, shows that the Jacobian of Ψ N q \Psi_N^q Ψ N q with respect to m \mathfrak m m equals, in absolute value, that of M M M , i.e. the product of the Jacobians (6.4) of the free flows before and after the contact. By induction on the contacts, Ψ N q \Psi_N^q Ψ N q is a local C 1 C^1 C 1 diffeomorphism of O q O_q O q whose Jacobian with respect to m \mathfrak m m lies in [ Λ − 1 , Λ ] [\Lambda^{-1},\Lambda] [ Λ − 1 , Λ ] .
Now, let ∂ k S \partial_k S ∂ k S be the set of points of the shell with x k ∈ ∂ D x_k\in\partial D x k ∈ ∂ D , a hypersurface of the shell with unit normal ( n ( x k ) , 0 ) (n(x_k),0) ( n ( x k ) , 0 ) in the x k x_k x k -slot, and let m ∂ \mathfrak m_{\partial} m ∂ be its surface measure. For the free flow started at time q q q , the map sending a configuration to the time t t t and the state y ∈ ∂ k S y\in\partial_k S y ∈ ∂ k S of its first contact has inverse ( t , y ) ↦ φ − ( t − q ) ( y ) (t,y)\mapsto\varphi^{-(t-q)}(y) ( t , y ) ↦ φ − ( t − q ) ( y ) , whose Jacobian with respect to d t d m ∂ dt\,d\mathfrak m_{\partial} d t d m ∂ is
∣ ⟨ X ( y ) , ( n , 0 ) ⟩ ∣ J − ( t − q ) ( y ) = ∣ ⟨ v k , n ( y k ) ⟩ ∣ J − ( t − q ) ( y ) . |\langle X(y),(n,0)\rangle|J_{-(t-q)}(y)=|\langle v_k,n(y_k)\rangle|J_{-(t-q)}(y). ∣ ⟨ X ( y ) , ( n , 0 )⟩ ∣ J − ( t − q ) ( y ) = ∣ ⟨ v k , n ( y k )⟩ ∣ J − ( t − q ) ( y ) .
Composing with Ψ N q \Psi_N^q Ψ N q as in Lemma 4.6 , the j j j -th contact map C j C_j C j is an injective local diffeomorphism of the open set R j R_j R j of configurations having at least j j j contacts in ( 0 , T ) (0,T) ( 0 , T ) , the first j j j transversal, and
( C j ) # ( m ∣ R j ) ≤ Λ 2 ∣ ⟨ v k , n ( y k ) ⟩ ∣ d t d m ∂ on C j ( R j ) . (C_j)_{\#}(\mathfrak m|_{R_j})\leq\Lambda^2|\langle v_k,n(y_k)\rangle|\,dt\,d\mathfrak m_{\partial}\quad\text{on }C_j(R_j). ( C j ) # ( m ∣ R j ) ≤ Λ 2 ∣ ⟨ v k , n ( y k )⟩ ∣ d t d m ∂ on C j ( R j ) .
The images C j ( R j ) C_j(R_j) C j ( R j ) , j ≥ 1 j\geq1 j ≥ 1 , are pairwise disjoint by backward determinism, and ∣ ⟨ v k , n ⟩ ∣ ≤ N |\langle v_k,n\rangle|\leq\sqrt N ∣ ⟨ v k , n ⟩ ∣ ≤ N on the shell, which is compact modulo translations of the cover. Hence
∑ j ≥ 1 m ( R j ) ≤ Λ 2 T N ∑ k = 1 N m ∂ ( ∂ k S ) < ∞ , \sum_{j\geq1}\mathfrak m(R_j)\leq\Lambda^2T\sqrt N\sum_{k=1}^{N}\mathfrak m_{\partial}(\partial_kS)<\infty, j ≥ 1 ∑ m ( R j ) ≤ Λ 2 T N k = 1 ∑ N m ∂ ( ∂ k S ) < ∞ ,
and by the Borel–Cantelli lemma (N1) is m \mathfrak m m -null. Finally, let G G G be the set of points of the shell at which either x k ∈ ∂ D x_k\in\partial D x k ∈ ∂ D and ⟨ v k , n ( x k ) ⟩ = 0 \langle v_k,n(x_k)\rangle=0 ⟨ v k , n ( x k )⟩ = 0 for some k k k , or x k , x l ∈ ∂ D x_k,x_l\in\partial D x k , x l ∈ ∂ D for some k ≠ l k\ne l k = l . Each of these finitely many sets is the image of a C 1 C^1 C 1 map of 4 N − 3 4N-3 4 N − 3 variables: in the first case x k x_k x k is given by its arclength and v k = c t ( x k ) v_k=c\,t(x_k) v k = c t ( x k ) , and the second x k x_k x k and x l x_l x l are given by their arclengths, and in both cases one variable is removed by the constraint ∣ v ∣ 2 = N |\mathbf v|^2=N ∣ v ∣ 2 = N . Therefore E : = ⋃ r ∈ [ 0 , T ] φ − r ( G ) E:=\bigcup_{r\in[0,T]}\varphi^{-r}(G) E := ⋃ r ∈ [ 0 , T ] φ − r ( G ) is the image of a C 1 C^1 C 1 map of 4 N − 2 4N-2 4 N − 2 variables into the shell, of dimension 4 N − 1 4N-1 4 N − 1 , and m ( E ) = 0 \mathfrak m(E)=0 m ( E ) = 0 . If a configuration is of class (N2), with non-transversal contact at time r r r , and q q q is a rational number between the last transversal contact (or 0) and r r r , then the configuration belongs to O q O_q O q and its state at time q q q belongs to E E E . Thus (N2) is contained in ⋃ q ∈ Q ∩ [ 0 , T ) ( Ψ N q ) − 1 ( E ) \bigcup_{q\in\mathbb{Q}\cap[0,T)}(\Psi_N^q)^{-1}(E) ⋃ q ∈ Q ∩ [ 0 , T ) ( Ψ N q ) − 1 ( E ) , which is m m m -null by Step 2.
The previous Lemma, together with the following, conclude the proof of Theorem 3.4 .
Lemma 6.3 (Empirical measures are weak solutions). Let z N z^N z N be admissible on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] . Then the N N N -particle dynamics issued from z N z^N z N is unique on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] , and { δ N , t } t ∈ [ 0 , T ] \{\delta_{N,t}\}_{t\in[0,T]} { δ N , t } t ∈ [ 0 , T ] is a weak solution with initial datum δ N , 0 \delta_{N,0} δ N , 0 , in the sense of Definition 3.1 .
Proof. Between two contacts the particles solve the smooth system (4) on the shell, and at a contact the reflection is prescribed; uniqueness follows by induction on the finitely many contacts. For φ ∈ C b ( Ω ) \varphi\in C_b(\Omega) φ ∈ C b ( Ω ) the function t ↦ ∫ φ d δ N , t = 1 N ∑ i φ ( z i ( t ) ) t\mapsto\int\varphi\,\mathrm{d}\delta_{N,t}=\frac{1}{N}\sum_i\varphi(z_i(t)) t ↦ ∫ φ d δ N , t = N 1 ∑ i φ ( z i ( t )) is piecewise continuous, and it is continuous if φ \varphi φ is symmetric, since at a contact only the velocity of the colliding particle changes, from v v v to R x v R_xv R x v . This is (i), and (ii) holds because ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d δ N , t = 1 \int|v|^2\mathrm{d}\delta_{N,t}=1 ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d δ N , t = 1 . For (iii), let φ ∈ D s y m \varphi\in\mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{sym}} φ ∈ D sym . For each i i i the function g i ( t ) : = φ ( t , z i ( t ) ) g_i(t):=\varphi(t,z_i(t)) g i ( t ) := φ ( t , z i ( t )) is continuous on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] , by the symmetry of φ \varphi φ , and piecewise C 1 C^1 C 1 , with g i ( T ) = 0 g_i(T)=0 g i ( T ) = 0 and g ˙ i = ∂ t φ + ⟨ ∇ x φ , v i ⟩ + ⟨ ∇ v φ , E 0 − α N v i ⟩ \dot{g}_i=\partial_t\varphi+\langle\nabla_x\varphi,v_i\rangle+\langle\nabla_v\varphi,E_0-\alpha_Nv_i\rangle g ˙ i = ∂ t φ + ⟨ ∇ x φ , v i ⟩ + ⟨ ∇ v φ , E 0 − α N v i ⟩ between contacts. Since α N = J N / U N \alpha_N=J_N/U_N α N = J N / U N is the friction coefficient of V δ N , t V_{\delta_{N,t}} V δ N , t , summing − φ ( 0 , z i ( 0 ) ) = ∫ 0 T g ˙ i d t -\varphi(0,z_i(0))=\int_0^T\dot{g}_i\,\mathrm{d}t − φ ( 0 , z i ( 0 )) = ∫ 0 T g ˙ i d t over i i i and dividing by N N N gives (7) .
Mean-field limit
We are now ready to prove the last claim of Theorem 3.6 . Thanks to the previous section, the proof will be a consequence of the following result (which is standard, but we include the proof for completeness), and the next Theorem 6.5 .
Lemma 6.4. Let ν N ⇀ ν \nu_N\rightharpoonup\nu ν N ⇀ ν narrowly in P ( Ω ) \mathcal{P}(\Omega) P ( Ω ) , and let h N , h : Ω → R d h_N,h:\Omega\to\mathbb{R}^d h N , h : Ω → R d be Borel. Assume that there is a Borel set Ω 0 \Omega_0 Ω 0 with ν ( Ω 0 ) = 1 \nu(\Omega_0)=1 ν ( Ω 0 ) = 1 such that h N ( z N ) → h ( z ) h_N(z_N)\to h(z) h N ( z N ) → h ( z ) whenever z N → z ∈ Ω 0 z_N\to z\in\Omega_0 z N → z ∈ Ω 0 , and that ∣ h N ( z ) ∣ ≤ C ( 1 + ∣ v ∣ ) |h_N(z)|\le C(1+|v|) ∣ h N ( z ) ∣ ≤ C ( 1 + ∣ v ∣ ) with sup N ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d ν N < ∞ \sup_N\int|v|^2\mathrm{d}\nu_N<\infty sup N ∫ ∣ v ∣ 2 d ν N < ∞ . Then ∫ h N d ν N → ∫ h d ν \int h_N\mathrm{d}\nu_N\to\int h\mathrm{d}\nu ∫ h N d ν N → ∫ h d ν .
Proof. Ω \Omega Ω is a Polish space, so by Skorokhod’s representation theorem [5 Section 6] there exist random variables Z N , Z Z_N,Z Z N , Z on a common probability space, with laws ν N , ν \nu_N,\nu ν N , ν , such that Z N → Z Z_N\to Z Z N → Z almost surely. Since Z ∈ Ω 0 Z\in\Omega_0 Z ∈ Ω 0 almost surely, h N ( Z N ) → h ( Z ) h_N(Z_N)\to h(Z) h N ( Z N ) → h ( Z ) almost surely. The bound on h N h_N h N and the uniform second moments make the family { h N ( Z N ) } \{h_N(Z_N)\} { h N ( Z N )} uniformly integrable, and Vitali’s theorem gives ∫ h N d ν N = E h N ( Z N ) → E h ( Z ) = ∫ h d ν \int h_N\mathrm{d}\nu_N=\mathbb{E}h_N(Z_N)\to\mathbb{E}h(Z)=\int h\mathrm{d}\nu ∫ h N d ν N = E h N ( Z N ) → E h ( Z ) = ∫ h d ν .
Theorem 6.5 (Mean-field limit). Let μ 0 = f 0 d z ∈ P ( Ω ) \mu_0=f_0\,\mathrm{d}z\in\mathcal{P}(\Omega) μ 0 = f 0 d z ∈ P ( Ω ) satisfy (19) , and let z N z^N z N be configurations admissible on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] with δ N , 0 ⇀ μ 0 \delta_{N,0}\rightharpoonup\mu_0 δ N , 0 ⇀ μ 0 narrowly. Then:
the sequence { A N } \{A_N\} { A N } is relatively compact in C 0 ( [ 0 , T ] ) C^0([0,T]) C 0 ([ 0 , T ]) , and every limit point A A A is the history of a Lagrangian solution ( A , { μ t A } ) (A,\{\mu_t^A\}) ( A , { μ t A }) with initial datum μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 ;
if A N k → A A_{N_k}\to A A N k → A uniformly, then δ N k , t ⇀ μ t \delta_{N_k,t}\rightharpoonup\mu_t δ N k , t ⇀ μ t narrowly in P ( Ω ) \mathcal{P}(\Omega) P ( Ω ) for every t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] ;
if the Lagrangian solution with initial datum μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 is unique, then A N → A A_N\to A A N → A uniformly and δ N , t ⇀ μ t \delta_{N,t}\rightharpoonup\mu_t δ N , t ⇀ μ t for every t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] , for the whole sequence.
Proof. (i) Since A N ∈ A T A_N\in\mathcal{A}_T A N ∈ A T , which is compact, we may assume A N k → A ∈ A T A_{N_k}\to A\in\mathcal{A}_T A N k → A ∈ A T uniformly. Fix t t t and let h k ( z ) : = ⟨ E 0 , Δ t A N k ( z ) ⟩ h_k(z):=\langle E_0,\Delta_t^{A_{N_k}}(z)\rangle h k ( z ) := ⟨ E 0 , Δ t A N k ( z )⟩ if z ∈ Reg A N k z\in\operatorname{Reg}_{A_{N_k}} z ∈ Reg A N k or z z z is one of the points z i N k z_i^{N_k} z i N k , and h k ( z ) : = 0 h_k(z):=0 h k ( z ) := 0 otherwise; let h : = ⟨ E 0 , Δ t A ⟩ h:=\langle E_0,\Delta_t^A\rangle h := ⟨ E 0 , Δ t A ⟩ on Ω 0 : = Reg A \Omega_0:=\operatorname{Reg}_A Ω 0 := Reg A and h : = 0 h:=0 h := 0 elsewhere. Then μ 0 ( Ω 0 ) = 1 \mu_0(\Omega_0)=1 μ 0 ( Ω 0 ) = 1 by Proposition 4.4 (a), and if z k → z ∈ Reg A z_k\to z\in\operatorname{Reg}_A z k → z ∈ Reg A then, by Lemma 4.3 , z k ∈ Reg A N k z_k\in\operatorname{Reg}_{A_{N_k}} z k ∈ Reg A N k for k k k large and h k ( z k ) → h ( z ) h_k(z_k)\to h(z) h k ( z k ) → h ( z ) . The bound ∣ h k ∣ ≤ C ( 1 + ∣ v ∣ ) |h_k|\le C(1+|v|) ∣ h k ∣ ≤ C ( 1 + ∣ v ∣ ) is (15) and the second moments of δ N , 0 \delta_{N,0} δ N , 0 equal 1 by (25) . Lemma 6.4 and (26) give
A ( t ) = lim k A N k ( t ) = lim k ∫ h k d δ N k , 0 = ∫ Ω ⟨ E 0 , Δ t A ⟩ d μ 0 . A(t)=\lim_{k}A_{N_k}(t)=\lim_{k}\int h_k\,\mathrm{d}\delta_{N_k,0}=\int_{\Omega}\langle E_0,\Delta_t^A\rangle\,\mathrm{d}\mu_0. A ( t ) = k lim A N k ( t ) = k lim ∫ h k d δ N k , 0 = ∫ Ω ⟨ E 0 , Δ t A ⟩ d μ 0 .
This holds for every t t t , so A A A satisfies (ii) of Lemma 5.3, and ( A , { μ t A } ) (A,\{\mu_t^A\}) ( A , { μ t A }) is a Lagrangian solution.
(ii) Let φ ∈ C b ( Ω ) \varphi\in C_b(\Omega) φ ∈ C b ( Ω ) and t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] . Apply Lemma 6.4 to h k : = φ ∘ Φ A N k t h_k:=\varphi\circ\Phi_{A_{N_k}}^t h k := φ ∘ Φ A N k t (defined as above) and h : = φ ∘ Φ A t h:=\varphi\circ\Phi_A^t h := φ ∘ Φ A t , with Ω 0 \Omega_0 Ω 0 the set of points of Reg A \operatorname{Reg}_A Reg A having no contact at time t t t , which has full μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 -measure by Proposition 4.4 (b); the continuity assumption is again Lemma 4.3 . This gives ∫ φ d δ N k , t → ∫ φ d μ t \int\varphi\,\mathrm{d}\delta_{N_k,t}\to\int\varphi\,\mathrm{d}\mu_t ∫ φ d δ N k , t → ∫ φ d μ t . (iii) If the solution is unique, every subsequence of { A N } \{A_N\} { A N } has a further subsequence converging to the same A A A , so the whole sequence converges, and (ii) applies. □
Remark 6.6. (a) We stress that no stability estimate, truncation in velocity or cut-off near grazing is needed for Theorem 6.5 , but only compactness of A T \mathcal{A}_T A T and almost-everywhere continuity of the flow. The convergence in (ii) holds for every bounded continuous test function, not only for symmetric test functions, although the velocities of the particles jump at the collisions.
(b) By Proposition 6.2 the admissibility assumption is satisfied by almost every configuration. For instance, if z 1 , z 2 , … z_1,z_2,\ldots z 1 , z 2 , … are independent with law μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 and the velocities of the first N N N points are divided by ( 1 N ∑ i ≤ N ∣ v i ∣ 2 ) 1 / 2 \left(\frac{1}{N}\sum_{i\leq N}|v_i|^2\right)^{1/2} ( N 1 ∑ i ≤ N ∣ v i ∣ 2 ) 1/2 , the resulting configurations lie on the shell, their empirical measures converge narrowly to μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 almost surely, and their law on the shell is absolutely continuous with respect to m m m .
Uniqueness in the fast regime
In this section μ 0 = f 0 d z \mu_0=f_0\,dz μ 0 = f 0 d z with
f 0 ∈ L ∞ ( Ω ) , supp f 0 ⊂ { c 0 ≤ ∣ v ∣ ≤ L } , ∫ Ω ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ 0 = 1 , (29) f_0\in L^\infty(\Omega),\qquad\operatorname{supp}f_0\subset\{c_0\leq|v|\leq L\},\qquad\int_{\Omega}|v|^2\,d\mu_0=1, \tag*{(29)} f 0 ∈ L ∞ ( Ω ) , supp f 0 ⊂ { c 0 ≤ ∣ v ∣ ≤ L } , ∫ Ω ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ 0 = 1 , (29)
for some 0 < c 0 ≤ L 0<c_0\leq L 0 < c 0 ≤ L . We denote by κ min > 0 \kappa_{\min}>0 κ m i n > 0 and κ max \kappa_{\max} κ m a x the extreme values of the curvature of ∂ D \partial D ∂ D , by d min > 0 d_{\min}>0 d m i n > 0 the minimal distance between two distinct obstacles in the cover R 2 \mathbb{R}^2 R 2 , and we set λ ± : = e ± ∣ E 0 ∣ T \lambda_{\pm}:=e^{\pm|E_0|T} λ ± := e ± ∣ E 0 ∣ T , so that λ − ≤ e ± A ≤ λ + \lambda_{-}\leq e^{\pm A}\leq\lambda_{+} λ − ≤ e ± A ≤ λ + for A ∈ A T A\in\mathcal{A}_T A ∈ A T . Define
c 1 : = ( c 0 + 1 ) e − ∣ E 0 ∣ T − 1 , L 1 : = ( L + 1 ) e ∣ E 0 ∣ T − 1. (30) c_1:=(c_0+1)e^{-|E_0|T}-1,\qquad L_1:=(L+1)e^{|E_0|T}-1. \tag*{(30)} c 1 := ( c 0 + 1 ) e − ∣ E 0 ∣ T − 1 , L 1 := ( L + 1 ) e ∣ E 0 ∣ T − 1. (30)
The fast regime is the assumption
c 1 > 0 and κ min c 1 2 > 2 ∣ E 0 ∣ . (31) c_1>0\qquad\text{and}\qquad\kappa_{\min}c_1^2>2|E_0|. \tag*{(31)} c 1 > 0 and κ m i n c 1 2 > 2∣ E 0 ∣. (31)
It says that on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] every particle is fast enough for its trajectory to be less curved than the obstacles. The uniqueness argument will compare two characteristic flows on short time intervals. We first establish that particles remain in a fixed range of speeds and that two consecutive contacts are separated by a uniform positive time. We may therefore divide [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] into windows in which each trajectory has at most one contact.
Recalling the notation introduced in (14) , we have the following easy Lemma.
Lemma 7.1. Let A ∈ A T A\in\mathcal{A}_T A ∈ A T , z = ( x , v ) ∈ Reg A z=(x,v)\in\operatorname{Reg}_A z = ( x , v ) ∈ Reg A with c 0 ≤ ∣ v ∣ ≤ L c_0\leq|v|\leq L c 0 ≤ ∣ v ∣ ≤ L . Then c 1 ≤ ∣ V t A ( z ) ∣ ≤ L 1 c_1\leq|V_t^A(z)|\leq L_1 c 1 ≤ ∣ V t A ( z ) ∣ ≤ L 1 for all t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] .
Proof. The function t ↦ ∣ V t A ( z ) ∣ t\mapsto|V_t^A(z)| t ↦ ∣ V t A ( z ) ∣ is continuous (reflections preserve the speed) and Lipschitz, and between contacts V ˙ = E 0 − A ˙ V \dot V=E_0-\dot A V V ˙ = E 0 − A ˙ V a.e. with ∣ A ˙ ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ |\dot A|\leq|E_0| ∣ A ˙ ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ . Hence ∣ d d t ∣ V ∣ ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ ( 1 + ∣ V ∣ ) \left|\frac{d}{dt}|V|\right|\leq|E_0|(1+|V|) d t d ∣ V ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ ( 1 + ∣ V ∣ ) a.e., that is ∣ d d t log ( 1 + ∣ V ∣ ) ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ \left|\frac{d}{dt}\log(1+|V|)\right|\leq|E_0| d t d log ( 1 + ∣ V ∣ ) ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ , which gives the claim. □
The point of the next Lemma is that, immediately after the first contact, the distance from the obstacle is increasing. The fast-regime condition prevents its derivative from returning to zero in a uniformly short time, and hence prevents the trajectory from returning to the same obstacle.
Lemma 7.2. Under assumption (31) there exists h 0 > 0 h_0>0 h 0 > 0 , depending only on c 1 , L 1 , ∣ E 0 ∣ c_1,L_1,|E_0| c 1 , L 1 , ∣ E 0 ∣ and the geometry, such that for every A ∈ A T A\in\mathcal{A}_T A ∈ A T and every z ∈ Reg A z\in\operatorname{Reg}_A z ∈ Reg A with c 0 ≤ ∣ v ∣ ≤ L c_0\leq|v|\leq L c 0 ≤ ∣ v ∣ ≤ L , any two contact times τ < τ ′ \tau<\tau' τ < τ ′ of the trajectory of z z z satisfy τ ′ − τ ≥ h 0 \tau'-\tau\geq h_0 τ ′ − τ ≥ h 0 .
Proof. It suffices to consider consecutive contacts. If they occur on two distinct obstacles of the cover, the trajectory travels a distance at least d min d_{\min} d m i n at speed at most L 1 L_1 L 1 (Lemma 7.1 ), so τ ′ − τ ≥ d min / L 1 > d min / ( 2 L 1 ) \tau'-\tau\geq d_{\min}/L_1>d_{\min}/(2L_1) τ ′ − τ ≥ d m i n / L 1 > d m i n / ( 2 L 1 ) .
Assume now that both contacts are on the same obstacle Q Q Q of the cover, and let d : = dist ( ⋅ , Q ) d:=\operatorname{dist}(\cdot,Q) d := dist ( ⋅ , Q ) , which is of class C 2 C^2 C 2 on R 2 ∖ Q \mathbb{R}^2\setminus Q R 2 ∖ Q . At a point at distance d d d from Q Q Q , with nearest point of curvature κ \kappa κ , the Hessian of d d d has eigenvalue 0 0 0 in the direction ∇ d \nabla d ∇ d and κ / ( 1 + κ d ) ≥ κ min / ( 1 + κ min d ) \kappa/(1+\kappa d)\geq\kappa_{\min}/(1+\kappa_{\min}d) κ / ( 1 + κ d ) ≥ κ m i n / ( 1 + κ m i n d ) in the orthogonal direction. Let ρ ( t ) : = d ( X ~ t ) \rho(t):=d(\widetilde{X}_t) ρ ( t ) := d ( X t ) for t ∈ [ τ , τ ′ ] t\in[\tau,\tau'] t ∈ [ τ , τ ′ ] . Since there are no contacts in ( τ , τ ′ ) (\tau,\tau') ( τ , τ ′ ) , the velocity is Lipschitz on this interval and the distance function has bounded Hessian outside the convex obstacle, it follows that ρ \rho ρ is continuously differentiable and ρ ′ \rho' ρ ′ is Lipschitz on [ τ , τ ′ ] [\tau,\tau'] [ τ , τ ′ ] . In particular, ρ ′ = ⟨ ∇ d , V ⟩ \rho'=\langle\nabla d,V\rangle ρ ′ = ⟨ ∇ d , V ⟩ , ρ ′ ( τ + ) > 0 \rho'(\tau^+)>0 ρ ′ ( τ + ) > 0 by transversality, 0 ≤ ρ ( t ) ≤ L 1 ( t − τ ) 0\leq\rho(t)\leq L_1(t-\tau) 0 ≤ ρ ( t ) ≤ L 1 ( t − τ ) , and for a.e. t t t
ρ ′ ′ = D 2 d [ V , V ] + ⟨ ∇ d , E 0 − A ˙ V ⟩ ≥ κ min ( ∣ V ∣ 2 − ρ ′ 2 ) 1 + κ min ρ − ∣ E 0 ∣ ( 1 + ∣ ρ ′ ∣ ) . \rho''=D^2d[V,V]+\langle\nabla d,E_0-\dot{A}V\rangle\geq\frac{\kappa_{\min}\left(|V|^2-\rho'^2\right)}{1+\kappa_{\min}\rho}-|E_0|(1+|\rho'|). ρ ′′ = D 2 d [ V , V ] + ⟨ ∇ d , E 0 − A ˙ V ⟩ ≥ 1 + κ m i n ρ κ m i n ( ∣ V ∣ 2 − ρ ′2 ) − ∣ E 0 ∣ ( 1 + ∣ ρ ′ ∣ ) .
Let h 1 > 0 h_1>0 h 1 > 0 be such that κ min c 1 2 / ( 1 + κ min L 1 h 1 ) ≥ 3 2 ∣ E 0 ∣ \kappa_{\min}c_1^2/(1+\kappa_{\min}L_1h_1)\geq\frac{3}{2}|E_0| κ m i n c 1 2 / ( 1 + κ m i n L 1 h 1 ) ≥ 2 3 ∣ E 0 ∣ , which is possible by (31) . Using ∣ V ∣ ≥ c 1 |V|\geq c_1 ∣ V ∣ ≥ c 1 and ρ ≤ L 1 h 1 \rho\leq L_1h_1 ρ ≤ L 1 h 1 , for a.e. t ∈ [ τ , min ( τ ′ , τ + h 1 ) ] t\in[\tau,\min(\tau',\tau+h_1)] t ∈ [ τ , min ( τ ′ , τ + h 1 )] we get
ρ ′ ′ ≥ G ( ρ ′ ) , G ( p ) : = κ min 1 + κ min L 1 h 1 ( c 1 2 − p 2 ) − ∣ E 0 ∣ ( 1 + ∣ p ∣ ) , \rho''\geq G(\rho'),\qquad G(p):=\frac{\kappa_{\min}}{1+\kappa_{\min}L_1h_1}(c_1^2-p^2)-|E_0|(1+|p|), ρ ′′ ≥ G ( ρ ′ ) , G ( p ) := 1 + κ m i n L 1 h 1 κ m i n ( c 1 2 − p 2 ) − ∣ E 0 ∣ ( 1 + ∣ p ∣ ) ,
and G ( 0 ) ≥ 1 2 ∣ E 0 ∣ G(0)\geq\frac{1}{2}|E_0| G ( 0 ) ≥ 2 1 ∣ E 0 ∣ by the choice of h 1 h_1 h 1 . By continuity there is p 0 > 0 p_0>0 p 0 > 0 with G ≥ 1 4 ∣ E 0 ∣ G\geq\frac{1}{4}|E_0| G ≥ 4 1 ∣ E 0 ∣ on [ 0 , p 0 ] [0,p_0] [ 0 , p 0 ] . Suppose that ρ ′ \rho' ρ ′ vanishes somewhere in ( τ , min ( τ ′ , τ + h 1 ) ] (\tau,\min(\tau',\tau+h_1)] ( τ , min ( τ ′ , τ + h 1 )] , and let t 1 t_1 t 1 be the first such time. Since ρ ′ \rho' ρ ′ is continuous and positive on ( τ , t 1 ) (\tau,t_1) ( τ , t 1 ) , there is t 2 < t 1 t_2<t_1 t 2 < t 1 with 0 < ρ ′ ≤ p 0 0<\rho'\leq p_0 0 < ρ ′ ≤ p 0 on [ t 2 , t 1 ) [t_2,t_1) [ t 2 , t 1 ) ; on this interval ( ρ ′ ) ′ = ρ ′ ′ ≥ 1 4 ∣ E 0 ∣ > 0 (\rho')'=\rho''\geq\frac{1}{4}|E_0|>0 ( ρ ′ ) ′ = ρ ′′ ≥ 4 1 ∣ E 0 ∣ > 0 a.e., hence ρ ′ ( t 1 ) > ρ ′ ( t 2 ) > 0 \rho'(t_1)>\rho'(t_2)>0 ρ ′ ( t 1 ) > ρ ′ ( t 2 ) > 0 , a contradiction. Thus ρ ′ > 0 \rho'>0 ρ ′ > 0 and ρ \rho ρ is increasing on [ τ , min ( τ ′ , τ + h 1 ) ] [\tau,\min(\tau',\tau+h_1)] [ τ , min ( τ ′ , τ + h 1 )] , and since ρ ( τ ′ ) = 0 \rho(\tau')=0 ρ ( τ ′ ) = 0 we conclude τ ′ − τ > h 1 \tau'-\tau>h_1 τ ′ − τ > h 1 . The lemma holds with h 0 : = min ( h 1 , d min / ( 2 L 1 ) ) h_0:=\min(h_1,d_{\min}/(2L_1)) h 0 := min ( h 1 , d m i n / ( 2 L 1 )) . □
We now compare, on a short window, the trajectories of the same state under two histories. Fix t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ) t_0\in[0,T) t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ) , h ∈ ( 0 , h 0 ] h\in(0,h_0] h ∈ ( 0 , h 0 ] with h ≤ 1 h\leq1 h ≤ 1 , I : = [ t 0 , min ( t 0 + h , T ) ] I:=[t_0,\min(t_0+h,T)] I := [ t 0 , min ( t 0 + h , T )] , and A 0 , A 1 ∈ A T A_0,A_1\in\mathcal{A}_T A 0 , A 1 ∈ A T with
A 0 = A 1 on [ 0 , t 0 ] , ε : = sup I ∣ A 1 − A 0 ∣ . (32) A_0=A_1\ \text{on }[0,t_0],\qquad\varepsilon:=\sup_I|A_1-A_0|. \tag*{(32)} A 0 = A 1 on [ 0 , t 0 ] , ε := I sup ∣ A 1 − A 0 ∣. (32)
Since both histories are ∣ E 0 ∣ |E_0| ∣ E 0 ∣ -Lipschitz, ε ≤ 2 ∣ E 0 ∣ h \varepsilon\leq2|E_0|h ε ≤ 2∣ E 0 ∣ h . Let z ∈ Reg A 0 ∩ Reg A 1 z\in\operatorname{Reg}_{A_0}\cap\operatorname{Reg}_{A_1} z ∈ Reg A 0 ∩ Reg A 1 with c 0 ≤ ∣ v ∣ ≤ L c_0\leq|v|\leq L c 0 ≤ ∣ v ∣ ≤ L and no contact at time t 0 t_0 t 0 . By (32) the two trajectories coincide on [ 0 , t 0 ] [0,t_0] [ 0 , t 0 ] ; let ζ = ( x , w ) ∈ D ˚ × R 2 \zeta=(x,w)\in\mathring{D}\times\mathbb{R}^2 ζ = ( x , w ) ∈ D ˚ × R 2 be their common state at time t 0 t_0 t 0 , and denote by X ~ t i \widetilde{X}^{i}_t X t i , i = 0 , 1 i=0,1 i = 0 , 1 , the lifted position at time t ∈ I t\in I t ∈ I under A i A_i A i . By Lemmas 7.1 and 7.2 , ∣ w ∣ ≤ W : = λ + + L 1 |w|\leq W:=\lambda_++L_1 ∣ w ∣ ≤ W := λ + + L 1 and each of the two trajectories has at most one contact in I I I ; when it exists we denote it by τ i \tau_i τ i , and by ν i : = ∣ ⟨ n , w i − ⟩ ∣ \nu_i:=|\langle n,w^-_i\rangle| ν i := ∣ ⟨ n , w i − ⟩ ∣ the normal component of the incoming w w w -velocity.
Lemma 7.3 (Comparison on a window). Assume (31) . There exist constants C , c ∗ ≥ 1 C,c_*\geq1 C , c ∗ ≥ 1 , depending only on c 1 , L 1 , ∣ E 0 ∣ , T c_1,L_1,|E_0|,T c 1 , L 1 , ∣ E 0 ∣ , T and the geometry, such that, with the notation above and η : = c ∗ ε h \eta:=c_*\sqrt{\varepsilon h} η := c ∗ ε h , for every t ∈ I t\in I t ∈ I :
(a) if neither trajectory has a contact in [ t 0 , t ] [t_0,t] [ t 0 , t ] , then ∣ X ~ t 1 − X ~ t 0 ∣ ≤ C ε h |\widetilde{X}^1_t-\widetilde{X}^0_t|\leq C\varepsilon h ∣ X t 1 − X t 0 ∣ ≤ C ε h ;
(b) if at least one trajectory has a contact in [ t 0 , t ] [t_0,t] [ t 0 , t ] , and ν i ≥ η \nu_i\geq\eta ν i ≥ η for every contact in I I I , then
∣ X ~ t 1 − X ~ t 0 ∣ ≤ C ε h ( 1 + 1 ν ∗ ) , |\widetilde{X}^1_t-\widetilde{X}^0_t|\leq C\varepsilon h\left(1+\frac{1}{\nu_*}\right), ∣ X t 1 − X t 0 ∣ ≤ C ε h ( 1 + ν ∗ 1 ) , where ν ∗ \nu_* ν ∗ is the normal velocity at the earlier of the contacts;
(c) in all cases ∣ X ~ t 1 − X ~ t 0 ∣ ≤ 2 L 1 h |\widetilde{X}^1_t-\widetilde{X}^0_t|\leq2L_1h ∣ X t 1 − X t 0 ∣ ≤ 2 L 1 h .
Proof. First of all, (c) follows directly from Lemma 7.1 , so that we are left with (a) and (b). The mechanism behind the proof is the following. As long as both trajectories are in free flight, their positions differ by O ( ε h ) O(\varepsilon h) O ( ε h ) . If one trajectory reaches an obstacle transversally with normal velocity v v v , this error produces a delay of order O ( ε h / v ) O(\varepsilon h/v) O ( ε h / v ) in the contact time of the other trajectory. During this delay the positions remain controlled, and after the reflections of both trajectories, the regularity of the reflection map propagates the same estimate. The threshold v ≥ c ∗ ε h v\geq c_*\sqrt{\varepsilon h} v ≥ c ∗ ε h ensures that the perturbation is small enough for the second contact to occur with the same obstacle.
Let us start with the free flight, i.e. we prove (a). For s ≤ t s\leq t s ≤ t in I I I , since ∣ e + A 1 − e + A 0 ∣ ≤ λ + ε |e^{+A_1}-e^{+A_0}|\leq\lambda_+\varepsilon ∣ e + A 1 − e + A 0 ∣ ≤ λ + ε on I I I ,
∣ α A 1 − α A 0 ∣ ( s , t ) ≤ λ + ε h , ∣ γ A 1 − γ A 0 ∣ ( s , t ) ≤ λ + ε h , ∣ β A 1 − β A 0 ∣ ( s , t ) ≤ 2 λ + 2 ε h 2 . (33) |\alpha_{A_1}-\alpha_{A_0}|(s,t)\leq\lambda_+\varepsilon h,\qquad
|\gamma_{A_1}-\gamma_{A_0}|(s,t)\leq\lambda_+\varepsilon h,\qquad
|\beta_{A_1}-\beta_{A_0}|(s,t)\leq2\lambda_+^2\varepsilon h^2. \tag*{(33)} ∣ α A 1 − α A 0 ∣ ( s , t ) ≤ λ + ε h , ∣ γ A 1 − γ A 0 ∣ ( s , t ) ≤ λ + ε h , ∣ β A 1 − β A 0 ∣ ( s , t ) ≤ 2 λ + 2 ε h 2 . (33)
Let γ i ( r ) \gamma_i(r) γ i ( r ) , r ∈ I r \in I r ∈ I , be the position along the free flight (13) of A i A_i A i issued from ζ \zeta ζ at time t 0 t_0 t 0 , continued through the obstacles. By (33) and γ ˙ i = e − A i ( w + γ A i E 0 ) \dot{\gamma}_i=e^{-A_i}(w+\gamma_{A_i}E_0) γ ˙ i = e − A i ( w + γ A i E 0 ) ,
∣ γ 1 ( r ) − γ 0 ( r ) ∣ ≤ C 1 ε h , ∣ γ ˙ 1 ( r ) − γ ˙ 0 ( r ) ∣ ≤ C 1 ε , ∣ γ ˙ i ( r ) ∣ ≤ L 2 : = λ + ( W + λ + ∣ E 0 ∣ ) , (34) |\gamma_1(r)-\gamma_0(r)|\le C_1\varepsilon h,\qquad|\dot{\gamma}_1(r)-\dot{\gamma}_0(r)|\le C_1\varepsilon,\qquad|\dot{\gamma}_i(r)|\le L_2:=\lambda_+(W+\lambda_+|E_0|), \tag*{(34)} ∣ γ 1 ( r ) − γ 0 ( r ) ∣ ≤ C 1 ε h , ∣ γ ˙ 1 ( r ) − γ ˙ 0 ( r ) ∣ ≤ C 1 ε , ∣ γ ˙ i ( r ) ∣ ≤ L 2 := λ + ( W + λ + ∣ E 0 ∣ ) , (34)
for r ∈ I r\in I r ∈ I ; note that L 2 ≥ L 1 L_2\ge L_1 L 2 ≥ L 1 . All the estimates below are on the window I I I , where (33) holds. This proves (a), since without contacts X ~ t i = γ i ( t ) \widetilde X^i_t=\gamma_i(t) X t i = γ i ( t ) .
We are left with (b). Exchanging the roles of A 0 A_0 A 0 and A 1 A_1 A 1 if necessary, we may assume that the trajectory of A 0 A_0 A 0 has a contact at τ 0 ∈ I \tau_0\in I τ 0 ∈ I , on an obstacle Q Q Q , and that the trajectory of A 1 A_1 A 1 has no contact before τ 0 \tau_0 τ 0 ; thus ν ∗ = ν 0 ≥ η \nu_*=\nu_0\ge\eta ν ∗ = ν 0 ≥ η . For t ≤ τ 0 t\le\tau_0 t ≤ τ 0 both trajectories are free flights and (a) applies. Let d s d_s d s be the signed distance to ∂ Q \partial Q ∂ Q (positive outside Q Q Q ), of class C 2 C^2 C 2 on { ∣ d s ∣ < r 0 } \{|d_s|<r_0\} { ∣ d s ∣ < r 0 } with r 0 < d min / 2 r_0<d_{\min}/2 r 0 < d m i n /2 , and ρ i : = d s ∘ γ i \rho_i:=d_s\circ\gamma_i ρ i := d s ∘ γ i . Then ρ i \rho_i ρ i is continuously differentiable and ρ i ′ \rho_i' ρ i ′ is Lipschitz whenever γ i \gamma_i γ i remains in the tubular neighbourhood. In particular, ρ i ′ ′ \rho_i'' ρ i ′′ exists almost everywhere there. Choosing B B B large enough,
∣ ρ i ′ ′ ∣ ≤ B a.e. where ∣ ρ i ∣ < r 0 , ∣ ρ 1 − ρ 0 ∣ ≤ C 1 ε h , ∣ ρ 1 ′ − ρ 0 ′ ∣ ≤ C 2 ε , |\rho_i''|\le B\ \text{a.e. where }|\rho_i|<r_0,\qquad|\rho_1-\rho_0|\le C_1\varepsilon h,\qquad|\rho_1'-\rho_0'|\le C_2\varepsilon, ∣ ρ i ′′ ∣ ≤ B a.e. where ∣ ρ i ∣ < r 0 , ∣ ρ 1 − ρ 0 ∣ ≤ C 1 ε h , ∣ ρ 1 ′ − ρ 0 ′ ∣ ≤ C 2 ε ,
λ − ( W + λ + ∣ E 0 ∣ ) L 2 2 B ≤ r 0 2 . \frac{\lambda_-(W+\lambda_+|E_0|)L_2}{2B}\le\frac{r_0}{2}. 2 B λ − ( W + λ + ∣ E 0 ∣ ) L 2 ≤ 2 r 0 .
Here and below ν max : = W + λ + ∣ E 0 ∣ \nu_{\max}:=W+\lambda_+|E_0| ν m a x := W + λ + ∣ E 0 ∣ is an upper bound for ν 0 \nu_0 ν 0 , and the last condition reads λ − ν max L 2 / ( 2 B ) ≤ r 0 / 2 \lambda_-\nu_{\max}L_2/(2B)\le r_0/2 λ − ν m a x L 2 / ( 2 B ) ≤ r 0 /2 . Moreover ρ 0 ( τ 0 ) = 0 \rho_0(\tau_0)=0 ρ 0 ( τ 0 ) = 0 and ρ 0 ′ ( τ 0 ) = − e − A 0 ( τ 0 ) ν 0 ≤ − λ − ν 0 \rho_0'(\tau_0)=-e^{-A_0(\tau_0)}\nu_0\le-\lambda_-\nu_0 ρ 0 ′ ( τ 0 ) = − e − A 0 ( τ 0 ) ν 0 ≤ − λ − ν 0 . Set
θ : = λ − ν 0 2 B , θ ′ : = 4 C 1 ε h λ − ν 0 . \theta:=\frac{\lambda_-\nu_0}{2B},\qquad\theta':=\frac{4C_1\varepsilon h}{\lambda_-\nu_0}. θ := 2 B λ − ν 0 , θ ′ := λ − ν 0 4 C 1 ε h .
We choose c ∗ c_* c ∗ so large that ν 0 ≥ c ∗ ε h \nu_0\ge c_*\sqrt{\varepsilon h} ν 0 ≥ c ∗ ε h implies
θ ′ ≤ θ , C 2 ε ≤ λ − ν 0 4 , C 1 ε h ≤ r 0 2 . \theta'\le\theta,\qquad C_2\varepsilon\le\frac{\lambda_-\nu_0}{4},\qquad C_1\varepsilon h\le\frac{r_0}{2}. θ ′ ≤ θ , C 2 ε ≤ 4 λ − ν 0 , C 1 ε h ≤ 2 r 0 .
The first holds if c ∗ 2 ≥ 8 B C 1 / λ − 2 c_*^2\ge8BC_1/\lambda_-^2 c ∗ 2 ≥ 8 B C 1 / λ − 2 ; the second if c ∗ ≥ 4 C 2 2 ∣ E 0 ∣ / λ − c_*\ge4C_2\sqrt{2|E_0|}/\lambda_- c ∗ ≥ 4 C 2 2∣ E 0 ∣ / λ − , because ε ≤ 2 ∣ E 0 ∣ ε h \varepsilon\le\sqrt{2|E_0|}\sqrt{\varepsilon h} ε ≤ 2∣ E 0 ∣ ε h ; the third if c ∗ 2 ≥ 2 C 1 ν max 2 / r 0 c_*^2\ge2C_1\nu_{\max}^2/r_0 c ∗ 2 ≥ 2 C 1 ν m a x 2 / r 0 , because ε h ≤ ν 0 2 / c ∗ 2 ≤ ν max 2 / c ∗ 2 \varepsilon h\le\nu_0^2/c_*^2\le\nu_{\max}^2/c_*^2 ε h ≤ ν 0 2 / c ∗ 2 ≤ ν m a x 2 / c ∗ 2 . With these choices, on [ τ 0 − θ , τ 0 + θ ] ∩ I [\tau_0-\theta,\tau_0+\theta]\cap I [ τ 0 − θ , τ 0 + θ ] ∩ I we have ∣ ρ 0 ∣ ≤ L 2 θ ≤ r 0 / 2 |\rho_0|\le L_2\theta\le r_0/2 ∣ ρ 0 ∣ ≤ L 2 θ ≤ r 0 /2 and ∣ ρ 1 ∣ ≤ ∣ ρ 0 ∣ + C 1 ε h ≤ r 0 |\rho_1|\le|\rho_0|+C_1\varepsilon h\le r_0 ∣ ρ 1 ∣ ≤ ∣ ρ 0 ∣ + C 1 ε h ≤ r 0 , so both flights stay in the tubular neighbourhood of ∂ Q \partial Q ∂ Q , where the bounds above apply and which does not meet any other obstacle.
The second trajectory collides shortly after. On [ τ 0 , τ 0 + θ ] ∩ I [\tau_0,\tau_0+\theta]\cap I [ τ 0 , τ 0 + θ ] ∩ I we have ρ 0 ′ ≤ − λ − ν 0 / 2 \rho_0'\le-\lambda_-\nu_0/2 ρ 0 ′ ≤ − λ − ν 0 /2 , hence ρ 1 ′ ≤ − λ − ν 0 / 4 \rho_1'\le-\lambda_-\nu_0/4 ρ 1 ′ ≤ − λ − ν 0 /4 , while 0 ≤ ρ 1 ( τ 0 ) ≤ C 1 ε h 0\le\rho_1(\tau_0)\le C_1\varepsilon h 0 ≤ ρ 1 ( τ 0 ) ≤ C 1 ε h (the trajectory of A 1 A_1 A 1 has not entered Q Q Q before τ 0 \tau_0 τ 0 ). Therefore ρ 1 \rho_1 ρ 1 vanishes at a time τ 1 ∗ ∈ [ τ 0 , τ 0 + θ ′ ] \tau_1^*\in[\tau_0,\tau_0+\theta'] τ 1 ∗ ∈ [ τ 0 , τ 0 + θ ′ ] , unless τ 0 + θ ′ \tau_0+\theta' τ 0 + θ ′ exceeds the endpoint of I I I . On [ τ 0 , τ 1 ∗ ] [\tau_0,\tau_1^*] [ τ 0 , τ 1 ∗ ] the flight γ 1 \gamma_1 γ 1 stays within distance r 0 r_0 r 0 of Q Q Q , hence away from the other obstacles, so τ 1 ∗ \tau_1^* τ 1 ∗ is the first contact of the trajectory of A 1 A_1 A 1 . In all cases:
for every t ∈ I with t > τ 0 : either t − τ 0 ≤ θ ′ and A 1 has no contact in [ τ 0 , t ] , \text{for every }t\in I\text{ with }t>\tau_0:\quad\text{either }t-\tau_0\le\theta'\text{ and }A_1\text{ has no contact in }[\tau_0,t], for every t ∈ I with t > τ 0 : either t − τ 0 ≤ θ ′ and A 1 has no contact in [ τ 0 , t ] ,
or τ 1 ∈ [ τ 0 , min ( t , τ 0 + θ ′ ) ] . (35) \text{or }\tau_1\in[\tau_0,\min(t,\tau_0+\theta')]. \tag*{(35)} or τ 1 ∈ [ τ 0 , min ( t , τ 0 + θ ′ )] . (35)
Between the two contacts. In the first alternative of (35) ,
∣ X ~ t 1 − X ~ t 0 ∣ ≤ ∣ γ 1 ( t ) − γ 1 ( τ 0 ) ∣ + ∣ γ 1 ( τ 0 ) − γ 0 ( τ 0 ) ∣ + ∣ X ~ t 0 − X ~ τ 0 0 ∣ ≤ 2 L 2 θ ′ + C 1 ε h . |\widetilde X^1_t-\widetilde X^0_t|\le|\gamma_1(t)-\gamma_1(\tau_0)|+|\gamma_1(\tau_0)-\gamma_0(\tau_0)|+|\widetilde X^0_t-\widetilde X^0_{\tau_0}|\le2L_2\theta'+C_1\varepsilon h. ∣ X t 1 − X t 0 ∣ ≤ ∣ γ 1 ( t ) − γ 1 ( τ 0 ) ∣ + ∣ γ 1 ( τ 0 ) − γ 0 ( τ 0 ) ∣ + ∣ X t 0 − X τ 0 0 ∣ ≤ 2 L 2 θ ′ + C 1 ε h .
After both contacts. In the second alternative, let y i = γ i ( τ i ) y_i=\gamma_i(\tau_i) y i = γ i ( τ i ) and w i − = w + γ A i ( t 0 , τ i ) E 0 w_i^-=w+\gamma_{A_i}(t_0,\tau_i)E_0 w i − = w + γ A i ( t 0 , τ i ) E 0 be the contact points and incoming velocities. By (33) , (34) and ∣ τ 1 − τ 0 ∣ ≤ θ ′ |\tau_1-\tau_0|\le\theta' ∣ τ 1 − τ 0 ∣ ≤ θ ′ ,
∣ y 1 − y 0 ∣ ≤ L 2 θ ′ + C 1 ε h , ∣ w 1 − − w 0 − ∣ ≤ λ + ∣ E 0 ∣ ( θ ′ + ε h ) , |y_1-y_0|\le L_2\theta'+C_1\varepsilon h,\qquad|w_1^--w_0^-|\le\lambda_+|E_0|(\theta'+\varepsilon h), ∣ y 1 − y 0 ∣ ≤ L 2 θ ′ + C 1 ε h , ∣ w 1 − − w 0 − ∣ ≤ λ + ∣ E 0 ∣ ( θ ′ + ε h ) ,
and, since ∣ n ( y 1 ) − n ( y 0 ) ∣ ≤ C g e o ∣ y 1 − y 0 ∣ |n(y_1)-n(y_0)|\le C_{\mathrm{geo}}|y_1-y_0| ∣ n ( y 1 ) − n ( y 0 ) ∣ ≤ C geo ∣ y 1 − y 0 ∣ for a constant C g e o C_{\mathrm{geo}} C geo depending only on the geometry, the outgoing velocities w i + = R y i w i − w_i^+=\mathcal R_{y_i}w_i^- w i + = R y i w i − satisfy ∣ w 1 + − w 0 + ∣ ≤ C 3 ( θ ′ + ε h ) |w_1^+-w_0^+|\le C_3(\theta'+\varepsilon h) ∣ w 1 + − w 0 + ∣ ≤ C 3 ( θ ′ + ε h ) . By Lemma 7.2 there is no further contact in I I I , so for t ≥ τ 1 t\ge\tau_1 t ≥ τ 1
X ~ t i = y i + α A i ( τ i , t ) w i + + β A i ( τ i , t ) E 0 . \widetilde X^i_t=y_i+\alpha_{A_i}(\tau_i,t)w_i^++\beta_{A_i}(\tau_i,t)E_0. X t i = y i + α A i ( τ i , t ) w i + + β A i ( τ i , t ) E 0 .
By (33) , ∣ α A 1 ( τ 1 , t ) − α A 0 ( τ 0 , t ) ∣ ≤ λ + ( θ ′ + ε h ) |\alpha_{A_1}(\tau_1,t)-\alpha_{A_0}(\tau_0,t)|\le\lambda_+(\theta'+\varepsilon h) ∣ α A 1 ( τ 1 , t ) − α A 0 ( τ 0 , t ) ∣ ≤ λ + ( θ ′ + ε h ) and similarly for β \beta β , hence ∣ X ~ t 1 − X ~ t 0 ∣ ≤ C 4 ( θ ′ + ε h ) |\widetilde X^1_t-\widetilde X^0_t|\le C_4(\theta'+\varepsilon h) ∣ X t 1 − X t 0 ∣ ≤ C 4 ( θ ′ + ε h ) .
In both alternatives the bound is C ( θ ′ + ε h ) ≤ C ε h ( 1 + 1 / ν 0 ) C(\theta' +\varepsilon h)\le C\varepsilon h(1+1/\nu_0) C ( θ ′ + ε h ) ≤ C ε h ( 1 + 1/ ν 0 ) , which is (b). □
We are finally in the position to state and prove the last ingredient needed to the proofs of Theorem 3.5 (2) and the first statement of Theorem 3.6 , which is the following Theorem.
Theorem 7.4 (Uniqueness in the fast regime). Let μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 satisfy (29) and let T > 0 T>0 T > 0 be such that (31) holds. Then the Lagrangian solution on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] with initial datum μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 is unique.
Proof. Let A 0 , A 1 A_0,A_1 A 0 , A 1 be the histories of two Lagrangian solutions and let t 0 : = sup { t ∈ [ 0 , T ] : A 0 = A 1 on [ 0 , t ] } t_0:=\sup\{t\in[0,T]:A_0=A_1\text{ on }[0,t]\} t 0 := sup { t ∈ [ 0 , T ] : A 0 = A 1 on [ 0 , t ]} . Assume by contradiction that t 0 < T t_0<T t 0 < T , and let h h h , I I I , ε \varepsilon ε be as in (32) . By Lemma 5.3(ii), for t ∈ I t\in I t ∈ I ,
∣ A 1 ( t ) − A 0 ( t ) ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ ∫ Ω ∣ Δ t A 1 − Δ t A 0 ∣ d μ 0 = ∣ E 0 ∣ ∫ Ω ∣ X ~ t 1 − X ~ t 0 ∣ ρ ( ζ ) d ζ (36) \lvert A_1(t)-A_0(t)\rvert\le\lvert E_0\rvert\int_{\Omega}\lvert\Delta_t^{A_1}-\Delta_t^{A_0}\rvert\,\mathrm{d}\mu_0
= \lvert E_0\rvert\int_{\Omega}\lvert\widetilde X_t^1-\widetilde X_t^0\rvert\rho(\zeta)\,\mathrm{d}\zeta \tag*{(36)} ∣ A 1 ( t ) − A 0 ( t )∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ ∫ Ω ∣ Δ t A 1 − Δ t A 0 ∣ d μ 0 = ∣ E 0 ∣ ∫ Ω ∣ X t 1 − X t 0 ∣ ρ ( ζ ) d ζ (36)
where we used that the two trajectories coincide up to time t 0 t_0 t 0 , and ρ \rho ρ is the density of the common state ζ \zeta ζ at time t 0 t_0 t 0 in the variables ( x , w ) (x,w) ( x , w ) . By Lemma 4.5 , ∥ ρ ∥ ∞ ≤ ∥ f 0 ∥ ∞ \lVert\rho\rVert_\infty\le\lVert f_0\rVert_\infty ∥ ρ ∥ ∞ ≤ ∥ f 0 ∥ ∞ , and ρ \rho ρ is supported in { ∣ w ∣ ≤ W } \{\lvert w\rvert\le W\} {∣ w ∣ ≤ W } .
For i = 0 , 1 i=0,1 i = 0 , 1 and η > 0 \eta>0 η > 0 let C i C_i C i be the set of ζ \zeta ζ with ∣ w ∣ ≤ W \lvert w\rvert\le W ∣ w ∣ ≤ W whose trajectory under A i A_i A i , started at time t 0 t_0 t 0 , has a contact in I I I , and C i η ⊂ C i C_i^\eta\subset C_i C i η ⊂ C i the subset where ν i < η \nu_i<\eta ν i < η . Applying the free-flight case of Lemma 4.6 with q = t 0 q=t_0 q = t 0 , and noting that ∣ w i − ∣ ≤ W ′ : = W + λ + + ∣ E 0 ∣ \lvert w_i^-\rvert\le W':=W+\lambda_+ +\lvert E_0\rvert ∣ w i − ∣ ≤ W ′ := W + λ + + ∣ E 0 ∣ ,
∫ C i d ζ ν i ≤ ∫ I ∫ ∂ D ∫ ∣ w ∣ ≤ W ′ e − A i ( t ) d w d σ d t ≤ C 5 h (37) \int_{C_i}\frac{\mathrm{d}\zeta}{\nu_i}\le\int_I\int_{\partial D}\int_{\lvert w\rvert\le W'}e^{-A_i(t)}\,\mathrm{d}w\,\mathrm{d}\sigma\,\mathrm{d}t\le C_5h \tag*{(37)} ∫ C i ν i d ζ ≤ ∫ I ∫ ∂ D ∫ ∣ w ∣ ≤ W ′ e − A i ( t ) d w d σ d t ≤ C 5 h (37)
Leb ( C i η ) ≤ ∫ I ∫ ∂ D ∫ ∣ w ∣ ≤ W ′ , ∣ ⟨ n , w ⟩ ∣ < η e − A i ( t ) ∣ ⟨ n , w ⟩ ∣ d w d σ d t ≤ C 5 h η 2 . (38) \operatorname{Leb}(C_i^\eta)\le\int_I\int_{\partial D}\int_{\lvert w\rvert\le W',\,\lvert\langle n,w\rangle\rvert<\eta}e^{-A_i(t)}\lvert\langle n,w\rangle\rvert\,\mathrm{d}w\,\mathrm{d}\sigma\,\mathrm{d}t\le C_5h\eta^2. \tag*{(38)} Leb ( C i η ) ≤ ∫ I ∫ ∂ D ∫ ∣ w ∣ ≤ W ′ , ∣⟨ n , w ⟩∣ < η e − A i ( t ) ∣⟨ n , w ⟩∣ d w d σ d t ≤ C 5 h η 2 . (38)
Take η = c ∗ ε h \eta=c_*\sqrt{\varepsilon h} η = c ∗ ε h and split the integral in (36) according to Lemma 7.3. On the set where neither trajectory has a contact in [ t 0 , t ] [t_0,t] [ t 0 , t ] we use (a); on C 0 η ∪ C 1 η C_0^\eta\cup C_1^\eta C 0 η ∪ C 1 η we use (c) and (38) ; on the rest we use (b), the bound 1 / ν ∗ ≤ 1 / ν 0 + 1 / ν 1 1/\nu_*\le1/\nu_0+1/\nu_1 1/ ν ∗ ≤ 1/ ν 0 + 1/ ν 1 and (37) . This gives, for every t ∈ I t\in I t ∈ I ,
∣ A 1 ( t ) − A 0 ( t ) ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ ∥ f 0 ∥ ∞ [ C ε h π W 2 + 2 C ε h C 5 h + 2 L 1 h ⋅ 2 C 5 h c ∗ 2 ε h ] ≤ C 6 h ε , \lvert A_1(t)-A_0(t)\rvert\le\lvert E_0\rvert\lVert f_0\rVert_\infty\left[C\varepsilon h\pi W^2+2C\varepsilon hC_5h+2L_1h\cdot2C_5hc_*^2\varepsilon h\right]\le C_6h\varepsilon, ∣ A 1 ( t ) − A 0 ( t )∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ ∥ f 0 ∥ ∞ [ C ε hπ W 2 + 2 C ε h C 5 h + 2 L 1 h ⋅ 2 C 5 h c ∗ 2 ε h ] ≤ C 6 h ε ,
using ∣ D ∣ ≤ 1 \lvert D\rvert\le1 ∣ D ∣ ≤ 1 . Taking the supremum over t ∈ I t\in I t ∈ I we obtain ε ≤ C 6 h ε \varepsilon\le C_6h\varepsilon ε ≤ C 6 h ε , with C 6 C_6 C 6 independent of t 0 t_0 t 0 and h h h . Choosing h < 1 / C 6 h<1/C_6 h < 1/ C 6 gives ε = 0 \varepsilon=0 ε = 0 , i.e. A 0 = A 1 A_0=A_1 A 0 = A 1 on [ 0 , t 0 + h ] ∩ [ 0 , T ] [0,t_0+h]\cap[0,T] [ 0 , t 0 + h ] ∩ [ 0 , T ] , which contradicts the definition of t 0 t_0 t 0 . □
Corollary 7.5 (Uniqueness of weak solutions). Under the assumptions of Theorem 7.4 , the Lagrangian solution is the unique element of W T ( μ 0 ) W_T(\mu_0) W T ( μ 0 ) .
Proof. The Lagrangian solution belongs to W T ( μ 0 ) W_T(\mu_0) W T ( μ 0 ) by Proposition 5.4 and Proposition 4.4 (c). Conversely, every element of W T ( μ 0 ) W_T(\mu_0) W T ( μ 0 ) is a Lagrangian solution by Proposition 5.7 , and Lagrangian solutions are unique by Theorem 7.4 . □
Corollary 7.6 (Mean-field limit in the fast regime). Let μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 and T T T be as in Theorem 7.4 , and let z N z^N z N be configurations admissible on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] with δ N , 0 ⇀ μ 0 \delta_{N,0}\rightharpoonup\mu_0 δ N , 0 ⇀ μ 0 . Then A N → A A_N\to A A N → A uniformly on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] and δ N , t ⇀ μ t \delta_{N,t}\rightharpoonup\mu_t δ N , t ⇀ μ t narrowly in P ( Ω ) \mathcal{P}(\Omega) P ( Ω ) for every t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] , where ( A , { μ t } ) (A,\{\mu_t\}) ( A , { μ t }) is the unique Lagrangian solution.
Proof. By Theorem 7.4 , the Lagrangian solution with initial datum μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 is unique. The conclusion therefore follows directly from Theorem 6.5 (iii).
Remark 7.7. (a) The proof uses neither the differential of the flow, nor hyperbolicity, nor any transversality of singularity manifolds. It rests on three facts: by causality only short windows matter; on a short window each particle has at most one contact; and for one contact the singular factor 1 / ν 1/\nu 1/ ν is integrable exactly , because the flux measure carries the factor ν \nu ν .
(b) Slow particles as such are not the difficulty: the comparison lemma only requires at most one contact per window. Assumption (31) is used in Lemma 7.2 alone, to exclude a quick return to the
same obstacle, and the bound ∣ v ∣ ≤ L |v| \le L ∣ v ∣ ≤ L is used to exclude many contacts of a very fast particle within one window. This bound is removed in § 8 , under a finite horizon assumption and an exponential tail of the initial density.
(c) The particles of the N N N -particle system need not satisfy any speed bound in Corollary 7.6.
Remark 7.8 (Beyond the fast regime). We expect the fast-regime assumption in Theorem 7.4 to be technical. More precisely, we conjecture that if μ 0 = f 0 d z \mu_0 = f_0\,dz μ 0 = f 0 d z , with f 0 ∈ L ∞ ( Ω ) f_0 \in L^\infty(\Omega) f 0 ∈ L ∞ ( Ω ) compactly supported in velocity and ∫ Ω ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ 0 = 1 \int_{\Omega} |v|^2\,d\mu_0 = 1 ∫ Ω ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ 0 = 1 , then the Lagrangian solution is unique on every finite time interval.
The main obstruction to proving this with the present argument is the possible occurrence of hopping . A particle may leave an obstacle with a very small normal velocity on a portion of the boundary where the field pushes it back towards the obstacle. It can then return after a very short time and undergo many contacts in a single window. Applying the one-contact comparison estimate separately at every contact produces a nonintegrable loss involving the inverse normal velocities.
This loss appears to result from treating the contacts separately. If the reflections are unfolded in the normal direction, an entire hopping episode becomes a continuous oscillatory motion across the boundary. This suggests that the effect of perturbing the history should be controlled by the total duration of the episode, and not by the number of contacts. A uniform Lipschitz estimate for the complete hopping scenario would allow the argument of Theorem 7.4 to be extended beyond the fast regime.
Uniqueness without an upper bound on the velocities
In Theorem 7.4 the velocity support of the initial datum is contained in { c 0 ≤ ∣ v ∣ ≤ L } \{c_0 \le|v| \le L\} { c 0 ≤ ∣ v ∣ ≤ L } . In this and the following sections we remove the upper bound L L L , at the price of two assumptions: the table has finite horizon, and the initial density has an exponential tail (see Theorem 8.1 below). We recall the notation of § 7 : the curvatures 0 < κ min ≤ κ ≤ κ max 0 < \kappa_{\min} \le\kappa\le\kappa_{\max} 0 < κ m i n ≤ κ ≤ κ m a x , the distance d min d_{\min} d m i n , the constants λ ± \lambda_{\pm} λ ± and c 1 c_1 c 1 , and the fast regime (7.3); also, recall that c T = ∣ E 0 ∣ T e ∣ E 0 ∣ T c_T = |E_0|T e^{|E_0|T} c T = ∣ E 0 ∣ T e ∣ E 0 ∣ T is the constant in (4.5). We denote by D max D_{\max} D m a x the maximal diameter of the obstacles, and we add the following assumption, standard for periodic Sinai billiards (see e.g. [21 , 1 ] ). By periodicity and compactness, Lemma 8.4 below turns it into a uniform bound on the free-path length.
(FH) Finite horizon. Every ray { x + s e : s ≥ 0 } ⊂ R 2 \{x + se : s \ge0\} \subset\mathbb{R}^2 { x + se : s ≥ 0 } ⊂ R 2 , ∣ e ∣ = 1 |e| = 1 ∣ e ∣ = 1 , meets the interior of an obstacle of the cover.
The scope of this section is to prove the following theorem.
Theorem 8.1. Assume (FH). Let μ 0 = f 0 d z \mu_0 = f_0\,dz μ 0 = f 0 d z with ∫ Ω ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ 0 = 1 \int_{\Omega} |v|^2\,d\mu_0 = 1 ∫ Ω ∣ v ∣ 2 d μ 0 = 1 , supp f 0 ⊂ { ∣ v ∣ ≥ c 0 } \operatorname{supp} f_0 \subset\{|v| \ge c_0\} supp f 0 ⊂ { ∣ v ∣ ≥ c 0 } , and
f 0 ( x , v ) ≤ C 0 e − α ∣ v ∣ for a.e. ( x , v ) ∈ Ω , (39) f_0(x,v) \le C_0 e^{-\alpha|v|} \qquad\text{for a.e. } (x,v) \in\Omega, \tag*{(39)} f 0 ( x , v ) ≤ C 0 e − α ∣ v ∣ for a.e. ( x , v ) ∈ Ω , (39) for some C 0 , α > 0 C_0,\alpha> 0 C 0 , α > 0 . Let T > 0 T > 0 T > 0 satisfy (7.3). Then the Lagrangian solution on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] with initial datum μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 is unique.
Once Theorem 8.1 is proved, the following direct Corollary gives Theorem 3.5 (3) and the first statement of Theorem 3.6 , thus concluding all the proofs of the paper.
Corollary 8.2. Under the assumptions of Theorem 8.1 , the Lagrangian solution is the unique element of W T ( μ 0 ) \mathcal{W}_T(\mu_0) W T ( μ 0 ) . If μ N \mu^N μ N are configurations admissible on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] with δ 0 N ⇀ μ 0 \delta_0^N \rightharpoonup\mu_0 δ 0 N ⇀ μ 0 , then Λ N → Λ \Lambda_N \to\Lambda Λ N → Λ uniformly on [ 0 , T ] [0,T] [ 0 , T ] and δ N , t ⇀ μ t \delta_{N,t} \rightharpoonup\mu_t δ N , t ⇀ μ t narrowly for every t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t \in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] , where ( A , { μ t } ) (A,\{\mu_t\}) ( A , { μ t }) is the unique Lagrangian solution.
Proof. By Proposition 5.4 and Proposition 4.4 (c), every Lagrangian solution belongs to W T ( μ 0 ) \mathcal{W}_T(\mu_0) W T ( μ 0 ) . Conversely, Proposition 5.7 shows that every element of W T ( μ 0 ) \mathcal{W}_T(\mu_0) W T ( μ 0 ) is a Lagrangian solution. The first conclusion therefore follows from Theorem 8.1 . The mean-field conclusions then follow directly from Theorem 6.5 (iii).
The proof of Theorem 8.1 is given in § 8.8 after several preliminary steps, which follow the following startegy, outlined below for the convenience of the reader.
Outline of the proof of Theorem 8.1 . As in the proof of Theorem 7.4 , let A 0 , A 1 A_0,A_1 A 0 , A 1 be the histories of two Lagrangian solutions, t 0 t_0 t 0 the last time up to which they agree, I = [ t 0 , t 0 + h ] I=[t_0,t_0+h] I = [ t 0 , t 0 + h ] and ε = sup I ∣ A 1 − A 0 ∣ \varepsilon=\sup_I|A_1-A_0| ε = sup I ∣ A 1 − A 0 ∣ . For t ∈ I t\in I t ∈ I ,
∣ A 1 ( t ) − A 0 ( t ) ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ ∫ ∣ X ~ t 1 ( ζ ) − X ~ t 0 ( ζ ) ∣ ρ ( ζ ) d ζ (40) |A_1(t)-A_0(t)|\leq|E_0|\int|\widetilde{X}_t^1(\zeta)-\widetilde{X}_t^0(\zeta)|\rho(\zeta)\,d\zeta \tag*{(40)} ∣ A 1 ( t ) − A 0 ( t ) ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ ∫ ∣ X t 1 ( ζ ) − X t 0 ( ζ ) ∣ ρ ( ζ ) d ζ (40)
where ζ = ( x , w ) \zeta=(x,w) ζ = ( x , w ) is the common state at time t 0 t_0 t 0 , ρ \rho ρ its density and X ~ t i ( ζ ) \widetilde{X}_t^i(\zeta) X t i ( ζ ) the lifted position at time t t t under A i A_i A i . We split the initial states according to
∣ w ∣ < W 0 and ∣ w ∣ ≥ W 0 , |w|<W_0 \qquad\text{and}\qquad|w|\geq W_0, ∣ w ∣ < W 0 and ∣ w ∣ ≥ W 0 ,
which we call respectively the bounded-velocity and fast-velocity parts. Here W 0 W_0 W 0 is a velocity threshold depending only on D \mathcal{D} D , whose precise choice will be made in {(8.13)}. The bounded-velocity part is controlled by C ( W 0 ) h ε C(W_0)h\varepsilon C ( W 0 ) h ε exactly as in § 7 . The fast part rests on three propositions:
(A) (Geometry of fast particles , Proposition 8.6) a particle with ∣ w ∣ ≥ W 0 |w|\geq W_0 ∣ w ∣ ≥ W 0 moves along nearly straight lines, its consecutive contacts are on distinct obstacles, and it has at most 1 + C ∣ w ∣ h 1+C|w|h 1 + C ∣ w ∣ h contacts in I I I ;
(B) (Product lemma , Proposition 8.12) for every history,
∫ { V ≤ ∣ w ∣ ≤ V + 1 } ∏ k = 1 M 1 cos φ k d ζ ≤ C ( V + 1 ) Λ M ; \int_{\{V\leq|w|\leq V+1\}}\prod_{k=1}^{M}\frac{1}{\cos\varphi_k}\,d\zeta\leq C(V+1)\Lambda^M; ∫ { V ≤ ∣ w ∣ ≤ V + 1 } k = 1 ∏ M cos φ k 1 d ζ ≤ C ( V + 1 ) Λ M ;
(C) (Comparison for fast particles , Proposition 8.21) ∫ { ∣ w ∣ ≥ W 0 } ∣ X ~ t 1 − X ~ t 0 ∣ ρ d ζ ≤ C h ε \int_{\{|w|\geq W_0\}}|\widetilde{X}_t^1-\widetilde{X}_t^0|\rho\,d\zeta\leq Ch\varepsilon ∫ { ∣ w ∣ ≥ W 0 } ∣ X t 1 − X t 0 ∣ ρ d ζ ≤ C h ε .
(C) follows from (A), (B) and {(8.1)} by interpolating the histories, A λ = A 0 + λ ( A 1 − A 0 ) A_\lambda=A_0+\lambda(A_1-A_0) A λ = A 0 + λ ( A 1 − A 0 ) : at points where λ ↦ X ~ t A λ ( ζ ) \lambda\mapsto\widetilde{X}_t^{A_\lambda}(\zeta) λ ↦ X t A λ ( ζ ) is differentiable,
∣ ∂ λ X ~ t A λ ∣ ≤ C ∣ w ∣ h ε e C ∣ w ∣ h ∏ k C L cos φ k , |\partial_\lambda\widetilde{X}_t^{A_\lambda}|\leq C|w|h\varepsilon e^{C|w|h}\prod_k\frac{C_L}{\cos\varphi_k}, ∣ ∂ λ X t A λ ∣ ≤ C ∣ w ∣ h ε e C ∣ w ∣ h k ∏ cos φ k C L ,
and this map is absolutely continuous for almost every ζ \zeta ζ . Since the number of contacts is O ( ∣ w ∣ h ) O(|w|h) O ( ∣ w ∣ h ) , the loss e C ∣ w ∣ h e^{C|w|h} e C ∣ w ∣ h is absorbed by the tail {(8.1)} when h h h is small compared with α \alpha α .
Remark 8.3 (The tail assumption). Condition {(8.1)} is the weighted L ∞ L^\infty L ∞ bound ∥ e α ∣ v ∣ f 0 ∥ L ∞ < ∞ \|e^{\alpha|v|}f_0\|_{L^\infty}<\infty ∥ e α ∣ v ∣ f 0 ∥ L ∞ < ∞ and it is satisfied by Maxwellian data9 and by any superexponential velocity tail. It is also compatible with the weak-field stationary speed distribution predicted for the thermostatted Lorentz gas in [8 ] , whose large-N N N limit behaves as e − c ∣ v ∣ 3 e^{-c|v|^3} e − c ∣ v ∣ 3 . It is much weaker than a compact velocity support, but it is stronger than the integral condition ∫ e α ∣ v ∣ d μ 0 < ∞ \int e^{\alpha|v|}\,d\mu_0<\infty ∫ e α ∣ v ∣ d μ 0 < ∞ because the products of the grazing factors are bounded with respect to the Lebesgue measure on speed shells, and we need a pointwise bound on the density in each shell. More precisely, the proof below uses the following: with
b j : = e s s s u p x ∈ D , j ≤ ∣ v ∣ < j + 1 f 0 ( x , v ) , j ≥ 0 , b_j:=\mathop{\mathrm{ess\,sup}}_{x\in D,\ j\leq|v|<j+1}f_0(x,v),\qquad j\geq0, b j := ess sup x ∈ D , j ≤ ∣ v ∣ < j + 1 f 0 ( x , v ) , j ≥ 0 ,
it suffices that
∑ j ≥ 0 ( j + 1 ) 2 e β j b j < ∞ \sum_{j\geq0}(j+1)^2e^{\beta j}b_j<\infty j ≥ 0 ∑ ( j + 1 ) 2 e β j b j < ∞
for some β > 0 \beta>0 β > 0 . Indeed, along every trajectory ∣ ∣ W t ∣ − ∣ v ∣ ∣ ≤ c T \bigl||W_t|-|v|\bigr|\leq c_T ∣ W t ∣ − ∣ v ∣ ≤ c T , so the density at time t 0 t_0 t 0 on the shell { j ≤ ∣ w ∣ < j + 1 } \{j\leq|w|<j+1\} { j ≤ ∣ w ∣ < j + 1 } is at most max ∣ i − j ∣ ≤ c T + 1 b i \max_{|i-j|\leq c_T+1}b_i max ∣ i − j ∣ ≤ c T + 1 b i , and this is the only requirement on f 0 f_0 f 0 used in Proposition 8.21 (besides sup j b j < ∞ \sup_j b_j<\infty sup j b j < ∞ , used for the slow particles). For a polynomial tail, or a stretched exponential tail e − α ∣ v ∣ γ e^{-\alpha|v|^\gamma} e − α ∣ v ∣ γ with 0 < γ < 1 0 < \gamma< 1 0 < γ < 1 , the method fails for every window length h > 0 h > 0 h > 0 , since a particle of speed V V V has O ( V h ) O(Vh) O ( V h ) contacts in the window and the averaged product of the grazing factors grows like e C V h e^{CVh} e C V h . Nevertheless we expect uniqueness to be true for such data as well.
Notational conventions.
We write D : = ( D , ∣ E 0 ∣ , T ) \mathcal{D} := (\mathbf{D}, |E_0|, T) D := ( D , ∣ E 0 ∣ , T ) , where D \mathbf{D} D denotes the entire periodic billiard table, including the number, shapes and relative positions of the obstacles in a fundamental cell. Unless stated otherwise, constants depend only on D \mathcal{D} D . In particular, they are uniform with respect to the history A ∈ A T A \in\mathcal{A}_T A ∈ A T , the initial time t 0 t_0 t 0 , the window length h h h , the velocity, and the initial state. Any dependence on the lower velocity bound c 0 c_0 c 0 or on the tail parameters C 0 , α C_0,\alpha C 0 , α will be indicated explicitly.
Every A ∈ A T A \in\mathcal{A}_T A ∈ A T is extended to [ 0 , T + 2 ] [0,T+2] [ 0 , T + 2 ] by A ( t ) = A ( T ) A(t)=A(T) A ( t ) = A ( T ) for t ≥ T t \ge T t ≥ T and the extension is ∣ E 0 ∣ |E_0| ∣ E 0 ∣ -Lipschitz with λ − ≤ e ± A ≤ λ + \lambda_- \le e^{\pm A} \le\lambda_+ λ − ≤ e ± A ≤ λ + . All constructions and lemmas of § 4 hold on [ 0 , T + 2 ] [0,T+2] [ 0 , T + 2 ] and for trajectories issued at any time t 0 t_0 t 0 instead of 0 0 0 , with the same proofs. For ζ = ( x , w ) ∈ D ˚ × R 2 \zeta=(x,w)\in\mathring{\mathbf{D}}\times\mathbb{R}^2 ζ = ( x , w ) ∈ D ˚ × R 2 we denote by ( X ^ t A ( ζ ) , W t A ( ζ ) ) (\widehat{X}^{A}_t(\zeta),W^{A}_t(\zeta)) ( X t A ( ζ ) , W t A ( ζ )) the lifted state at time t ≥ t 0 t \ge t_0 t ≥ t 0 of the trajectory issued from ζ \zeta ζ at time t 0 t_0 t 0 , which will be clear from the context.
For a unit vector u u u we denote by u ⊥ u^\perp u ⊥ the vector obtained by rotating u u u by π / 2 \pi/2 π /2 . At a point y ∈ ∂ Q y \in\partial Q y ∈ ∂ Q we set t ( y ) : = n ( y ) ⊥ t(y):=n(y)^\perp t ( y ) := n ( y ) ⊥ and parametrise ∂ Q \partial Q ∂ Q by arclength r r r in the direction of t t t , so that the angle of n n n increases with r r r at rate κ \kappa κ .
Finally, we write E ∗ : = λ + 2 ∣ E 0 ∣ E_*:=\lambda_+^2|E_0| E ∗ := λ + 2 ∣ E 0 ∣ .
Geometry of fast particles
Assumption (FH) is formulated for straight rays, whereas the auxiliary free flights of high-velocity particles are only approximately straight. We thus show that every sufficiently long straight segment contains a point lying at positive distance inside an obstacle. Consequently, every curve sufficiently close to that segment must intersect the interior of an obstacle, and the associated physical trajectory must have a boundary contact before that happens. This is a kind of robustness property of assumption (FH).
Lemma 8.4. Under (FH) there are ℓ H , δ H > 0 \ell_H,\delta_H>0 ℓ H , δ H > 0 such that every segment { x + s e : 0 ≤ s ≤ ℓ H } \{x+se:0\le s\le\ell_H\} { x + se : 0 ≤ s ≤ ℓ H } , ∣ e ∣ = 1 |e|=1 ∣ e ∣ = 1 , contains a point q q q with B ( q , δ H ) B(q,\delta_H) B ( q , δ H ) contained in an obstacle of the cover.
Proof. Let g ( q ) g(q) g ( q ) be the distance from q q q to the complement of the union of the obstacles; g g g is continuous and Z 2 \mathbb{Z}^2 Z 2 -periodic. For every ( x , e ) (x,e) ( x , e ) there is s ( x , e ) ≥ 0 s(x,e)\ge0 s ( x , e ) ≥ 0 with g ( x + s ( x , e ) e ) > 0 g(x+s(x,e)e)>0 g ( x + s ( x , e ) e ) > 0 , by (FH). By continuity, g ( x ′ + s ( x , e ) e ′ ) > 1 2 g ( x + s ( x , e ) e ) g(x'+s(x,e)e')>\frac{1}{2}g(x+s(x,e)e) g ( x ′ + s ( x , e ) e ′ ) > 2 1 g ( x + s ( x , e ) e ) for ( x ′ , e ′ ) (x',e') ( x ′ , e ′ ) in a neighbourhood of ( x , e ) (x,e) ( x , e ) . Finitely many such neighbourhoods cover T 2 × S 1 \mathbb{T}^2\times S^1 T 2 × S 1 ; take ℓ H \ell_H ℓ H the maximum of the corresponding s ( x , e ) s(x,e) s ( x , e ) and δ H \delta_H δ H the minimum of 1 2 g ( x + s ( x , e ) e ) \frac{1}{2}g(x+s(x,e)e) 2 1 g ( x + s ( x , e ) e ) .
The flow constructed in § 4 is defined only for regular initial states. In the analysis below we must also follow families of trajectories through isolated tangencies. We therefore introduce an extended trajectory by continuing a tangential flight without changing its velocity. Proposition 8.6 will show that, for sufficiently large velocities, this recursive construction is well defined and has only finitely many contacts.
Definition 8.5 (Trajectories of fast states). Let A ∈ A T A\in\mathcal{A}_T A ∈ A T , t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] t_0\in[0,T] t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] and ζ = ( x , w ) \zeta=(x,w) ζ = ( x , w ) with x ∈ D ˚ x\in\mathring{\mathbf{D}} x ∈ D ˚ . On [ t 0 , t 0 + 1 ] [t_0,t_0+1] [ t 0 , t 0 + 1 ] the trajectory issued from ζ \zeta ζ at time t 0 t_0 t 0 follows the free flights ((13) ); at a contact time τ \tau τ , with incoming state ( y , w − ) (y,w^-) ( y , w − ) , we set w + = R y w − w^+=\mathcal{R}_y w^- w + = R y w − if the contact is transversal and w + = w − w^+=w^- w + = w − if it is tangential, and restart the free-flight. By Proposition 8.6 below, if ∣ w ∣ ≥ W 0 ≥ W 1 |w|\ge W_0\ge W_1 ∣ w ∣ ≥ W 0 ≥ W 1 this defines the trajectory on the whole of [ t 0 , t 0 + 1 ] [t_0,t_0+1] [ t 0 , t 0 + 1 ] , with finitely many contacts. On Reg A \operatorname{Reg}_A Reg A (shifted to time t 0 t_0 t 0 ) it coincides with the trajectory of § 4 .
For high-velocity particles, time is not the most convenient scale because the number and geometry of the contacts are controlled by the distance travelled. For a trajectory defined on [ a , b ] [a,b] [ a , b ] , its path length is
L [ a , b ] : = ∫ a b ∣ X ~ ˙ t ∣ d t = ∫ a b e − A ( t ) ∣ W t ∣ d t . \mathcal{L}_{[a,b]}:=\int_a^b|\dot{\widetilde{X}}_t|\,dt=\int_a^b e^{-A(t)}|W_t|\,dt. L [ a , b ] := ∫ a b ∣ X ˙ t ∣ d t = ∫ a b e − A ( t ) ∣ W t ∣ d t .
The next proposition is the main result of this subsection, and it contains the geometric info used throughout the high-velocity argument. It shows that a sufficiently fast trajectory is nearly straight so that (FH) forces it to meet an obstacle within a uniformly bounded path length. On the other hand, convexity prevents it from returning immediately to the same obstacle. Therefore, consecutive contacts are spatially separated and their number on a time window is O ( ∣ w ∣ h ) O(|w|h) O ( ∣ w ∣ h ) .
Proposition 8.6 (Geometry of fast particles). There is W g e o ≥ 1 W_{\mathrm{geo}}\ge1 W geo ≥ 1 such that the following holds for W 0 ≥ W g e o W_0\ge W_{\mathrm{geo}} W 0 ≥ W geo , every A ∈ A T A\in\mathcal{A}_T A ∈ A T , t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] t_0\in[0,T] t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] , and every ζ = ( x , w ) \zeta=(x,w) ζ = ( x , w ) with x ∈ D ˚ x\in\mathring{D} x ∈ D ˚ and ∣ w ∣ = : ρ 0 ≥ W 0 |w|=:\rho_0\ge W_0 ∣ w ∣ =: ρ 0 ≥ W 0 . Along the trajectory on [ t 0 , t 0 + 1 ] [t_0,t_0+1] [ t 0 , t 0 + 1 ] , and along the free flights issued from its states at times in [ t 0 , t 0 + 1 ] [t_0,t_0+1] [ t 0 , t 0 + 1 ] , continued through the obstacles up to time t 0 + 2 t_0+2 t 0 + 2 :
(a) 3 4 ρ 0 ≤ ∣ W t ∣ ≤ 5 4 ρ 0 \frac{3}{4}\rho_0\le|W_t|\le\frac{5}{4}\rho_0 4 3 ρ 0 ≤ ∣ W t ∣ ≤ 4 5 ρ 0 ;
(b) between contacts, t ↦ X ~ t t\mapsto\widetilde{X}_t t ↦ X t is a C 2 C^2 C 2 curve with curvature at most ε ( ρ 0 ) : = 2 E ∗ / ρ 0 2 ≤ ε 0 : = 2 E ∗ / W 0 2 \varepsilon(\rho_0):=2E_*/\rho_0^2\le\varepsilon_0:=2E_*/W_0^2 ε ( ρ 0 ) := 2 E ∗ / ρ 0 2 ≤ ε 0 := 2 E ∗ / W 0 2 .
Moreover, for the contacts at times in [ t 0 , t 0 + 1 ] [t_0,t_0+1] [ t 0 , t 0 + 1 ] :
(c) the first contact occurs within path length ℓ H \ell_H ℓ H , and so does the next contact after any contact;
(d) after a contact on an obstacle Q Q Q , transversal or tangential, the distance to Q Q Q along the free flight (continued through the other obstacles) is strictly increasing for path length L ∗ : = 4 ( ℓ H + 1 ) L_*:=4(\ell_H+1) L ∗ := 4 ( ℓ H + 1 ) ; the next contact is on a different obstacle of the cover, and consecutive contacts are separated by path length at least d min d_{\min} d m i n ;
(e) at a tangential contact the trajectory touches ∂ Q \partial Q ∂ Q and stays outside Q Q Q near the contact point.
In particular the trajectory is defined on [ t 0 , t 0 + 1 ] [t_0,t_0+1] [ t 0 , t 0 + 1 ] , and the number of contacts in an interval [ t 0 , t 0 + h ] [t_0,t_0+h] [ t 0 , t 0 + h ] , h ≤ 1 h\le1 h ≤ 1 , is at most 1 + 5 4 λ + ρ 0 h / d min 1+\frac{5}{4}\lambda_+\rho_0h/d_{\min} 1 + 4 5 λ + ρ 0 h / d m i n .
Proof. (a) Between contacts ∣ d d t ∣ W ∣ ∣ ≤ ∣ W ˙ ∣ = e A ∣ E 0 ∣ ≤ λ + + ∣ E 0 ∣ \left|\frac{d}{dt}|W|\right|\le|\dot{W}|=e^A|E_0|\le\lambda_++|E_0| d t d ∣ W ∣ ≤ ∣ W ˙ ∣ = e A ∣ E 0 ∣ ≤ λ + + ∣ E 0 ∣ , and ∣ W ∣ |W| ∣ W ∣ is continuous across contacts, so ∣ ∣ W t ∣ − ρ 0 ∣ ≤ 2 λ + + ∣ E 0 ∣ ≤ ρ 0 / 4 ||W_t|-\rho_0|\le2\lambda_++|E_0|\le\rho_0/4 ∣∣ W t ∣ − ρ 0 ∣ ≤ 2 λ + + ∣ E 0 ∣ ≤ ρ 0 /4 on [ t 0 , t 0 + 2 ] [t_0,t_0+2] [ t 0 , t 0 + 2 ] if W g e o ≥ 8 λ + + ∣ E 0 ∣ W_{\mathrm{geo}}\ge8\lambda_++|E_0| W geo ≥ 8 λ + + ∣ E 0 ∣ . We also take W g e o ≥ 2 L ∗ / λ − W_{\mathrm{geo}}\ge2L_*/\lambda_- W geo ≥ 2 L ∗ / λ − : since ∣ X ~ ˙ ∣ = e − A ∣ W ∣ ≥ 3 4 λ − ρ 0 |\dot{\widetilde{X}}|=e^{-A}|W|\ge\frac{3}{4}\lambda_-\rho_0 ∣ X ˙ ∣ = e − A ∣ W ∣ ≥ 4 3 λ − ρ 0 , a path length L ∗ L_* L ∗ issued from a time in [ t 0 , t 0 + 1 ] [t_0,t_0+1] [ t 0 , t 0 + 1 ] is covered before time t 0 + 2 t_0+2 t 0 + 2 , so that (a) and (b) apply to all the flights considered in (c)–(e).
(b) In the time s = ∫ t 0 t e − A s=\int_{t_0}^t e^{-A} s = ∫ t 0 t e − A the flight satisfies x ′ = w x'=w x ′ = w , w ′ = e 2 A E 0 w'=e^{2A}E_0 w ′ = e 2 A E 0 (′ = d / d s '=d/ds ′ = d / d s ), with continuous right-hand side; hence it is C 2 C^2 C 2 , and its curvature is
∣ ⟨ w ′ , w ⊥ ⟩ ∣ ∣ w ∣ 3 ≤ E ∗ ∣ w ∣ 2 ≤ 16 9 E ∗ ρ 0 2 . \frac{|\langle w',w^\perp\rangle|}{|w|^3}\le\frac{E_*}{|w|^2}\le\frac{16}{9}\frac{E_*}{\rho_0^2}. ∣ w ∣ 3 ∣ ⟨ w ′ , w ⊥ ⟩ ∣ ≤ ∣ w ∣ 2 E ∗ ≤ 9 16 ρ 0 2 E ∗ .
(d), (e) Let γ \gamma γ be the arclength parametrisation of a free flight issued from a contact point on Q Q Q (a C 2 C^2 C 2 curve by (b)), and ρ ( ℓ ) : = d Q s ( γ ( ℓ ) ) \rho(\ell):=d_Q^s(\gamma(\ell)) ρ ( ℓ ) := d Q s ( γ ( ℓ )) the signed distance to Q Q Q (positive outside), of class C 2 C^2 C 2 on R 2 ∖ Q ‾ \mathbb{R}^2\setminus\overline{Q} R 2 ∖ Q and near ∂ Q \partial Q ∂ Q . At a point outside Q Q Q at distance d d d , whose nearest point on ∂ Q \partial Q ∂ Q has curvature κ \kappa κ , the Hessian of d Q s d_Q^s d Q s has eigenvalues 0 0 0 (along ∇ d Q s \nabla d_Q^s ∇ d Q s ) and κ / ( 1 + κ d ) ≥ κ min / ( 1 + κ min d ) \kappa/(1+\kappa d)\ge\kappa_{\min}/(1+\kappa_{\min}d) κ / ( 1 + κ d ) ≥ κ m i n / ( 1 + κ m i n d ) . Since ∣ γ ′ ∣ = 1 |\gamma'|=1 ∣ γ ′ ∣ = 1 and ∣ γ ′ ′ ∣ ≤ ε 0 |\gamma''|\le\varepsilon_0 ∣ γ ′′ ∣ ≤ ε 0 ,
ρ ′ ′ ≥ κ min 1 + κ min ρ ( 1 − ρ ′ 2 ) − ε 0 . \rho''\ge\frac{\kappa_{\min}}{1+\kappa_{\min}\rho}\left(1-\rho'^2\right)-\varepsilon_0. ρ ′′ ≥ 1 + κ m i n ρ κ m i n ( 1 − ρ ′2 ) − ε 0 .
Assume ε 0 ≤ κ min / ( 2 + 2 κ min L ∗ ) \varepsilon_0\le\kappa_{\min}/(2+2\kappa_{\min}L_*) ε 0 ≤ κ m i n / ( 2 + 2 κ m i n L ∗ ) . At a tangential contact ρ = ρ ′ = 0 \rho=\rho'=0 ρ = ρ ′ = 0 and ρ ′ ′ ≥ κ min − ε 0 > 0 \rho''\ge\kappa_{\min}-\varepsilon_0>0 ρ ′′ ≥ κ m i n − ε 0 > 0 , which gives (e). After a contact on Q Q Q (with ρ ′ ≥ 0 \rho'\ge0 ρ ′ ≥ 0 ), suppose that ρ ′ \rho' ρ ′ vanishes at a first ℓ 1 ∈ ( 0 , L ∗ ) \ell_1\in(0,L_*) ℓ 1 ∈ ( 0 , L ∗ ) (at $\ell_1>0 in the tangential case, where ρ ′ > 0 \rho' > 0 ρ ′ > 0 just after the contact). On [ 0 , ℓ 1 ] [0,\ell_1] [ 0 , ℓ 1 ] we have 0 ≤ ρ ≤ L ∗ 0 \le\rho\le L_* 0 ≤ ρ ≤ L ∗ , so that near ℓ 1 \ell_1 ℓ 1 , where ρ ′ \rho' ρ ′ is small, ρ ′ 2 ≤ 1 4 \rho'^2 \le\frac{1}{4} ρ ′2 ≤ 4 1 and hence
ρ ′ ′ ≥ κ min 4 ( 1 + κ min L ∗ ) > 0. \rho'' \ge\frac{\kappa_{\min}}{4(1+\kappa_{\min}L_*)} > 0. ρ ′′ ≥ 4 ( 1 + κ m i n L ∗ ) κ m i n > 0.
Then ρ ′ \rho' ρ ′ is increasing near ℓ 1 \ell_1 ℓ 1 , which contradicts ρ ′ ( ℓ 1 ) = 0 < ρ ′ ( ℓ 1 − δ ) \rho'(\ell_1)=0<\rho'(\ell_1-\delta) ρ ′ ( ℓ 1 ) = 0 < ρ ′ ( ℓ 1 − δ ) . Hence ρ \rho ρ is increasing on [ 0 , L ∗ ] [0,L_*] [ 0 , L ∗ ] , and γ \gamma γ does not meet Q Q Q again within path length L ∗ L_* L ∗ .
(c) Let γ \gamma γ be the arclength parametrisation of a flight, issued from a point of D ˚ \mathring{D} D ˚ or from a contact point. By (b),
∣ γ ( ℓ ) − γ ( 0 ) − ℓ γ ′ ( 0 ) ∣ ≤ ε 0 ℓ H 2 / 2 < δ H \left|\gamma(\ell)-\gamma(0)-\ell\gamma'(0)\right| \le\varepsilon_0\ell_H^2/2 < \delta_H ∣ γ ( ℓ ) − γ ( 0 ) − ℓ γ ′ ( 0 ) ∣ ≤ ε 0 ℓ H 2 /2 < δ H
for ℓ ≤ ℓ H \ell\le\ell_H ℓ ≤ ℓ H , if ε 0 < 2 δ H / ℓ H 2 \varepsilon_0<2\delta_H/\ell_H^2 ε 0 < 2 δ H / ℓ H 2 . By Lemma Lemma 8.4 the segment { γ ( 0 ) + ℓ γ ′ ( 0 ) } ℓ ≤ ℓ H \{\gamma(0)+\ell\gamma'(0)\}_{\ell\le\ell_H} { γ ( 0 ) + ℓ γ ′ ( 0 ) } ℓ ≤ ℓ H contains a point q q q such that B ( q , δ H ) B(q,\delta_H) B ( q , δ H ) is contained in an obstacle. Since ∣ γ ( ℓ ) − γ ( 0 ) − ℓ γ ′ ( 0 ) ∣ < δ H |\gamma(\ell)-\gamma(0)-\ell\gamma'(0)|<\delta_H ∣ γ ( ℓ ) − γ ( 0 ) − ℓ γ ′ ( 0 ) ∣ < δ H , the auxiliary continuation γ \gamma γ intersects the interior of an obstacle before path length ℓ H \ell_H ℓ H . Consequently, the corresponding physical trajectory has a contact no later than that path length. By the previous paragraph, after a contact on Q Q Q this next contact cannot be with Q Q Q itself. This proves (c) and the rest of (d). The bound on the number of contacts follows from (d) and from
∫ t 0 t 0 + h e − ∣ A ∣ ∣ W t ∣ d t ≤ 5 4 λ + ρ 0 h . \int_{t_0}^{t_0+h} e^{-\lvert A\rvert}|W_t|\,dt \le\frac{5}{4}\lambda_+ \rho_0 h. ∫ t 0 t 0 + h e − ∣ A ∣ ∣ W t ∣ d t ≤ 4 5 λ + ρ 0 h .
Finally, we will need the following Lemma on the exponential tail at time t 0 t_0 t 0 . Indeed, in the uniqueness argument the two histories are compared starting from the last time t 0 t_0 t 0 at which they agreed. Hence we need the velocity tail of the common distribution at time t 0 t_0 t 0 and the next lemma shows that the exponential tail is preserved, up to a constant, by volume preservation and the uniform bound on the change of speed.
Lemma 8.7. Let μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 be as in Theorem 8.1 , A ∈ A T A\in\mathcal{A}_T A ∈ A T and t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] t_0\in[0,T] t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] . The law of the state at time t 0 t_0 t 0 , in the variables ( x , w ) (x,w) ( x , w ) , has a density ρ \rho ρ with
ρ ( x , w ) ≤ C 0 e α c T e − α ∣ w ∣ , ∥ ρ ∥ ∞ ≤ C 0 . \rho(x,w)\le C_0e^{\alpha c_T}e^{-\alpha|w|},\qquad\|\rho\|_\infty\le C_0. ρ ( x , w ) ≤ C 0 e α c T e − α ∣ w ∣ , ∥ ρ ∥ ∞ ≤ C 0 . Proof. By Lemma Lemma 4.5 , the map Ψ t 0 \Psi^{t_0} Ψ t 0 preserves d x d w dx\,dw d x d w , and w = v w=v w = v at time 0 0 0 ; hence ρ = f 0 ∘ ( Ψ t 0 ) − 1 \rho=f_0\circ(\Psi^{t_0})^{-1} ρ = f 0 ∘ ( Ψ t 0 ) − 1 on the image and 0 0 0 elsewhere. Since ∣ w ˙ ∣ = e A ∣ E 0 ∣ ≤ λ + ∣ E 0 ∣ |\dot w|=e^A|E_0|\le\lambda_+|E_0| ∣ w ˙ ∣ = e A ∣ E 0 ∣ ≤ λ + ∣ E 0 ∣ , the state ( x , w ) = Ψ t 0 ( x 0 , v ) (x,w)=\Psi^{t_0}(x_0,v) ( x , w ) = Ψ t 0 ( x 0 , v ) satisfies
∣ ∣ w ∣ − ∣ v ∣ ∣ ≤ λ + ∣ E 0 ∣ T = c T , \bigl||w|-|v|\bigr|\le\lambda_+|E_0|T=c_T, ∣ w ∣ − ∣ v ∣ ≤ λ + ∣ E 0 ∣ T = c T , so that
f 0 ( x 0 , v ) ≤ C 0 e − α ∣ v ∣ ≤ C 0 e α c T e − α ∣ w ∣ . f_0(x_0,v)\le C_0e^{-\alpha|v|}\le C_0e^{\alpha c_T}e^{-\alpha|w|}. f 0 ( x 0 , v ) ≤ C 0 e − α ∣ v ∣ ≤ C 0 e α c T e − α ∣ w ∣ .
Linearised dynamics
To compare the trajectories generated by two histories, we interpolate between them and differentiate the trajectory with respect to the interpolation parameter. Between contacts this derivative satisfies an inhomogeneous linear equation whose source is proportional to ∥ A 1 − A 0 ∥ ∞ \|A_1-A_0\|_\infty ∥ A 1 − A 0 ∥ ∞ . At a contact, however, both the reflected velocity and the contact time vary, producing a jump in the derivative. The purpose of this subsection is to compute this jump and to isolate its singular dependence on the angle of incidence. Ultimately, each contact will contribute at most one factor of order ( cos φ ) − 1 (\cos\varphi)^{-1} ( cos φ ) − 1 .
Throughout this subsection, let A 0 , A 1 ∈ A T A_0,A_1\in\mathcal{A}_T A 0 , A 1 ∈ A T coincide on [ 0 , t 0 ] [0,t_0] [ 0 , t 0 ] , and set
δ A : = A 1 − A 0 , A λ : = A 0 + λ δ A , λ ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] . \delta A:=A_1-A_0,\qquad A_\lambda:=A_0+\lambda\delta A,\qquad\lambda\in[0,1]. δ A := A 1 − A 0 , A λ := A 0 + λ δ A , λ ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] .
By convexity, A λ ∈ A T A_\lambda\in\mathcal{A}_T A λ ∈ A T . Let h ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] h\in(0,1] h ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] be such that
I : = [ t 0 , t 0 + h ] ⊂ [ 0 , T ] , E : = sup I ∣ δ A ∣ . I:=[t_0,t_0+h]\subset[0,T],\qquad\mathcal{E}:=\sup_I|\delta A|. I := [ t 0 , t 0 + h ] ⊂ [ 0 , T ] , E := I sup ∣ δ A ∣.
Differentiability with respect to λ \lambda λ can fail when a tangency is created or when a contact occurs exactly at the observation time t t t . We therefore first work on the open set on which the collision pattern is transversal and stable.
Definition 8.8 (good pairs). Fix t ∈ I t \in I t ∈ I . A pair ( λ , ζ ) ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] × ( D ˚ × R 2 ) (\lambda,\zeta) \in[0,1] \times(\mathring{D} \times\mathbb{R}^{2}) ( λ , ζ ) ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] × ( D ˚ × R 2 ) is good if the trajectory of ζ \zeta ζ under A λ A_\lambda A λ has finitely many contacts in ( t 0 , t ] (t_0,t] ( t 0 , t ] , all transversal, and none at time t t t .
At a transversal contact, the variation does not jump simply by the differential of the reflection map, one must also consider the variation of the contact time. The resulting operator is the following linear map. For ξ = ( ξ x , ξ w ) ∈ R 2 × R 2 \xi= (\xi_x,\xi_w) \in\mathbb{R}^{2} \times\mathbb{R}^{2} ξ = ( ξ x , ξ w ) ∈ R 2 × R 2 and an incoming state ( y , w − ) (y,w^{-}) ( y , w − ) , y ∈ ∂ Q y \in\partial Q y ∈ ∂ Q , at time τ \tau τ , set R : = R y R := R_y R := R y , n : = n ( y ) n := n(y) n := n ( y ) , t : = n ⊥ t := n^{\perp} t := n ⊥ , κ : = κ ( y ) \kappa:= \kappa(y) κ := κ ( y ) and
L ξ : = ( R ξ x , R ξ w + G ξ x − ⟨ n , ξ x ⟩ ⟨ n , w − ⟩ ( G w − + e 2 A ( τ ) ( R E 0 − E 0 ) ) ) , (41) L\xi:= \left(R\xi_x, R\xi_w + G\xi_x - \frac{\langle n,\xi_x\rangle}{\langle n,w^{-}\rangle}\left(Gw^{-} + e^{2A(\tau)}(RE_0-E_0)\right)\right), \tag*{(41)} L ξ := ( R ξ x , R ξ w + G ξ x − ⟨ n , w − ⟩ ⟨ n , ξ x ⟩ ( G w − + e 2 A ( τ ) ( R E 0 − E 0 ) ) ) , (41)
G ξ x : = − 2 κ ⟨ ξ x , t ⟩ ( ⟨ w − , t ⟩ n + ⟨ w − , n ⟩ t ) . G\xi_x := -2\kappa\langle\xi_x,t\rangle\left(\langle w^{-},t\rangle n+\langle w^{-},n\rangle t\right). G ξ x := − 2 κ ⟨ ξ x , t ⟩ ( ⟨ w − , t ⟩ n + ⟨ w − , n ⟩ t ) .
Lemma 8.9 (Variational equation). The set of good pairs is relatively open in [ 0 , 1 ] × ( D ˚ × R 2 ) [0,1] \times(\mathring{D} \times\mathbb{R}^{2}) [ 0 , 1 ] × ( D ˚ × R 2 ) , and on it the map ( λ , ζ ) ↦ ( X ~ t A λ ( ζ ) , W t A λ ( ζ ) ) (\lambda,\zeta) \mapsto(\widetilde{X}^{A_\lambda}_t(\zeta),W^{A_\lambda}_t(\zeta)) ( λ , ζ ) ↦ ( X t A λ ( ζ ) , W t A λ ( ζ )) is of class C 1 C^1 C 1 . Along the trajectory of a good pair, η ( s ) : = ∂ λ ( X ~ s A λ , W s A λ ) \eta(s) := \partial_\lambda(\widetilde{X}^{A_\lambda}_s,W^{A_\lambda}_s) η ( s ) := ∂ λ ( X s A λ , W s A λ ) , s ∈ [ t 0 , t ] s \in[t_0,t] s ∈ [ t 0 , t ] , satisfies η ( t 0 ) = 0 \eta(t_0)=0 η ( t 0 ) = 0 ,
η ˙ x = e − A λ η w − δ A e − A λ W , η ˙ w = δ A e A λ E 0 (42) \dot{\eta}_x=e^{-A_\lambda}\eta_w-\delta A e^{-A_\lambda}W,\qquad\dot{\eta}_w=\delta A e^{A_\lambda}E_0 \tag*{(42)} η ˙ x = e − A λ η w − δ A e − A λ W , η ˙ w = δ A e A λ E 0 (42) between contacts, and η ( τ + ) = L η ( τ − ) \eta(\tau^+)=L\eta(\tau^-) η ( τ + ) = L η ( τ − ) at each contact time τ \tau τ , with A = A λ A=A_\lambda A = A λ in (41) . The derivative in the direction δ ζ \delta\zeta δ ζ of the initial state satisfies the same equations without the terms containing δ A \delta A δ A , with initial value δ ζ \delta\zeta δ ζ .
Proof. The coefficients α A λ , β A λ , γ A λ \alpha_{A_\lambda},\beta_{A_\lambda},\gamma_{A_\lambda} α A λ , β A λ , γ A λ of the free flights depend smoothly on λ \lambda λ , because e ± A λ = e ± A 0 e ± λ δ A e^{\pm A_\lambda}=e^{\pm A_0}e^{\pm\lambda\delta A} e ± A λ = e ± A 0 e ± λ δ A ; hence F A λ s ′ , s F^{s',s}_{A_\lambda} F A λ s ′ , s is C 1 C^1 C 1 in ( λ , s , s ′ , x , w ) (\lambda,s,s',x,w) ( λ , s , s ′ , x , w ) , and ∂ λ F A λ s ′ , s ( x , w ) \partial_\lambda F^{s',s}_{A_\lambda}(x,w) ∂ λ F A λ s ′ , s ( x , w ) , as a function of s ′ s' s ′ , solves (42) with initial value 0 0 0 at s ′ = s s'=s s ′ = s . Openness and the C 1 C^1 C 1 property follow as in Lemmas 4.3 and 4.5, with λ \lambda λ as an additional parameter: near a good pair the map is a composition of free flights, extended reflections R ~ ( x , w ) = ( x , R π ( x ) w ) \widetilde{R}(x,w)=(x,R_{\pi(x)}w) R ( x , w ) = ( x , R π ( x ) w ) and contact times, which are C 1 C^1 C 1 in ( λ , ζ ) (\lambda,\zeta) ( λ , ζ ) by the implicit function theorem.
Consider one contact, at time τ = τ ( λ , ζ ) \tau=\tau(\lambda,\zeta) τ = τ ( λ , ζ ) , and write as in the proof of Lemma 4.5, Ψ ( λ , ζ ) = G λ ( τ ( λ , ζ ) , ζ ) \Psi(\lambda,\zeta)=G_\lambda(\tau(\lambda,\zeta),\zeta) Ψ ( λ , ζ ) = G λ ( τ ( λ , ζ ) , ζ ) with G λ ( σ , ζ ) : = F A λ t , σ ∘ R ~ ∘ F A λ σ , t 0 ( ζ ) G_\lambda(\sigma,\zeta):=F^{t,\sigma}_{A_\lambda}\circ\widetilde{R}\circ F^{\sigma,t_0}_{A_\lambda}(\zeta) G λ ( σ , ζ ) := F A λ t , σ ∘ R ∘ F A λ σ , t 0 ( ζ ) . Let p = ( y , w − ) p=(y,w^-) p = ( y , w − ) be the incoming state and X τ ( x , w ) = ( e − A λ ( τ ) w , e A λ ( τ ) E 0 ) X_\tau(x,w)=(e^{-A_\lambda(\tau)}w,e^{A_\lambda(\tau)}E_0) X τ ( x , w ) = ( e − A λ ( τ ) w , e A λ ( τ ) E 0 ) . Then
∂ λ Ψ = D F A λ t , τ [ D R ~ ( p ) ∂ λ F A λ τ , t 0 ( ζ ) + ( D R ~ ( p ) X τ ( p ) − X τ ( R ~ p ) ) ∂ λ τ ] + ( ∂ λ F A λ t , τ ) ( R ~ p ) , \partial_\lambda\Psi=DF^{t,\tau}_{A_\lambda}\left[D\widetilde{R}(p)\partial_\lambda F^{\tau,t_0}_{A_\lambda}(\zeta)+\left(D\widetilde{R}(p)X_\tau(p)-X_\tau(\widetilde{R}p)\right)\partial_\lambda\tau\right]+\left(\partial_\lambda F^{t,\tau}_{A_\lambda}\right)(\widetilde{R}p), ∂ λ Ψ = D F A λ t , τ [ D R ( p ) ∂ λ F A λ τ , t 0 ( ζ ) + ( D R ( p ) X τ ( p ) − X τ ( R p ) ) ∂ λ τ ] + ( ∂ λ F A λ t , τ ) ( R p ) ,
∂ λ τ = − ⟨ n , π x ∂ λ F A λ τ , t 0 ( ζ ) ⟩ e − A λ ( τ ) ⟨ n , w − ⟩ . \partial_\lambda\tau=-\frac{\langle n,\pi_x\partial_\lambda F^{\tau,t_0}_{A_\lambda}(\zeta)\rangle}{e^{-A_\lambda(\tau)}\langle n,w^-\rangle}. ∂ λ τ = − e − A λ ( τ ) ⟨ n , w − ⟩ ⟨ n , π x ∂ λ F A λ τ , t 0 ( ζ )⟩ .
Hence the bracket is L ′ ξ L'\xi L ′ ξ with ξ : = ∂ λ F A λ τ , t 0 ( ζ ) \xi:=\partial_\lambda F^{\tau,t_0}_{A_\lambda}(\zeta) ξ := ∂ λ F A λ τ , t 0 ( ζ ) and
L ′ : = D R ~ ( p ) − ( D R ~ ( p ) X τ ( p ) − X τ ( R ~ p ) ) ⊗ ⟨ n , π x ⋅ ⟩ e − A λ ( τ ) ⟨ n , w − ⟩ . (43) L':=D\widetilde{R}(p)-\left(D\widetilde{R}(p)X_\tau(p)-X_\tau(\widetilde{R}p)\right)\otimes\frac{\langle n,\pi_x\cdot\rangle}{e^{-A_\lambda(\tau)}\langle n,w^-\rangle}. \tag*{(43)} L ′ := D R ( p ) − ( D R ( p ) X τ ( p ) − X τ ( R p ) ) ⊗ e − A λ ( τ ) ⟨ n , w − ⟩ ⟨ n , π x ⋅ ⟩ . (43)
We have D R ~ ( p ) ( ξ x , ξ w ) = ( ξ x , R ξ w + G ξ x ) D\widetilde{R}(p)(\xi_x,\xi_w)=(\xi_x,R\xi_w+G\xi_x) D R ( p ) ( ξ x , ξ w ) = ( ξ x , R ξ w + G ξ x ) , where
G ξ x = D y ( R π ( y ) w − ) [ ξ x ] = − 2 ⟨ w − , D ν ξ x ⟩ n − 2 ⟨ w − , n ⟩ D ν ξ x G\xi_x=D_y(R_{\pi(y)}w^-)[\xi_x]=-2\langle w^-,D\nu\,\xi_x\rangle n-2\langle w^-,n\rangle D\nu\,\xi_x G ξ x = D y ( R π ( y ) w − ) [ ξ x ] = − 2 ⟨ w − , D ν ξ x ⟩ n − 2 ⟨ w − , n ⟩ D ν ξ x
and ν = n ∘ π \nu=n\circ\pi ν = n ∘ π has derivative D ν ξ x = κ ⟨ ξ x , t ⟩ t D\nu\,\xi_x=\kappa\langle\xi_x,t\rangle t D ν ξ x = κ ⟨ ξ x , t ⟩ t at y y y ; this is the G G G of (41) . Moreover,
D R ~ ( p ) X τ ( p ) − X τ ( R ~ p ) = ( e − A λ ( w − − w + ) , e − A λ G w − + e A λ ( R E 0 − E 0 ) ) D\widetilde{R}(p)X_\tau(p)-X_\tau(\widetilde{R}p)=\left(e^{-A_\lambda}(w^- - w^+),e^{-A_\lambda}Gw^-+e^{A_\lambda}(RE_0-E_0)\right) D R ( p ) X τ ( p ) − X τ ( R p ) = ( e − A λ ( w − − w + ) , e − A λ G w − + e A λ ( R E 0 − E 0 ) )
and w − − w + = 2 ⟨ w − , n ⟩ n w^- - w^+=2\langle w^-,n\rangle n w − − w + = 2 ⟨ w − , n ⟩ n . Substituting gives L ′ = L L'=L L ′ = L : the x x x -component is ξ x − 2 ⟨ n , ξ x ⟩ n = R ξ x \xi_x-2\langle n,\xi_x\rangle n=R\xi_x ξ x − 2 ⟨ n , ξ x ⟩ n = R ξ x , and the w w w -component is the one in (41) . Iterating over the contacts gives the claim. For derivatives in ζ \zeta ζ the same computation applies with ∂ λ F \partial_\lambda F ∂ λ F replaced by D F DF D F , which has no source term. ∎
The jump in the frame of the velocity
The coordinate-free formula (41) is convenient for deriving the linearised collision map, but it does not display its geometric structure. We now express the variation in the frame determined by the velocity. Below, J J J and Z Z Z are respectively the transverse and longitudinal components of the positional variation, while K K K and Y Y Y are the corresponding velocity variations, normalised by the speed. The ratio B = K / J B=K/J B = K / J is the curvature of the associated infinitesimal wave front.
Given a unit vector u u u and ρ > 0 \rho>0 ρ > 0 , the components of ξ = ( ξ x , ξ w ) \xi=(\xi_x,\xi_w) ξ = ( ξ x , ξ w ) are
J : = ⟨ ξ x , u ⊥ ⟩ , Z : = ⟨ ξ x , u ⟩ , K : = ⟨ ξ w , u ⊥ ⟩ ρ , Y : = ⟨ ξ w , u ⟩ ρ . (44) J:=\langle\xi_x,u^\perp\rangle,\qquad Z:=\langle\xi_x,u\rangle,\qquad K:=\frac{\langle\xi_w,u^\perp\rangle}{\rho},\qquad Y:=\frac{\langle\xi_w,u\rangle}{\rho}. \tag*{(44)} J := ⟨ ξ x , u ⊥ ⟩ , Z := ⟨ ξ x , u ⟩ , K := ρ ⟨ ξ w , u ⊥ ⟩ , Y := ρ ⟨ ξ w , u ⟩ . (44)
At a contact with incoming state ( y , w − ) (y,w^-) ( y , w − ) and outgoing velocity w + = R y w − w^+=R_yw^- w + = R y w − let ρ : = ∣ w ± ∣ \rho:=|w^\pm| ρ := ∣ w ± ∣ , u ± : = w ± / ρ u^\pm:=w^\pm/\rho u ± := w ± / ρ , and let φ ∈ ( − π 2 , π 2 ) \varphi\in\left(-\frac{\pi}{2},\frac{\pi}{2}\right) φ ∈ ( − 2 π , 2 π ) be the angle of incidence, defined by
u − = − cos φ n + sin φ t , u + = cos φ n + sin φ t , (45) u^-=-\cos\varphi\,n+\sin\varphi\,t,\qquad u^+=\cos\varphi\,n+\sin\varphi\,t, \tag*{(45)} u − = − cos φ n + sin φ t , u + = cos φ n + sin φ t , (45)
so that cos φ = ∣ ⟨ w − , n ⟩ ∣ / ρ \cos\varphi=|\langle w^-,n\rangle|/\rho cos φ = ∣ ⟨ w − , n ⟩ ∣/ ρ .
Lemma 8.10. Let ( J , Z , K , Y ) − (J,Z,K,Y)^- ( J , Z , K , Y ) − be the components of ξ \xi ξ with respect to ( u − , ρ ) (u^-,\rho) ( u − , ρ ) and ( J , Z , K , Y ) + (J,Z,K,Y)^+ ( J , Z , K , Y ) + those of L ξ L\xi L ξ with respect to ( u + , ρ ) (u^+,\rho) ( u + , ρ ) . Then, with e n : = e 2 A ( τ ) ⟨ E 0 , n ⟩ / ρ 2 e_n:=e^{2A(\tau)}\langle E_0,n\rangle/\rho^2 e n := e 2 A ( τ ) ⟨ E 0 , n ⟩ / ρ 2 ,
J + = − J − , Z + = Z − , J^+=-J^-,\qquad Z^+=Z^-, J + = − J − , Z + = Z − , K + = − K − − 2 κ cos φ J − − 2 e n ( J − sin φ + Z − cos φ ) tan φ , K^+=-K^--\frac{2\kappa}{\cos\varphi}J^--2e_n(J^-\sin\varphi+Z^-\cos\varphi)\tan\varphi, K + = − K − − cos φ 2 κ J − − 2 e n ( J − sin φ + Z − cos φ ) tan φ , Y + = Y − + 2 e n ( J − sin φ + Z − cos φ ) . Y^+=Y^-+2e_n(J^-\sin\varphi+Z^-\cos\varphi). Y + = Y − + 2 e n ( J − sin φ + Z − cos φ ) . Consequently, if J − ≠ 0 J^-\ne0 J − = 0 , the ratio B : = K / J B:=K/J B := K / J satisfies
B + = B − + 2 κ + 2 e n sin 2 φ cos φ + 2 e n sin φ Z − J − . (46) B^+=B^-+\frac{2\kappa+2e_n\sin^2\varphi}{\cos\varphi}+2e_n\sin\varphi\frac{Z^-}{J^-}. \tag*{(46)} B + = B − + cos φ 2 κ + 2 e n sin 2 φ + 2 e n sin φ J − Z − . (46)
Proof. Rotation by π / 2 \pi/2 π /2 anticommutes with reflections, so R ( u ⊥ ) = − ( R u ) ⊥ R(u^\perp)=-(Ru)^\perp R ( u ⊥ ) = − ( R u ) ⊥ ; with u + = R u − u^+=Ru^- u + = R u − this gives
J + = ⟨ R ξ x , ( u + ) ⊥ ⟩ = − ⟨ ξ x , ( u − ) ⊥ ⟩ = − J − J^+=\langle R\xi_x,(u^+)^\perp\rangle=-\langle\xi_x,(u^-)^\perp\rangle=-J^- J + = ⟨ R ξ x , ( u + ) ⊥ ⟩ = − ⟨ ξ x , ( u − ) ⊥ ⟩ = − J −
and Z + = Z − Z^+=Z^- Z + = Z − . The term R ξ w R\xi_w R ξ w contributes − K − -K^- − K − to K + K^+ K + and Y − Y^- Y − to Y + Y^+ Y + . From (45) , using n ⊥ = t n^\perp=t n ⊥ = t and t ⊥ = − n t^\perp=-n t ⊥ = − n ,
( u − ) ⊥ = − cos φ t − sin φ n , ( u + ) ⊥ = cos φ t − sin φ n , (u^-)^\perp=-\cos\varphi\,t-\sin\varphi\,n,\qquad(u^+)^\perp=\cos\varphi\,t-\sin\varphi\,n, ( u − ) ⊥ = − cos φ t − sin φ n , ( u + ) ⊥ = cos φ t − sin φ n ,
⟨ w − , n ⟩ = − ρ cos φ , ⟨ w − , t ⟩ = ρ sin φ . \langle w^-,n\rangle=-\rho\cos\varphi,\qquad\langle w^-,t\rangle=\rho\sin\varphi. ⟨ w − , n ⟩ = − ρ cos φ , ⟨ w − , t ⟩ = ρ sin φ .
Hence G ξ x = − 2 κ ρ ⟨ ξ x , t ⟩ ( sin φ n − cos φ t ) = 2 κ ρ ⟨ ξ x , t ⟩ ( u + ) ⊥ G\xi_x=-2\kappa\rho\langle\xi_x,t\rangle(\sin\varphi\,n-\cos\varphi\,t)=2\kappa\rho\langle\xi_x,t\rangle(u^+)^\perp G ξ x = − 2 κ ρ ⟨ ξ x , t ⟩ ( sin φ n − cos φ t ) = 2 κ ρ ⟨ ξ x , t ⟩ ( u + ) ⊥ , and G w − = 2 κ ρ 2 sin φ ( u + ) ⊥ Gw^-=2\kappa\rho^2\sin\varphi\,(u^+)^\perp G w − = 2 κ ρ 2 sin φ ( u + ) ⊥ . Therefore
G ξ x − ⟨ n , ξ x ⟩ ⟨ n , w − ⟩ G w − = 2 κ ρ cos φ ⟨ ξ x , cos φ t + sin φ n ⟩ ( u + ) ⊥ = − 2 κ ρ cos φ J − ( u + ) ⊥ . G\xi_x-\frac{\langle n,\xi_x\rangle}{\langle n,w^-\rangle}Gw^-=\frac{2\kappa\rho}{\cos\varphi}\langle\xi_x,\cos\varphi\,t+\sin\varphi\,n\rangle(u^+)^\perp=-\frac{2\kappa\rho}{\cos\varphi}J^-(u^+)^\perp. G ξ x − ⟨ n , w − ⟩ ⟨ n , ξ x ⟩ G w − = cos φ 2 κ ρ ⟨ ξ x , cos φ t + sin φ n ⟩ ( u + ) ⊥ = − cos φ 2 κ ρ J − ( u + ) ⊥ .
Next, R E 0 − E 0 = − 2 ⟨ E 0 , n ⟩ n RE_0-E_0=-2\langle E_0,n\rangle n R E 0 − E 0 = − 2 ⟨ E 0 , n ⟩ n and ⟨ n , ξ x ⟩ = − J − sin φ − Z − cos φ \langle n,\xi_x\rangle=-J^-\sin\varphi-Z^-\cos\varphi ⟨ n , ξ x ⟩ = − J − sin φ − Z − cos φ , so the field term of (41) equals
2 e 2 A ⟨ E 0 , n ⟩ ρ cos φ ( J − sin φ + Z − cos φ ) n . \frac{2e^{2A}\langle E_0,n\rangle}{\rho\cos\varphi}(J^-\sin\varphi+Z^-\cos\varphi)n. ρ cos φ 2 e 2 A ⟨ E 0 , n ⟩ ( J − sin φ + Z − cos φ ) n .
Projecting on ( u + ) ⊥ (u^+)^\perp ( u + ) ⊥ and u + u^+ u + , with ⟨ n , ( u + ) ⊥ ⟩ = − sin φ \langle n,(u^+)^\perp\rangle=-\sin\varphi ⟨ n , ( u + ) ⊥ ⟩ = − sin φ and ⟨ n , u + ⟩ = cos φ \langle n,u^+\rangle=\cos\varphi ⟨ n , u + ⟩ = cos φ , and dividing by ρ \rho ρ gives the formulas for K + K^+ K + and Y + Y^+ Y + . Finally B + = K + / J + = − K + / J − B^+=K^+/J^+=-K^+/J^- B + = K + / J + = − K + / J − . □
By the previous Lemma the only singularity created by a transversal contact is the grazing factor ( cos φ ) − 1 (\cos\varphi)^{-1} ( cos φ ) − 1 . For high velocities the additional field terms are small, since e n = O ( ρ − 2 ) e_n=O(\rho^{-2}) e n = O ( ρ − 2 ) . The exact formula for B B B will be used in the cone argument of § 8.3 , while the operator estimate below will be used to compare two histories.
For E 0 = 0 E_0=0 E 0 = 0 , (46) is the classical relation B + = B − + 2 κ / cos φ B^+=B^-+2\kappa/\cos\varphi B + = B − + 2 κ / cos φ between the curvatures of the incoming and outgoing wave fronts.
Norm bounds
For the comparison argument we do not need the full collision formula but only an upper bound on the growth of the variation. We normalise the velocity component by the initial speed ρ 0 \rho_0 ρ 0 so that free flights produce an exponential factor in ρ 0 h \rho_0h ρ 0 h , while each contact produces only a fixed constant and the grazing factor ( cos φ ) − 1 (\cos\varphi)^{-1} ( cos φ ) − 1 .
For a fast state ζ \zeta ζ , ∣ w ∣ = ρ 0 ≥ W 0 |w|=\rho_0\ge W_0 ∣ w ∣ = ρ 0 ≥ W 0 , we use the norm ∥ ξ ∥ : = ∣ ξ x ∣ + ∣ ξ w ∣ / ρ 0 \|\xi\|:=|\xi_x|+|\xi_w|/\rho_0 ∥ ξ ∥ := ∣ ξ x ∣ + ∣ ξ w ∣/ ρ 0 , and set
C L : = 1 + 3 κ max + 3 E ∗ . C_L:=1+3\kappa_{\max}+3E_*. C L := 1 + 3 κ m a x + 3 E ∗ .
Lemma 8.11. Let W 0 ≥ W g e o W_0\ge W_{\mathrm{geo}} W 0 ≥ W geo , ζ \zeta ζ fast and λ ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] \lambda\in[0,1] λ ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] . Along the trajectory, on [ t 0 , t 0 + 1 ] [t_0,t_0+1] [ t 0 , t 0 + 1 ] :
(a) if ξ \xi ξ solves the homogeneous equation ξ ˙ x = e − A λ ξ w \dot{\xi}_x=e^{-A\lambda}\xi_w ξ ˙ x = e − A λ ξ w , ξ ˙ w = 0 \dot{\xi}_w=0 ξ ˙ w = 0 on [ s , s ′ ] [s,s'] [ s , s ′ ] , then ∥ ξ ( s ′ ) ∥ ≤ e λ + ρ 0 ( s ′ − s ) ∥ ξ ( s ) ∥ \|\xi(s')\|\le e^{\lambda_+\rho_0(s'-s)}\|\xi(s)\| ∥ ξ ( s ′ ) ∥ ≤ e λ + ρ 0 ( s ′ − s ) ∥ ξ ( s ) ∥ ;
(b) at a transversal contact with angle φ \varphi φ , ∥ L ξ ∥ ≤ C L ∥ ξ ∥ / cos φ \|L\xi\|\le C_L\|\xi\|/\cos\varphi ∥ L ξ ∥ ≤ C L ∥ ξ ∥/ cos φ ;
(c) the source term S : = ( − δ A e − A λ W , δ A e A λ E 0 ) S:=(-\delta A e^{-A\lambda}W,\delta A e^{A\lambda}E_0) S := ( − δ A e − A λ W , δ A e A λ E 0 ) in (42) satisfies ∥ S ( s ) ∥ ≤ 3 λ + ρ 0 ε \|S(s)\|\le3\lambda_+\rho_0\varepsilon ∥ S ( s ) ∥ ≤ 3 λ + ρ 0 ε for s ∈ I s\in I s ∈ I , if W 0 ≥ ∣ E 0 ∣ W_0\ge|E_0| W 0 ≥ ∣ E 0 ∣ .
Proof. (a) The claim follows directly from
d d s ∣ ξ x ∣ ≤ λ + ∣ ξ w ∣ = λ + ρ 0 ∣ ξ w ∣ ρ 0 . \frac{d}{ds}|\xi_x|\le\lambda_+|\xi_w|=\lambda_+\frac{\rho_0|\xi_w|}{\rho_0}. d s d ∣ ξ x ∣ ≤ λ + ∣ ξ w ∣ = λ + ρ 0 ρ 0 ∣ ξ w ∣ .
and the fact that ∣ ξ w ∣ |\xi_w| ∣ ξ w ∣ is constant.
(b) By Lemma 8.10 and its proof, L ξ = ( R ξ x , R ξ w + q ) L\xi=(R\xi_x,R\xi_w+q) L ξ = ( R ξ x , R ξ w + q ) with
∣ q ∣ ≤ 2 κ ρ cos φ ∣ J ∣ + 2 E ∗ ρ cos φ ∣ ⟨ n , ξ x ⟩ ∣ ≤ ( 2 κ max ρ + 2 E ∗ ρ ) ∣ ξ x ∣ cos φ . |q|\le\frac{2\kappa\rho}{\cos\varphi}|J|+\frac{2E_*}{\rho\cos\varphi}|\langle n,\xi_x\rangle|\le\left(2\kappa_{\max}\rho+\frac{2E_*}{\rho}\right)\frac{|\xi_x|}{\cos\varphi}. ∣ q ∣ ≤ cos φ 2 κ ρ ∣ J ∣ + ρ cos φ 2 E ∗ ∣ ⟨ n , ξ x ⟩ ∣ ≤ ( 2 κ m a x ρ + ρ 2 E ∗ ) cos φ ∣ ξ x ∣ .
By Proposition 8.6 (a), 3 4 ρ 0 ≤ ρ ≤ 5 4 ρ 0 \frac{3}{4}\rho_0\le\rho\le\frac{5}{4}\rho_0 4 3 ρ 0 ≤ ρ ≤ 4 5 ρ 0 , so, recalling that ρ 0 ≥ 1 \rho_0\ge1 ρ 0 ≥ 1
∣ q ∣ / ρ 0 ≤ ( 3 κ max + 3 E ∗ ) ∣ ξ x ∣ / cos φ |q|/\rho_0\le(3\kappa_{\max}+3E_*)|\xi_x|/\cos\varphi ∣ q ∣/ ρ 0 ≤ ( 3 κ m a x + 3 E ∗ ) ∣ ξ x ∣/ cos φ
and
∥ L ξ ∥ ≤ ∥ ξ ∥ + ∣ q ∣ / ρ 0 ≤ C L ∥ ξ ∥ / cos φ . \|L\xi\|\le\|\xi\|+|q|/\rho_0\le C_L\|\xi\|/\cos\varphi. ∥ L ξ ∥ ≤ ∥ ξ ∥ + ∣ q ∣/ ρ 0 ≤ C L ∥ ξ ∥/ cos φ .
(c) On the one hand,
∣ δ A e − A λ W ∣ ≤ ε λ + + 5 4 ρ 0 . |\delta A e^{-A\lambda}W|\le\varepsilon\lambda_++\frac{5}{4}\rho_0. ∣ δ A e − A λ W ∣ ≤ ε λ + + 4 5 ρ 0 .
On the other hand, since ρ 0 ≥ W 0 ≥ max ( 1 , ∣ E 0 ∣ ) \rho_0\ge W_0\ge\max(1,|E_0|) ρ 0 ≥ W 0 ≥ max ( 1 , ∣ E 0 ∣ ) ,
∣ δ A e A λ E 0 ∣ ρ 0 ≤ ε λ + . \frac{|\delta A e^{A\lambda}E_0|}{\rho_0}\le\varepsilon\lambda_+. ρ 0 ∣ δ A e A λ E 0 ∣ ≤ ε λ + .
Consequently,
∥ S ( s ) ∥ ≤ 5 4 λ + ρ 0 ε + λ + ε ≤ 9 4 λ + ρ 0 ε ≤ 3 λ + ρ 0 ε . \|S(s)\|\le\frac{5}{4}\lambda_+\rho_0\varepsilon+\lambda_+\varepsilon\le\frac{9}{4}\lambda_+\rho_0\varepsilon\le3\lambda_+\rho_0\varepsilon. ∥ S ( s ) ∥ ≤ 4 5 λ + ρ 0 ε + λ + ε ≤ 4 9 λ + ρ 0 ε ≤ 3 λ + ρ 0 ε .
The product lemma
The derivative estimate of the preceding subsection contains one factor ( cos φ k ) − 1 (\cos\varphi_k)^{-1} ( cos φ k ) − 1 for each contact that cannot be controlled pointwise, since a trajectory may come arbitrarily close to grazing. The purpose of this subsection is to show, in the next Proposition, that their product is nevertheless integrable with respect to the initial state, with a loss which is only exponential in the number of contacts.
The proof is based on one-dimensional families of trajectories, which we call fronts , transverse to the initial velocity. Along each smooth piece of a front, the product of the grazing factors is controlled by the transverse expansion of the front. The last expansion factor is then integrated by changing variables from the initial parameter to the contact point. Tangencies divide a front into several smooth pieces, and the main remaining task is to show that the number of pieces grows at most exponentially with the number of contacts.
Proposition 8.12 (Product lemma). Assume (FH). There are W p r o d ≥ W g e o W_{\mathrm{prod}} \ge W_{\mathrm{geo}} W prod ≥ W geo and C P , Λ P ≥ 1 C_P,\Lambda_P \ge1 C P , Λ P ≥ 1 , depending only on D \mathcal{D} D , such that for every A ∈ A T A \in\mathcal{A}_T A ∈ A T , t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] t_0 \in[0,T] t 0 ∈ [ 0 , T ] , V ≥ W p r o d V \ge W_{\mathrm{prod}} V ≥ W prod and every integer M M M with 1 ≤ M ≤ M V : = ⌊ λ − V 2 ℓ H ⌋ 1 \le M \le M_V := \left\lfloor\frac{\lambda^{-V}}{2\ell_H} \right\rfloor 1 ≤ M ≤ M V := ⌊ 2 ℓ H λ − V ⌋ ,
∫ { ( x , w ) : x ∈ D , V ≤ ∣ w ∣ ≤ V + 1 } ∏ k = 1 M 1 cos φ k ( ζ ) d ζ ≤ C P ( 1 + V ) Λ P , \int_{\{(x,w):\,x\in D,\ V\le|w|\le V+1\}} \prod_{k=1}^{M}\frac{1}{\cos\varphi_k(\zeta)}\,d\zeta\le C_P(1+V)^{\Lambda_P}, ∫ {( x , w ) : x ∈ D , V ≤ ∣ w ∣ ≤ V + 1 } k = 1 ∏ M cos φ k ( ζ ) 1 d ζ ≤ C P ( 1 + V ) Λ P , where φ k ( ζ ) \varphi_k(\zeta) φ k ( ζ ) is the angle of the k k k -th contact of the trajectory issued from ζ \zeta ζ at time t 0 t_0 t 0 . For almost every ζ \zeta ζ in the domain, the first M M M contacts are transversal and occur before time t 0 + 2 3 t_0+\frac{2}{3} t 0 + 3 2 .
By Proposition 8.6 , the path length up to the M M M -th contact is at most M ℓ H M\ell_H M ℓ H . Since
M ℓ H ≤ λ − V 2 , ∣ X ˙ ∣ ≥ 3 4 λ − V , M\ell_H \le\frac{\lambda^{-V}}{2}, \qquad|\dot{X}| \ge\frac{3}{4}\lambda^{-V}, M ℓ H ≤ 2 λ − V , ∣ X ˙ ∣ ≥ 4 3 λ − V ,
the M M M -th contact occurs no later than
t 0 + M ℓ H ( 3 / 4 ) λ − V ≤ t 0 + 2 3 . t_0+\frac{M\ell_H}{(3/4)\lambda^{-V}} \le t_0+\frac{2}{3}. t 0 + ( 3/4 ) λ − V M ℓ H ≤ t 0 + 3 2 .
Moreover, Lemma 8.20 , followed by Fubini’s theorem in the variables ( ρ 0 , θ , a ) (\rho_0,\theta,a) ( ρ 0 , θ , a ) , shows that the first M M M contacts are transversal for almost every initial state.
For E 0 = 0 E_0=0 E 0 = 0 the proof is based on the estimate for the billiard map, with Λ P \Lambda_P Λ P given in terms of d min d_{\min} d m i n , κ min \kappa_{\min} κ m i n and the number of obstacles visible from a given one.
8.3.1. Set-up. Fix A A A , t 0 t_0 t 0 , V ≥ W p r o d V \ge W_{\mathrm{prod}} V ≥ W prod and M ≤ M V M \le M_V M ≤ M V . We use the time s : = ∫ t 0 t e − A s:=\int_{t_0}^{t}e^{-A} s := ∫ t 0 t e − A , in which, between contacts,
x ′ = w , w ′ = E ( s ) : = e 2 A ( t ( s ) ) E 0 , ∣ E ∣ ≤ E ∗ ; x'=w,\qquad w'=E(s):=e^{2A(t(s))}E_0,\qquad|E|\le E_*; x ′ = w , w ′ = E ( s ) := e 2 A ( t ( s )) E 0 , ∣ E ∣ ≤ E ∗ ;
E E E is continuous, and the contacts, their angles and the reflection law are the same as in the time t t t . We write ρ : = ∣ w ∣ \rho:=|w| ρ := ∣ w ∣ , u : = w / ρ u:=w/\rho u := w / ρ , ℓ \ell ℓ for the path length (d ℓ = ρ d s d\ell=\rho\,ds d ℓ = ρ d s ), and
ε : = 2 E ∗ V 2 , e ⊥ : = ⟨ E , u ⊥ ⟩ ρ 2 , e ∥ : = ⟨ E , u ⟩ ρ 2 . \varepsilon:=\frac{2E_*}{V^2},\qquad e_\perp:=\frac{\langle E,u^\perp\rangle}{\rho^2},\qquad e_\parallel:=\frac{\langle E,u\rangle}{\rho^2}. ε := V 2 2 E ∗ , e ⊥ := ρ 2 ⟨ E , u ⊥ ⟩ , e ∥ := ρ 2 ⟨ E , u ⟩ .
By Proposition 8.6 (a), 3 4 V ≤ ρ ≤ 5 4 ( V + 1 ) ≤ 2 V \frac{3}{4}V\le\rho\le\frac{5}{4}(V+1)\le2V 4 3 V ≤ ρ ≤ 4 5 ( V + 1 ) ≤ 2 V before time t 0 + 2 t_0+2 t 0 + 2 , so ∣ e ⊥ ∣ , ∣ e ∥ ∣ ≤ ε |e_\perp|,|e_\parallel|\le\varepsilon ∣ e ⊥ ∣ , ∣ e ∥ ∣ ≤ ε , the coefficient e n e_n e n of Lemma 8.10 satisfies ∣ e n ∣ ≤ ε |e_n|\le\varepsilon ∣ e n ∣ ≤ ε , E ∗ / ρ 2 ≤ ε E_*/\rho^2\le\varepsilon E ∗ / ρ 2 ≤ ε , and the curvature of the flights is at most ε \varepsilon ε . Every smallness condition on ε \varepsilon ε below is a condition V ≥ W p r o d V\ge W_{\mathrm{prod}} V ≥ W prod .
We disintegrate the shell { V ≤ ∣ w ∣ ≤ V + 1 } \{V\le|w|\le V+1\} { V ≤ ∣ w ∣ ≤ V + 1 } into one-dimensional families of initial states obtained by varying the initial position in the direction transverse to the velocity.
Initial fronts. Fix
ρ 0 ∈ [ V , V + 1 ] , θ ∈ [ 0 , 2 π ) , a ∈ R , \rho_0\in[V,V+1],\qquad\theta\in[0,2\pi),\qquad a\in\mathbb{R}, ρ 0 ∈ [ V , V + 1 ] , θ ∈ [ 0 , 2 π ) , a ∈ R ,
and set
x p : = a e θ + p e θ ⊥ , w 0 : = ρ 0 e θ , ζ p : = ( x p , w 0 ) . x_p:=ae_\theta+pe_\theta^\perp,\qquad w_0:=\rho_0e_\theta,\qquad\zeta_p:=(x_p,w_0). x p := a e θ + p e θ ⊥ , w 0 := ρ 0 e θ , ζ p := ( x p , w 0 ) .
We represent the position in a fixed unit-square fundamental domain of T 2 \mathbb{T}^2 T 2 . The set of parameters p p p for which x p ∈ D ˚ x_p\in\mathring{D} x p ∈ D ˚ is a union of finitely many open intervals. Each such interval is called an initial front and is denoted by I 0 I_0 I 0 . There is a geometric constant N Σ N_\Sigma N Σ such that their number is at most N Σ N_\Sigma N Σ : one may take N Σ − 1 N_\Sigma-1 N Σ − 1 to be the maximal number of obstacles of the cover intersected by a segment of length 2 \sqrt{2} 2 .
These coordinates satisfy
d x d w = ρ 0 d ρ 0 d θ d a d p . dx\,dw=\rho_0\,d\rho_0\,d\theta\,da\,dp. d x d w = ρ 0 d ρ 0 d θ d a d p .
For p ∈ I 0 p\in I_0 p ∈ I 0 , we denote the data of the k k k -th contact by
s k ( p ) , y k ( p ) , Q k ( p ) , φ k ( p ) , ρ k ( p ) , u k ± ( p ) , s_k(p),\qquad y_k(p),\qquad Q_k(p),\qquad\varphi_k(p),\qquad\rho_k(p),\qquad u_k^\pm(p), s k ( p ) , y k ( p ) , Q k ( p ) , φ k ( p ) , ρ k ( p ) , u k ± ( p ) ,
corresponding respectively to its time, contact point, obstacle, angle, speed, and incoming and outgoing directions. Whenever the obstacle Q k Q_k Q k is fixed, we denote by r k ( p ) r_k(p) r k ( p ) a continuous lift to R \mathbb{R} R of the arclength coordinate of y k ( p ) ∈ ∂ Q k y_k(p) \in\partial Q_k y k ( p ) ∈ ∂ Q k .
Smooth pieces. Tangencies are precisely the parameters at which the collision pattern may change. For 1 ≤ k ≤ M 1 \le k \le M 1 ≤ k ≤ M , a piece of level k k k is therefore a connected component of the open set
{ p ∈ I 0 : the first k contacts of ζ p are transversal } . \{p \in I_0 : \text{the first } k \text{ contacts of } \zeta_p \text{ are transversal}\}. { p ∈ I 0 : the first k contacts of ζ p are transversal } .
We regard I 0 I_0 I 0 itself as the unique piece of level 0. On every piece of level k k k , the obstacles Q 1 , … , Q k Q_1,\ldots,Q_k Q 1 , … , Q k are fixed and all the contact data above depend in a C 1 C^1 C 1 way on p p p , by Lemma 8.9 . Moreover, every piece of level k + 1 k+1 k + 1 is contained in a piece of level k k k . Thus every parameter whose first M M M contacts are transversal determines a nested sequence
I 0 = P 0 ( p ) ⊃ P 1 ( p ) ⊃ ⋯ ⊃ P M ( p ) , I_0 = P_0(p) \supset P_1(p) \supset\cdots\supset P_M(p), I 0 = P 0 ( p ) ⊃ P 1 ( p ) ⊃ ⋯ ⊃ P M ( p ) ,
where P k ( p ) P_k(p) P k ( p ) is the piece of level k k k containing p p p .
Variation along a front. Varying p p p moves the initial position at unit speed in the direction e θ ⊥ e_\theta^\perp e θ ⊥ , while leaving the initial velocity fixed. Accordingly, let ξ ( s ; p ) = ( ξ x ( s ; p ) , ξ w ( s ; p ) ) \xi(s;p) = (\xi_x(s;p),\xi_w(s;p)) ξ ( s ; p ) = ( ξ x ( s ; p ) , ξ w ( s ; p )) be the solution of the homogeneous variational equation along the trajectory of ζ p \zeta_p ζ p , with ξ ( 0 ; p ) = ( e θ ⊥ , 0 ) \xi(0;p) = (e_\theta^\perp,0) ξ ( 0 ; p ) = ( e θ ⊥ , 0 ) . Thus
ξ x ′ = ξ w , ξ w ′ = 0 \xi'_x=\xi_w,\qquad\xi'_w=0 ξ x ′ = ξ w , ξ w ′ = 0
between contacts, while ξ \xi ξ is transformed by L L L (recall (43) ) at each contact. We denote its components in the moving frame (44) by ( J , Z , K , Y ) ( s ; p ) (J,Z,K,Y)(s;p) ( J , Z , K , Y ) ( s ; p ) , and write J k , Z k , K k , Y k J_k,Z_k,K_k,Y_k J k , Z k , K k , Y k for their incoming values at the k k k -th contact. Whenever J k ≠ 0 J_k \ne0 J k = 0 , we set
B k : = K k J k . B_k := \frac{K_k}{J_k}. B k := J k K k .
More precisely, on a piece of level k k k , let ( x ~ ( s , p ) , w ~ ( s , p ) ) (\widetilde{x}(s,p),\widetilde{w}(s,p)) ( x ( s , p ) , w ( s , p )) be the free flight issued from the ( k − 1 ) (k-1) ( k − 1 ) -st outgoing state, or from ζ p \zeta_p ζ p when k = 1 k=1 k = 1 , and continued past the k k k -th contact while ignoring that reflection. Then, by Lemma 8.9 ,
∂ p ( x ~ , w ~ ) ( s , p ) = ξ ( s ; p ) \partial_p(\widetilde{x},\widetilde{w})(s,p)=\xi(s;p) ∂ p ( x , w ) ( s , p ) = ξ ( s ; p )
between the ( k − 1 ) (k-1) ( k − 1 ) -st and the k k k -th contacts, including the incoming one-sided value at the k k k -th contact.
The cone
Lemma 8.13 (Flight equations). Between contacts, as functions of the path length,
d J d ℓ = K − e ⊥ Z , d Z d ℓ = Y + e ⊥ J , d K d ℓ = − e ⊥ Y − e ∥ K , d Y d ℓ = e ⊥ K − e ∥ Y . \frac{dJ}{d\ell}=K-e_\perp Z,\qquad\frac{dZ}{d\ell}=Y+e_\perp J,\qquad\frac{dK}{d\ell}=-e_\perp Y-e_\parallel K,\qquad\frac{dY}{d\ell}=e_\perp K-e_\parallel Y. d ℓ dJ = K − e ⊥ Z , d ℓ d Z = Y + e ⊥ J , d ℓ d K = − e ⊥ Y − e ∥ K , d ℓ d Y = e ⊥ K − e ∥ Y . Proof. In the time s s s : ξ x ′ = ξ w \xi'_x=\xi_w ξ x ′ = ξ w , ξ w ′ = 0 \xi'_w=0 ξ w ′ = 0 , u ′ = ( ⟨ E , u ⊥ ⟩ / ρ ) u ⊥ u'=(\langle E,u^\perp\rangle/\rho)u^\perp u ′ = (⟨ E , u ⊥ ⟩ / ρ ) u ⊥ , ( u ⊥ ) ′ = − ( ⟨ E , u ⊥ ⟩ / ρ ) u (u^\perp)'=-(\langle E,u^\perp\rangle/\rho)u ( u ⊥ ) ′ = − (⟨ E , u ⊥ ⟩ / ρ ) u and ρ ′ = ⟨ E , u ⟩ \rho'=\langle E,u\rangle ρ ′ = ⟨ E , u ⟩ . Differentiating (44) gives J ′ = ρ K − ρ e ⊥ Z J'=\rho K-\rho e_\perp Z J ′ = ρ K − ρ e ⊥ Z , Z ′ = ρ Y + ρ e ⊥ J Z'=\rho Y+\rho e_\perp J Z ′ = ρ Y + ρ e ⊥ J , K ′ = − ρ e ⊥ Y − ρ e ∥ K K'=-\rho e_\perp Y-\rho e_\parallel K K ′ = − ρ e ⊥ Y − ρ e ∥ K , Y ′ = ρ e ⊥ K − ρ e ∥ Y Y'=\rho e_\perp K-\rho e_\parallel Y Y ′ = ρ e ⊥ K − ρ e ∥ Y and dividing by ρ = d ℓ / d s \rho=d\ell/ds ρ = d ℓ / d s gives the claim. □
Thus the flight equations are a perturbation of size O ( ε ) = O ( V − 2 ) O(\varepsilon)=O(V^{-2}) O ( ε ) = O ( V − 2 ) of the Jacobi equations of the billiard, J ′ = K J'=K J ′ = K , K ′ = 0 K'=0 K ′ = 0 , and the jump of Lemma 8.10 is a perturbation of size O ( ε ) O(\varepsilon) O ( ε ) of the classical jump. Let
c ∗ : = 1 2 d min κ min . c_*:=\frac{1}{2}d_{\min}\kappa_{\min}. c ∗ := 2 1 d m i n κ m i n .
Lemma 8.14 (Cone). There are ε ∗ > 0 \varepsilon_*>0 ε ∗ > 0 and C ∗ ≥ 1 C_*\ge1 C ∗ ≥ 1 , depending only on Q \mathcal{Q} Q , such that the following holds if ε ≤ ε ∗ \varepsilon\le\varepsilon_* ε ≤ ε ∗ . Let p ∈ I 0 p\in I_0 p ∈ I 0 have its first k k k contacts transversal, k ≤ M k\le M k ≤ M . Then J ( ⋅ ; p ) J(\cdot;p) J ( ⋅ ; p ) does not vanish on [ 0 , s k ( p ) ] [0,s_k(p)] [ 0 , s k ( p )] , and for 1 ≤ j ≤ k 1\le j\le k 1 ≤ j ≤ k :
(i) B j ≥ − C ∗ ε B_j\ge-C_*\varepsilon B j ≥ − C ∗ ε , ∣ Z j / J j ∣ + ∣ Y j / J j ∣ ≤ C ∗ ε |Z_j/J_j|+|Y_j/J_j|\le C_*\varepsilon ∣ Z j / J j ∣ + ∣ Y j / J j ∣ ≤ C ∗ ε , and ∣ Z j / J j ∣ , ∣ Y j / J j ∣ ≤ 1 |Z_j/J_j|,|Y_j/J_j|\le1 ∣ Z j / J j ∣ , ∣ Y j / J j ∣ ≤ 1 ;
(ii) just after the j j j -th contact, B j + : = K / J ≥ κ min / cos φ j B_j^+:=K/J\ge\kappa_{\min}/\cos\varphi_j B j + := K / J ≥ κ m i n / cos φ j ;
(iii) ∣ J 1 ∣ ≥ 1 2 |J_1|\ge\frac12 ∣ J 1 ∣ ≥ 2 1 , and ∣ J j + 1 ∣ ≥ c ∗ ∣ J j ∣ / cos φ j |J_{j+1}|\ge c_*|J_j|/\cos\varphi_j ∣ J j + 1 ∣ ≥ c ∗ ∣ J j ∣/ cos φ j if j < k j<k j < k .
Proof. Let ε 3 : = 4 ( 1 + ℓ H ) 3 ε \varepsilon_{3} := 4(1+\ell_{H})^{3}\varepsilon ε 3 := 4 ( 1 + ℓ H ) 3 ε , Λ 0 : = 1 + d min κ min \Lambda_{0} := 1+d_{\min}\kappa_{\min} Λ 0 := 1 + d m i n κ m i n , a : = 2 ( Λ 0 + 4 ) / ( Λ 0 − 1 ) a := 2(\Lambda_{0}+4)/(\Lambda_{0}-1) a := 2 ( Λ 0 + 4 ) / ( Λ 0 − 1 ) and b : = 2 ( ℓ H ( a + 4 ) + Λ 0 ) / ( Λ 0 − 1 ) b := 2(\ell_{H}(a+4)+\Lambda_{0})/(\Lambda_{0}-1) b := 2 ( ℓ H ( a + 4 ) + Λ 0 ) / ( Λ 0 − 1 ) . We assume ε 3 ≤ min { ( Λ 0 − 1 ) / ( 2 Λ 0 ) , κ min / 8 , 1 / ( a + 4 ) , 1 / b } \varepsilon_{3} \le\min\{(\Lambda_{0}-1)/(2\Lambda_{0}),\kappa_{\min}/8,1/(a+4),1/b\} ε 3 ≤ min {( Λ 0 − 1 ) / ( 2 Λ 0 ) , κ m i n /8 , 1/ ( a + 4 ) , 1/ b } , which defines ε ∗ \varepsilon_{*} ε ∗ , and prove (i) in the form B j ≥ − 2 ε 3 B_{j}\ge-2\varepsilon_{3} B j ≥ − 2 ε 3 , ∣ Z j / J j ∣ ≤ b ε 3 ≤ 1 |Z_{j}/J_{j}|\le b\varepsilon_{3}\le1 ∣ Z j / J j ∣ ≤ b ε 3 ≤ 1 , ∣ Y j / J j ∣ ≤ a ε 3 ≤ 1 |Y_{j}/J_{j}|\le a\varepsilon_{3}\le1 ∣ Y j / J j ∣ ≤ a ε 3 ≤ 1 ; this gives (i) with C ∗ : = 4 ( 1 + ℓ H ) 3 ( a + b + 2 ) C_{*}:=4(1+\ell_{H})^{3}(a+b+2) C ∗ := 4 ( 1 + ℓ H ) 3 ( a + b + 2 ) .
A flight. Consider a flight of path length L ≤ ℓ H L\le\ell_{H} L ≤ ℓ H . Let its initial components be v 0 = ( J 0 , Z 0 , K 0 , Y 0 ) \mathbf{v}_{0}=(J_{0},Z_{0},K_{0},Y_{0}) v 0 = ( J 0 , Z 0 , K 0 , Y 0 ) , with J 0 > 0 J_{0}>0 J 0 > 0 (the case J 0 < 0 J_{0}<0 J 0 < 0 is symmetric), K 0 = B 0 J 0 K_{0}=B_{0}J_{0} K 0 = B 0 J 0 with B 0 ≥ 0 B_{0}\ge0 B 0 ≥ 0 , and ∣ Z 0 ∣ , ∣ Y 0 ∣ ≤ J 0 |Z_{0}|,|Y_{0}|\le J_{0} ∣ Z 0 ∣ , ∣ Y 0 ∣ ≤ J 0 . Write v = ( J , Z , K , Y ) \mathbf{v}=(J,Z,K,Y) v = ( J , Z , K , Y ) and d v d ℓ = ( A 0 + A 1 ) v \frac{d\mathbf{v}}{d\ell}=(A_{0}+A_{1})\mathbf{v} d ℓ d v = ( A 0 + A 1 ) v , where A 0 A_{0} A 0 is the free part (J ↦ K J\mapsto K J ↦ K , Z ↦ Y Z\mapsto Y Z ↦ Y ) and ∥ A 1 ∥ ≤ 2 ε \|A_{1}\|\le2\varepsilon ∥ A 1 ∥ ≤ 2 ε in the max norm (Lemma 8.13). The free propagator satisfies ∥ Φ 0 ( ℓ ) ∥ ≤ 1 + ℓ \|\Phi_{0}(\ell)\|\le1+\ell ∥ Φ 0 ( ℓ ) ∥ ≤ 1 + ℓ . From v ( ℓ ) = Φ 0 ( ℓ ) v 0 + ∫ 0 ℓ Φ 0 ( ℓ − l ) A 1 v ( l ) d l \mathbf{v}(\ell)=\Phi_{0}(\ell)\mathbf{v}_{0}+\int_{0}^{\ell}\Phi_{0}(\ell-l)A_{1}\mathbf{v}(l)\,dl v ( ℓ ) = Φ 0 ( ℓ ) v 0 + ∫ 0 ℓ Φ 0 ( ℓ − l ) A 1 v ( l ) d l and Grönwall’s lemma, sup [ 0 , ℓ ] ∥ v ∥ ≤ ( 1 + ℓ ) e 2 ε ℓ ( 1 + ℓ ) ∥ v 0 ∥ \sup_{[0,\ell]}\|\mathbf{v}\|\le(1+\ell)e^{2\varepsilon\ell(1+\ell)}\|\mathbf{v}_{0}\| sup [ 0 , ℓ ] ∥ v ∥ ≤ ( 1 + ℓ ) e 2 ε ℓ ( 1 + ℓ ) ∥ v 0 ∥ and
∥ v ( ℓ ) − Φ 0 ( ℓ ) v 0 ∥ ≤ 2 ε ℓ ( 1 + ℓ ) e 2 ε ℓ ( 1 + ℓ ) ∥ v 0 ∥ ≤ 4 ε ( 1 + ℓ H ) 2 ℓ ( 1 + B 0 ) J 0 ≤ ε 3 ( 1 + ℓ B 0 ) J 0 , \|\mathbf{v}(\ell)-\Phi_{0}(\ell)\mathbf{v}_{0}\|\le2\varepsilon\ell(1+\ell)e^{2\varepsilon\ell(1+\ell)}\|\mathbf{v}_{0}\|\le4\varepsilon(1+\ell_{H})^{2}\ell(1+B_{0})J_{0}\le\varepsilon_{3}(1+\ell B_{0})J_{0}, ∥ v ( ℓ ) − Φ 0 ( ℓ ) v 0 ∥ ≤ 2 ε ℓ ( 1 + ℓ ) e 2 ε ℓ ( 1 + ℓ ) ∥ v 0 ∥ ≤ 4 ε ( 1 + ℓ H ) 2 ℓ ( 1 + B 0 ) J 0 ≤ ε 3 ( 1 + ℓ B 0 ) J 0 ,
using e 2 ε ℓ H ( 1 + ℓ H ) ≤ 2 e^{2\varepsilon\ell_{H}(1+\ell_{H})}\le2 e 2 ε ℓ H ( 1 + ℓ H ) ≤ 2 and ℓ ( 1 + B 0 ) ≤ ( 1 + ℓ H ) ( 1 + ℓ B 0 ) \ell(1+B_{0})\le(1+\ell_{H})(1+\ell B_{0}) ℓ ( 1 + B 0 ) ≤ ( 1 + ℓ H ) ( 1 + ℓ B 0 ) . Since Φ 0 ( ℓ ) v 0 = ( J 0 + ℓ K 0 , Z 0 + ℓ Y 0 , K 0 , Y 0 ) \Phi_{0}(\ell)\mathbf{v}_{0}=(J_{0}+\ell K_{0},Z_{0}+\ell Y_{0},K_{0},Y_{0}) Φ 0 ( ℓ ) v 0 = ( J 0 + ℓ K 0 , Z 0 + ℓ Y 0 , K 0 , Y 0 ) and J 0 + ℓ K 0 = ( 1 + ℓ B 0 ) J 0 J_{0}+\ell K_{0}=(1+\ell B_{0})J_{0} J 0 + ℓ K 0 = ( 1 + ℓ B 0 ) J 0 :
( 1 − ε 3 ) ( 1 + ℓ B 0 ) J 0 ≤ J ( ℓ ) ≤ ( 1 + ε 3 ) ( 1 + ℓ B 0 ) J 0 , (47) (1-\varepsilon_{3})(1+\ell B_{0})J_{0}\le J(\ell)\le(1+\varepsilon_{3})(1+\ell B_{0})J_{0}, \tag*{(47)} ( 1 − ε 3 ) ( 1 + ℓ B 0 ) J 0 ≤ J ( ℓ ) ≤ ( 1 + ε 3 ) ( 1 + ℓ B 0 ) J 0 , (47)
B ( ℓ ) : = K ( ℓ ) / J ( ℓ ) ≥ − 2 ε 3 , (48) B(\ell):=K(\ell)/J(\ell)\ge-2\varepsilon_{3}, \tag*{(48)} B ( ℓ ) := K ( ℓ ) / J ( ℓ ) ≥ − 2 ε 3 , (48)
∣ Z ( ℓ ) ∣ ≤ ∣ Z 0 ∣ + ℓ ∣ Y 0 ∣ + ε 3 ( 1 + ℓ B 0 ) J 0 , ∣ Y ( ℓ ) ∣ ≤ ∣ Y 0 ∣ + ε 3 ( 1 + ℓ B 0 ) J 0 . (49) |Z(\ell)|\le|Z_{0}|+\ell|Y_{0}|+\varepsilon_{3}(1+\ell B_{0})J_{0},\qquad|Y(\ell)|\le|Y_{0}|+\varepsilon_{3}(1+\ell B_{0})J_{0}. \tag*{(49)} ∣ Z ( ℓ ) ∣ ≤ ∣ Z 0 ∣ + ℓ ∣ Y 0 ∣ + ε 3 ( 1 + ℓ B 0 ) J 0 , ∣ Y ( ℓ ) ∣ ≤ ∣ Y 0 ∣ + ε 3 ( 1 + ℓ B 0 ) J 0 . (49)
For (48) : K ( ℓ ) ≥ B 0 J 0 − ε 3 ( 1 + ℓ B 0 ) J 0 ≥ − ε 3 ( 1 + ℓ B 0 ) J 0 K(\ell)\ge B_{0}J_{0}-\varepsilon_{3}(1+\ell B_{0})J_{0}\ge-\varepsilon_{3}(1+\ell B_{0})J_{0} K ( ℓ ) ≥ B 0 J 0 − ε 3 ( 1 + ℓ B 0 ) J 0 ≥ − ε 3 ( 1 + ℓ B 0 ) J 0 , and if K ( ℓ ) < 0 K(\ell)<0 K ( ℓ ) < 0 then by (47) B ( ℓ ) ≥ − ε 3 / ( 1 − ε 3 ) ≥ − 2 ε 3 B(\ell)\ge-\varepsilon_{3}/(1-\varepsilon_{3})\ge-2\varepsilon_{3} B ( ℓ ) ≥ − ε 3 / ( 1 − ε 3 ) ≥ − 2 ε 3 .
First flight. Up to the first contact ξ w ≡ 0 \xi_{w}\equiv0 ξ w ≡ 0 and ξ x ≡ e θ ⊥ \xi_{x}\equiv e^{\perp}_{\theta} ξ x ≡ e θ ⊥ , so K = Y = 0 K=Y=0 K = Y = 0 , J = ⟨ e θ , u ⟩ J=\langle e_{\theta},u\rangle J = ⟨ e θ , u ⟩ and Z = ⟨ e θ ⊥ , u ⟩ Z=\langle e^{\perp}_{\theta},u\rangle Z = ⟨ e θ ⊥ , u ⟩ . The direction u u u turns at rate at most ε \varepsilon ε per unit path length and the first contact occurs within path length ℓ H \ell_{H} ℓ H ; hence J 1 ≥ cos ( ε ℓ H ) ≥ 1 2 J_{1}\ge\cos(\varepsilon\ell_{H})\ge\frac{1}{2} J 1 ≥ cos ( ε ℓ H ) ≥ 2 1 , ∣ Z 1 / J 1 ∣ ≤ 2 ε ℓ H ≤ ε 3 ≤ b ε 3 |Z_{1}/J_{1}|\le2\varepsilon\ell_{H}\le\varepsilon_{3}\le b\varepsilon_{3} ∣ Z 1 / J 1 ∣ ≤ 2 ε ℓ H ≤ ε 3 ≤ b ε 3 , Y 1 = 0 Y_{1}=0 Y 1 = 0 and B 1 = 0 B_{1}=0 B 1 = 0 .
Induction. Assume the bounds at the j j j -th contact. By Lemma 8.10, J + = − J j J^{+}=-J_{j} J + = − J j , ∣ Z + / J + ∣ = ∣ Z j / J j ∣ ≤ b ε 3 ≤ 1 |Z^{+}/J^{+}|=|Z_{j}/J_{j}|\le b\varepsilon_{3}\le1 ∣ Z + / J + ∣ = ∣ Z j / J j ∣ ≤ b ε 3 ≤ 1 ,
∣ Y + / J + ∣ ≤ ∣ Y j / J j ∣ + 2 ε ( 1 + ∣ Z j / J j ∣ ) ≤ ( a + 4 ) ε 3 ≤ 1 , |Y^{+}/J^{+}|\le|Y_{j}/J_{j}|+2\varepsilon(1+|Z_{j}/J_{j}|)\le(a+4)\varepsilon_{3}\le1, ∣ Y + / J + ∣ ≤ ∣ Y j / J j ∣ + 2 ε ( 1 + ∣ Z j / J j ∣ ) ≤ ( a + 4 ) ε 3 ≤ 1 ,
and, by (46) , B j + ≥ − 2 ε 3 + ( 2 κ min − 2 ε ) / cos φ j − 2 ε ≥ ( 2 κ min − 6 ε 3 ) / cos φ j ≥ κ min / cos φ j B_{j}^{+}\ge-2\varepsilon_{3}+(2\kappa_{\min}-2\varepsilon)/\cos\varphi_{j}-2\varepsilon\ge(2\kappa_{\min}-6\varepsilon_{3})/\cos\varphi_{j}\ge\kappa_{\min}/\cos\varphi_{j} B j + ≥ − 2 ε 3 + ( 2 κ m i n − 2 ε ) / cos φ j − 2 ε ≥ ( 2 κ m i n − 6 ε 3 ) / cos φ j ≥ κ m i n / cos φ j , which is (ii). The next flight has path length ℓ j ∈ [ d min , ℓ H ] \ell_{j}\in[d_{\min},\ell_{H}] ℓ j ∈ [ d m i n , ℓ H ] (Proposition 8.6(c),(d)), and 1 + ℓ j B j + ≥ Λ 0 1+\ell_{j}B_{j}^{+}\ge\Lambda_{0} 1 + ℓ j B j + ≥ Λ 0 . The flight estimates apply with J 0 = ∣ J j ∣ J_{0}=|J_{j}| J 0 = ∣ J j ∣ , B 0 = B j + B_{0}=B_{j}^{+} B 0 = B j + . By (47) , J J J does not vanish on the flight and ∣ J j + 1 ∣ ≥ ( 1 − ε 3 ) ( 1 + ℓ j B j + ) ∣ J j ∣ ≥ 1 2 d min κ min ∣ J j ∣ / cos φ j |J_{j+1}|\ge(1-\varepsilon_{3})(1+\ell_{j}B_{j}^{+})|J_{j}|\ge\frac{1}{2}d_{\min}\kappa_{\min}|J_{j}|/\cos\varphi_{j} ∣ J j + 1 ∣ ≥ ( 1 − ε 3 ) ( 1 + ℓ j B j + ) ∣ J j ∣ ≥ 2 1 d m i n κ m i n ∣ J j ∣/ cos φ j , which is (iii). By (48) , B j + 1 ≥ − 2 ε 3 B_{j+1}\ge-2\varepsilon_{3} B j + 1 ≥ − 2 ε 3 . By (49) and (47) ,
∣ Y j + 1 J j + 1 ∣ ≤ ( a + 4 ) ε 3 / Λ 0 + ε 3 1 − ε 3 , ∣ Z j + 1 J j + 1 ∣ ≤ ( b + ℓ H ( a + 4 ) ) ε 3 / Λ 0 + ε 3 1 − ε 3 . \left|\frac{Y_{j+1}}{J_{j+1}}\right|\le\frac{(a+4)\varepsilon_{3}/\Lambda_{0}+\varepsilon_{3}}{1-\varepsilon_{3}},\qquad
\left|\frac{Z_{j+1}}{J_{j+1}}\right|\le\frac{(b+\ell_{H}(a+4))\varepsilon_{3}/\Lambda_{0}+\varepsilon_{3}}{1-\varepsilon_{3}}. J j + 1 Y j + 1 ≤ 1 − ε 3 ( a + 4 ) ε 3 / Λ 0 + ε 3 , J j + 1 Z j + 1 ≤ 1 − ε 3 ( b + ℓ H ( a + 4 )) ε 3 / Λ 0 + ε 3 .
Since 1 − ε 3 ≥ ( Λ 0 + 1 ) / ( 2 Λ 0 ) 1-\varepsilon_{3}\ge(\Lambda_{0}+1)/(2\Lambda_{0}) 1 − ε 3 ≥ ( Λ 0 + 1 ) / ( 2 Λ 0 ) , the choice of a a a and b b b gives ( a + 4 + Λ 0 ) / Λ 0 ≤ a ( Λ 0 + 1 ) / ( 2 Λ 0 ) (a+4+\Lambda_{0})/\Lambda_{0}\le a(\Lambda_{0}+1)/(2\Lambda_{0}) ( a + 4 + Λ 0 ) / Λ 0 ≤ a ( Λ 0 + 1 ) / ( 2 Λ 0 ) and ( b + ℓ H ( a + 4 ) + Λ 0 ) / Λ 0 ≤ b ( Λ 0 + 1 ) / ( 2 Λ 0 ) (b+\ell_{H}(a+4)+\Lambda_{0})/\Lambda_{0}\le b(\Lambda_{0}+1)/(2\Lambda_{0}) ( b + ℓ H ( a + 4 ) + Λ 0 ) / Λ 0 ≤ b ( Λ 0 + 1 ) / ( 2 Λ 0 ) , so the bounds hold at the ( j + 1 ) (j+1) ( j + 1 ) -th contact. □ \square □
Contact arcs
Lemma 8.15 (Contact data). On a piece of level k k k , with the components just before the k k k -th contact and φ = φ k \varphi=\varphi_{k} φ = φ k , ρ = ρ k \rho=\rho_{k} ρ = ρ k , e ⊥ = ⟨ E ( s k ) , ( u k ⊥ ) ⟩ / ρ 2 e_{\perp}=\langle E(s_{k}),(u_{k}^{\perp})\rangle/\rho^{2} e ⊥ = ⟨ E ( s k ) , ( u k ⊥ )⟩ / ρ 2 , κ = κ ( y k ) \kappa=\kappa(y_{k}) κ = κ ( y k ) :
d r k d p = − J k cos φ , d s k d p = − J k sin φ + Z k cos φ ρ cos φ , d ρ k d p = ρ Y k + ⟨ E ( s k ) , u k − ⟩ d s k d p , \frac{dr_{k}}{dp}=-\frac{J_{k}}{\cos\varphi},\qquad
\frac{ds_{k}}{dp}=-\frac{J_{k}\sin\varphi+Z_{k}\cos\varphi}{\rho\cos\varphi},\qquad
\frac{d\rho_{k}}{dp}=\rho Y_{k}+\langle E(s_{k}),u_{k}^{-}\rangle\frac{ds_{k}}{dp}, d p d r k = − cos φ J k , d p d s k = − ρ cos φ J k sin φ + Z k cos φ , d p d ρ k = ρ Y k + ⟨ E ( s k ) , u k − ⟩ d p d s k ,
d φ k d p = [ κ + B k cos φ − e ⊥ ( sin φ + Z k J k cos φ ) ] d r k d p . \frac{d\varphi_{k}}{dp}=\left[\kappa+B_{k}\cos\varphi-e_{\perp}\left(\sin\varphi+\frac{Z_{k}}{J_{k}}\cos\varphi\right)\right]\frac{dr_{k}}{dp}. d p d φ k = [ κ + B k cos φ − e ⊥ ( sin φ + J k Z k cos φ ) ] d p d r k .
Proof. With x ~ , w ~ \tilde{x},\tilde{w} x ~ , w ~ as above, s k s_{k} s k is defined by ∂ Q k s ( x ~ ( s k ( p ) , p ) ) = 0 \partial_{Q_{k}}^{s}\bigl(\tilde{x}(s_{k}(p),p)\bigr)=0 ∂ Q k s ( x ~ ( s k ( p ) , p ) ) = 0 and y k = x ~ ( s k ( p ) , p ) y_{k}=\tilde{x}(s_{k}(p),p) y k = x ~ ( s k ( p ) , p ) . Differentiating, with ξ = ξ ( s k − ; p ) \xi=\xi(s_{k}^{-};p) ξ = ξ ( s k − ; p ) and w − = ρ u − w^{-}=\rho u^{-} w − = ρ u − , ⟨ n , ξ x + w − d s k d p ⟩ = 0 \langle n,\xi_{x}+w-\frac{ds_{k}}{dp}\rangle=0 ⟨ n , ξ x + w − d p d s k ⟩ = 0 , so d s k d p = ⟨ n , ξ x ⟩ / ( ρ cos φ ) \frac{ds_{k}}{dp}=\langle n,\xi_{x}\rangle/(\rho\cos\varphi) d p d s k = ⟨ n , ξ x ⟩ / ( ρ cos φ ) and, with the expressions of n , ( u − ) ⊥ n,(u^{-})^{\perp} n , ( u − ) ⊥ in the proof of Lemma 8.10, ⟨ n , ξ x ⟩ = − J k sin φ − Z k cos φ \langle n,\xi_{x}\rangle=-J_{k}\sin\varphi-Z_{k}\cos\varphi ⟨ n , ξ x ⟩ = − J k sin φ − Z k cos φ . The vector d y k d p = ξ x + w − d s k d p = d r k d p t \frac{d y_k}{d p}=\xi_x+w^{-}\frac{d s_k}{d p}=\frac{d r_k}{d p}t d p d y k = ξ x + w − d p d s k = d p d r k t is tangent to ∂ Q k \partial Q_k ∂ Q k ; its scalar product with ( u − ) ⊥ (u^{-})^\perp ( u − ) ⊥ is J k J_k J k , and ⟨ t , ( u − ) ⊥ ⟩ = − cos φ \langle t,(u^{-})^\perp\rangle=-\cos\varphi ⟨ t , ( u − ) ⊥ ⟩ = − cos φ ; this gives d r k / d p d r_k/d p d r k / d p . The speed is ρ k = ∣ w ~ ( s k ( p ) , p ) ∣ \rho_k=|\widetilde{w}(s_k(p),p)| ρ k = ∣ w ( s k ( p ) , p ) ∣ , with ∂ p ∣ w ~ ∣ = ⟨ u , ξ w ⟩ = ρ Y \partial_p|\widetilde{w}|=\langle u,\xi_w\rangle=\rho Y ∂ p ∣ w ∣ = ⟨ u , ξ w ⟩ = ρ Y and ∂ s ∣ w ~ ∣ = ⟨ u , E ⟩ \partial_s|\widetilde{w}|=\langle u,E\rangle ∂ s ∣ w ∣ = ⟨ u , E ⟩ . Finally, by (45) the angle of u − u^{-} u − is the angle of n n n plus π − φ \pi-\varphi π − φ . The angle of n ( y k ) n(y_k) n ( y k ) has derivative κ d r k / d p \kappa\,d r_k/d p κ d r k / d p ; the angle of u − = w ~ / ∣ w ~ ∣ u^{-}=\widetilde{w}/|\widetilde{w}| u − = w /∣ w ∣ at ( s k ( p ) , p ) (s_k(p),p) ( s k ( p ) , p ) has derivative ⟨ ∂ p u , u ⊥ ⟩ + ⟨ ∂ s u , u ⊥ ⟩ d s k d p = K k + ⟨ E , u ⊥ ⟩ ρ d s k d p = K k − J k sin φ + Z k cos φ cos φ d r k d p \langle\partial_pu,u^\perp\rangle+\langle\partial_su,u^\perp\rangle\frac{d s_k}{d p}=K_k+\frac{\langle E,u^\perp\rangle}{\rho}\frac{d s_k}{d p}=K_k-\frac{J_k\sin\varphi+Z_k\cos\varphi}{\cos\varphi}\frac{d r_k}{d p} ⟨ ∂ p u , u ⊥ ⟩ + ⟨ ∂ s u , u ⊥ ⟩ d p d s k = K k + ρ ⟨ E , u ⊥ ⟩ d p d s k = K k − c o s φ J k s i n φ + Z k c o s φ d p d r k . Since K k = B k J k = − B k cos φ d r k / d p K_k=B_kJ_k=-B_k\cos\varphi\,d r_k/d p K k = B k J k = − B k cos φ d r k / d p and J k / cos φ = − d r k / d p J_k/\cos\varphi=-d r_k/d p J k / cos φ = − d r k / d p , the formula for d φ k / d p d\varphi_k/d p d φ k / d p follows. □
Lemma 8.16 (Bounded arcs). Assume ε ≤ ε ∗ \varepsilon\le\varepsilon_* ε ≤ ε ∗ and ( C ∗ + 4 ) ε ≤ κ min / 2 (C_*+4)\varepsilon\le\kappa_{\min}/2 ( C ∗ + 4 ) ε ≤ κ m i n /2 . On a piece P P P of level k ≥ 1 k\ge1 k ≥ 1 , r k r_k r k is strictly monotone, φ k \varphi_k φ k is a strictly increasing function of r k r_k r k with derivative at least κ min / 2 \kappa_{\min}/2 κ m i n /2 , and
∫ P ∣ J k ∣ cos φ k d p = ∣ r k ( P ) ∣ ≤ 2 π κ min . \int_P\frac{|J_k|}{\cos\varphi_k}\,d p=|r_k(P)|\le\frac{2\pi}{\kappa_{\min}}. ∫ P cos φ k ∣ J k ∣ d p = ∣ r k ( P ) ∣ ≤ κ m i n 2 π .
Proof. By Lemma 8.14, J k J_k J k does not vanish on P P P , so d r k / d p d r_k/d p d r k / d p has a constant sign. By Lemma 8.15 and Lemma 8.14(i), d φ k / d r k ≥ κ min − C ∗ ε − ε ( 1 + ∣ Z k / J k ∣ ) ≥ κ min − ( C ∗ + 2 ) ε ≥ κ min / 2 d\varphi_k/d r_k\ge\kappa_{\min}-C_*\varepsilon-\varepsilon(1+|Z_k/J_k|)\ge\kappa_{\min}-(C_*+2)\varepsilon\ge\kappa_{\min}/2 d φ k / d r k ≥ κ m i n − C ∗ ε − ε ( 1 + ∣ Z k / J k ∣ ) ≥ κ m i n − ( C ∗ + 2 ) ε ≥ κ m i n /2 . Since φ k ∈ ( − π / 2 , π / 2 ) \varphi_k\in(-\pi/2,\pi/2) φ k ∈ ( − π /2 , π /2 ) , the length of r k ( P ) r_k(P) r k ( P ) is at most π / ( κ min / 2 ) \pi/(\kappa_{\min}/2) π / ( κ m i n /2 ) . □
Tangencies
A free flight is tangent to Q Q Q on the side σ ∈ { + 1 , − 1 } \sigma\in\{+1,-1\} σ ∈ { + 1 , − 1 } at a point q q q if it touches ∂ Q \partial Q ∂ Q at q q q without entering Q ˚ \mathring{Q} Q ˚ near q q q , and n ( q ) = − σ u ⊥ n(q)=-\sigma u^\perp n ( q ) = − σ u ⊥ , u u u being its direction at q q q (so that Q Q Q lies on the side of σ u ⊥ \sigma u^\perp σ u ⊥ ). By Proposition 8.6(d),(e), a tangential contact is such a point.
Lemma 8.17 (Initial fronts). For every initial front I 0 I_0 I 0 and every obstacle Q Q Q of the cover, there are at most two p ∈ I 0 p\in I_0 p ∈ I 0 such that the trajectory of ζ p \zeta_p ζ p has its first contact tangential and on Q Q Q .
Proof. The free flights issued from the states ζ p \zeta_p ζ p are translates:
x p ( s ) = a e θ + p e θ ⊥ + c ( s ) , c ( s ) : = s ρ 0 e θ + ∫ 0 s ( s − σ ) E ( σ ) d σ . x_p(s)=a e_\theta+p e_\theta^\perp+c(s),\qquad c(s):=s\rho_0e_\theta+\int_0^s(s-\sigma)E(\sigma)\,d\sigma. x p ( s ) = a e θ + p e θ ⊥ + c ( s ) , c ( s ) := s ρ 0 e θ + ∫ 0 s ( s − σ ) E ( σ ) d σ .
Set s c : = 2 ℓ H V s_c:=\frac{2\ell_H}{V} s c := V 2 ℓ H . For 0 ≤ s ≤ s c 0\le s\le s_c 0 ≤ s ≤ s c ,
∣ c ′ ( s ) − ρ 0 e θ ∣ ≤ E ∗ s ≤ 2 E ∗ ℓ H V . |c'(s)-\rho_0e_\theta|\le E_*s\le\frac{2E_*\ell_H}{V}. ∣ c ′ ( s ) − ρ 0 e θ ∣ ≤ E ∗ s ≤ V 2 E ∗ ℓ H .
Consequently,
ρ 0 s c − E ∗ s c 2 2 ≤ ∫ 0 s c ∣ c ′ ( s ) ∣ d s ≤ ρ 0 s c + E ∗ s c 2 2 . \rho_0s_c-\frac{E_*s_c^2}{2}\le\int_0^{s_c}|c'(s)|\,d s\le\rho_0s_c+\frac{E_*s_c^2}{2}. ρ 0 s c − 2 E ∗ s c 2 ≤ ∫ 0 s c ∣ c ′ ( s ) ∣ d s ≤ ρ 0 s c + 2 E ∗ s c 2 .
Since s c = 2 ℓ H / V s_c=2\ell_H/V s c = 2 ℓ H / V and ρ 0 ∈ [ V , V + 1 ] \rho_0\in[V,V+1] ρ 0 ∈ [ V , V + 1 ] , after increasing W p r o d W_{\mathrm{prod}} W prod the path length belongs to [ ℓ H , 4 ℓ H ] [\ell_H,4\ell_H] [ ℓ H , 4 ℓ H ] . The same estimate gives ⟨ c ′ ( s ) , e θ ⟩ > 0 \langle c'(s),e_\theta\rangle>0 ⟨ c ′ ( s ) , e θ ⟩ > 0 .
Every point q q q of
Σ : = { q : ⟨ q − a e θ , e θ ⟩ ∈ ⟨ c ( [ 0 , s c ] ) , e θ ⟩ } \Sigma:=\{q:\langle q-ae_\theta,e_\theta\rangle\in\langle c([0,s_c]),e_\theta\rangle\} Σ := { q : ⟨ q − a e θ , e θ ⟩ ∈ ⟨ c ([ 0 , s c ]) , e θ ⟩}
is of the form a e θ + p ( q ) e θ ⊥ + c ( s ) ae_\theta+p(q)e_\theta^\perp+c(s) a e θ + p ( q ) e θ ⊥ + c ( s ) for a unique ( p ( q ) , s ) (p(q),s) ( p ( q ) , s ) , and q ↦ p ( q ) q\mapsto p(q) q ↦ p ( q ) is continuous. The set S : = { p : x p ( [ 0 , s c ] ) ∩ Q ≠ ∅ } = p ( Σ ∩ Q ) S:=\{p:x_p([0,s_c])\cap Q\ne\varnothing\}=p(\Sigma\cap Q) S := { p : x p ([ 0 , s c ]) ∩ Q = ∅ } = p ( Σ ∩ Q ) is an interval, as a continuous image of the convex set Σ ∩ Q \Sigma\cap Q Σ ∩ Q . If the first contact of ζ p 0 \zeta_{p_0} ζ p 0 is tangential and on Q Q Q , then p 0 ∈ S p_0\in S p 0 ∈ S , and p 0 p_0 p 0 is an endpoint of S S S : otherwise there are q 1 , q 2 ∈ Σ ∩ Q q_1,q_2\in\Sigma\cap Q q 1 , q 2 ∈ Σ ∩ Q with p ( q 1 ) < p 0 < p ( q 2 ) p(q_1)<p_0<p(q_2) p ( q 1 ) < p 0 < p ( q 2 ) , and by continuity of p p p on the segment [ q 1 , q 2 ] ⊂ Σ ∩ Q [q_1,q_2]\subset\Sigma\cap Q [ q 1 , q 2 ] ⊂ Σ ∩ Q there is q q q in the open segment ( q 1 , q 2 ) (q_1,q_2) ( q 1 , q 2 ) , which lies in Q ˚ \mathring{Q} Q ˚ by strict convexity, with p ( q ) = p 0 p(q)=p_0 p ( q ) = p 0 ; then x p 0 x_{p_0} x p 0 meets Q ˚ \mathring{Q} Q ˚ within path length 4 ℓ H 4\ell_H 4 ℓ H , which is impossible: before its first contact the flight does not meet Q Q Q , and after it the distance to Q Q Q increases (Proposition 8.6(d)). □
For the flights issued after a contact we use the fan of all flights from one point. Let
d c : = 2 ( ℓ H + 1 + 2 D max ) . d_c:=2(\ell_H+1+2D_{\max}). d c := 2 ( ℓ H + 1 + 2 D m a x ) .
For y ∈ ∂ Q k y\in\partial Q_k y ∈ ∂ Q k , ρ ∈ [ 3 4 V , 2 V ] \rho\in[\frac34V,2V] ρ ∈ [ 4 3 V , 2 V ] and a time s s s , set
Γ s ( τ ) : = ∫ s s + τ ( s + τ − σ ) E ( σ ) d σ \Gamma_s(\tau):=\int_s^{s+\tau}(s+\tau-\sigma)E(\sigma)\,d\sigma Γ s ( τ ) := ∫ s s + τ ( s + τ − σ ) E ( σ ) d σ
and
Ψ ( z ) : = y + z + Γ s ( ∣ z ∣ / ρ ) , z ∈ B ( 0 , d c ) . \Psi(z):=y+z+\Gamma_s(|z|/\rho),\qquad z\in B(0,d_c). Ψ ( z ) := y + z + Γ s ( ∣ z ∣/ ρ ) , z ∈ B ( 0 , d c ) .
The free flight issued at time s s s from ( y , ρ e θ ) (y,\rho e_\theta) ( y , ρ e θ ) is s ′ ↦ Ψ ( ρ ( s ′ − s ) e θ ) s' \mapsto\Psi(\rho(s'-s)e_\theta) s ′ ↦ Ψ ( ρ ( s ′ − s ) e θ ) . Along it the path length ℓ \ell ℓ and the parameter d = ρ ( s ′ − s ) d=\rho(s'-s) d = ρ ( s ′ − s ) satisfy ∣ d ℓ / d d − 1 ∣ ≤ ε d c \lvert d\ell/dd-1\rvert\leq\varepsilon d_c ∣ d ℓ / dd − 1 ∣ ≤ ε d c . Since E E E is continuous,
∂ τ Γ s ( τ ) = ∫ s s + τ E , ∂ τ 2 Γ s ( τ ) = E ( s + τ ) , ∂ s Γ s ( τ ) = ∫ s s + τ ( E ( σ ) − E ( s ) ) d σ (50) \partial_\tau\Gamma_s(\tau)=\int_s^{s+\tau}E,\qquad\partial_\tau^2\Gamma_s(\tau)=E(s+\tau),\qquad\partial_s\Gamma_s(\tau)=\int_s^{s+\tau}\bigl(E(\sigma)-E(s)\bigr)\,d\sigma \tag*{(50)} ∂ τ Γ s ( τ ) = ∫ s s + τ E , ∂ τ 2 Γ s ( τ ) = E ( s + τ ) , ∂ s Γ s ( τ ) = ∫ s s + τ ( E ( σ ) − E ( s ) ) d σ (50)
and ∂ s ∂ τ Γ s ( τ ) = E ( s + τ ) − E ( s ) \partial_s\partial_\tau\Gamma_s(\tau)=E(s+\tau)-E(s) ∂ s ∂ τ Γ s ( τ ) = E ( s + τ ) − E ( s ) are continuous in ( s , τ ) (s,\tau) ( s , τ ) .
Lemma 8.18 (Fans). There is ε 4 > 0 \varepsilon_4>0 ε 4 > 0 , depending only on D \mathcal{D} D , such that if ε ≤ ε 4 \varepsilon\leq\varepsilon_4 ε ≤ ε 4 the following holds for y , ρ , s y,\rho,s y , ρ , s as above and every obstacle Q ≠ Q k Q\neq Q_k Q = Q k at distance at most ℓ H + 1 \ell_H+1 ℓ H + 1 from Q k Q_k Q k .
(a) Ψ \Psi Ψ is a C 2 C^2 C 2 diffeomorphism of B ( 0 , d c ) B(0,d_c) B ( 0 , d c ) onto its image, which contains Q Q Q ; H : = Ψ − 1 ( Q ) H:=\Psi^{-1}(Q) H := Ψ − 1 ( Q ) is a strictly convex compact set with 0 ∉ H 0\notin H 0 ∈ / H .
(b) For each σ \sigma σ there is exactly one direction Θ σ = Θ σ ( y , ρ , s ) ∈ R / 2 π Z \Theta_\sigma=\Theta_\sigma(y,\rho,s)\in\mathbb{R}/2\pi\mathbb{Z} Θ σ = Θ σ ( y , ρ , s ) ∈ R /2 π Z such that the flight issued at time s s s from ( y , ρ e Θ σ ) (y,\rho e_{\Theta_\sigma}) ( y , ρ e Θ σ ) is tangent to Q Q Q on the side σ \sigma σ at a parameter d < d c d<d_c d < d c ; the tangency point is at parameter d σ ≥ d min / 2 d_\sigma\geq d_{\min}/2 d σ ≥ d m i n /2 . Every tangency of such a flight with Q Q Q on the side σ \sigma σ within path length ℓ H + 1 \ell_H+1 ℓ H + 1 is of this kind.
(c) Θ σ \Theta_\sigma Θ σ is of class C 1 C^1 C 1 in ( y , ρ , s ) (y,\rho,s) ( y , ρ , s ) . With r r r the arclength on ∂ Q k \partial Q_k ∂ Q k ,
∣ ∂ r Θ σ + ⟨ e σ ⊥ , t ( y ) ⟩ d σ ∣ ≤ 16 ε d c d min , ∣ ∂ r Θ σ ∣ ≤ 4 d min , ∣ ∂ ρ Θ σ ∣ ≤ 4 ε d c 2 ρ d min , ∣ ∂ s Θ σ ∣ ≤ 8 E ∗ d c ρ d min . \left|\partial_r\Theta_\sigma+\frac{\langle e_{\sigma}^{\perp},\mathbf{t}(y)\rangle}{d_\sigma}\right|\leq\frac{16\varepsilon d_c}{d_{\min}},\qquad
|\partial_r\Theta_\sigma|\leq\frac{4}{d_{\min}},\qquad
|\partial_\rho\Theta_\sigma|\leq\frac{4\varepsilon d_c^2}{\rho d_{\min}},\qquad
|\partial_s\Theta_\sigma|\leq\frac{8E_*d_c}{\rho d_{\min}}. ∂ r Θ σ + d σ ⟨ e σ ⊥ , t ( y )⟩ ≤ d m i n 16 ε d c , ∣ ∂ r Θ σ ∣ ≤ d m i n 4 , ∣ ∂ ρ Θ σ ∣ ≤ ρ d m i n 4 ε d c 2 , ∣ ∂ s Θ σ ∣ ≤ ρ d m i n 8 E ∗ d c .
Proof. (a) Write Ψ ( z ) = y + z + γ ( ∣ z ∣ ) \Psi(z)=y+z+\gamma(|z|) Ψ ( z ) = y + z + γ ( ∣ z ∣ ) with γ ( d ) : = Γ s ( d / ρ ) \gamma(d):=\Gamma_s(d/\rho) γ ( d ) := Γ s ( d / ρ ) . By (50) ,
∣ γ ′ ( d ) ∣ ≤ E ∗ d / ρ 2 ≤ ε d |\gamma'(d)|\leq E_*d/\rho^2\leq\varepsilon d ∣ γ ′ ( d ) ∣ ≤ E ∗ d / ρ 2 ≤ ε d
and
γ ′ ′ ( d ) = E ( s + d / ρ ) / ρ 2 , \gamma''(d)=E(s+d/\rho)/\rho^2, γ ′′ ( d ) = E ( s + d / ρ ) / ρ 2 ,
and ∣ γ ′ ′ ∣ ≤ ε |\gamma''|\leq\varepsilon ∣ γ ′′ ∣ ≤ ε . Since γ ′ ( d ) / d → γ ′ ′ ( 0 ) \gamma'(d)/d\to\gamma''(0) γ ′ ( d ) / d → γ ′′ ( 0 ) as d → 0 d\to0 d → 0 , Ψ ∈ C 2 \Psi\in C^2 Ψ ∈ C 2 , with ∣ D Ψ − I ∣ ≤ ε d c |D\Psi-I|\leq\varepsilon d_c ∣ D Ψ − I ∣ ≤ ε d c and ∣ D 2 Ψ ∣ ≤ 2 ε |D^2\Psi|\leq2\varepsilon ∣ D 2 Ψ∣ ≤ 2 ε on B ( 0 , d c ) B(0,d_c) B ( 0 , d c ) . Moreover, for ε d c ≤ 1 4 \varepsilon d_c\leq\frac14 ε d c ≤ 4 1 , Ψ \Psi Ψ is injective because
∣ Ψ ( z ) − Ψ ( z ′ ) − ( z − z ′ ) ∣ ≤ ε d c ∣ z − z ′ ∣ |\Psi(z)-\Psi(z')-(z-z')|\leq\varepsilon d_c|z-z'| ∣Ψ ( z ) − Ψ ( z ′ ) − ( z − z ′ ) ∣ ≤ ε d c ∣ z − z ′ ∣
and since
∣ Ψ ( z ) − y − z ∣ ≤ ε d c 2 / 2 ≤ d c / 8 , |\Psi(z)-y-z|\leq\varepsilon d_c^2/2\leq d_c/8, ∣Ψ ( z ) − y − z ∣ ≤ ε d c 2 /2 ≤ d c /8 ,
its image contains B ( y , 3 4 d c ) ⊃ Q B(y,\frac34d_c)\supset Q B ( y , 4 3 d c ) ⊃ Q , because every point of Q Q Q is within distance ℓ H + 1 + 2 D max = d c / 2 \ell_H+1+2D_{\max}=d_c/2 ℓ H + 1 + 2 D m a x = d c /2 of y y y . The inverse Φ : = Ψ − 1 \Phi:=\Psi^{-1} Φ := Ψ − 1 satisfies ∣ D Φ − I ∣ ≤ 2 ε d c |D\Phi-I|\leq2\varepsilon d_c ∣ D Φ − I ∣ ≤ 2 ε d c and ∣ D 2 Φ ∣ ≤ 16 ε |D^2\Phi|\leq16\varepsilon ∣ D 2 Φ∣ ≤ 16 ε . If β = Φ ∘ c \beta=\Phi\circ c β = Φ ∘ c with c c c a unit speed parametrisation of ∂ Q \partial Q ∂ Q (curvature ≥ κ min \geq\kappa_{\min} ≥ κ m i n ), then
β ′ = D Φ c ′ , β ′ ′ = D Φ c ′ ′ + D 2 Φ [ c ′ , c ′ ] , \beta'=D\Phi c',\qquad\beta''=D\Phi c''+D^2\Phi[c',c'], β ′ = D Φ c ′ , β ′′ = D Φ c ′′ + D 2 Φ [ c ′ , c ′ ] ,
and for ε \varepsilon ε small the curvature of β \beta β is at least
( 1 − 2 ε d c ) 2 κ min − ( 1 + 2 ε d c ) 16 ε ( 1 + 2 ε d c ) 3 ≥ κ min 2 . \frac{(1-2\varepsilon d_c)^2\kappa_{\min}-(1+2\varepsilon d_c)16\varepsilon}{(1+2\varepsilon d_c)^3}\geq\frac{\kappa_{\min}}{2}. ( 1 + 2 ε d c ) 3 ( 1 − 2 ε d c ) 2 κ m i n − ( 1 + 2 ε d c ) 16 ε ≥ 2 κ m i n .
Hence, denoting by H H H the compact set bounded by the simple closed curve Φ ( ∂ Q ) \Phi(\partial Q) Φ ( ∂ Q ) , we have that H H H is strictly convex and 0 ∉ H 0\notin H 0 ∈ / H because Ψ ( 0 ) = y ∉ Q \Psi(0)=y\notin Q Ψ ( 0 ) = y ∈ / Q , which concludes the proof of (a).
(b) The flight in the direction θ \theta θ is the image under Ψ \Psi Ψ of the ray { d e θ : 0 ≤ d < d c } \{de_\theta:0\leq d<d_c\} { d e θ : 0 ≤ d < d c } , and Ψ \Psi Ψ , being a homeomorphism close to the identity in C 1 C^1 C 1 , maps tangencies to tangencies and preserves the side (n ( q ) n(q) n ( q ) is within angle 2 ε d c 2\varepsilon d_c 2 ε d c of the normal to ∂ H \partial H ∂ H at Φ ( q ) \Phi(q) Φ ( q ) , and the direction of the flight at q q q is within angle ε d c \varepsilon d_c ε d c of e θ e_\theta e θ ). A tangency within path length ℓ H + 1 \ell_H+1 ℓ H + 1 occurs at d ≤ ( ℓ H + 1 ) / ( 1 − ε d c ) < d c d\leq(\ell_H+1)/(1-\varepsilon d_c)<d_c d ≤ ( ℓ H + 1 ) / ( 1 − ε d c ) < d c . Since H H H is compact and strictly convex, has nonempty interior, and 0 ∉ H 0\notin H 0 ∈ / H , there are unique angles θ − < θ + \theta_-<\theta_+ θ − < θ + , chosen so that θ + − θ − < π \theta_+-\theta_-<\pi θ + − θ − < π , for which
{ θ ∈ [ θ − , θ − + 2 π ) : { d e θ : d ≥ 0 } ∩ H ≠ ∅ } = [ θ − , θ + ] . \{\theta\in[\theta_-,\theta_-+2\pi):\{de_\theta:d\geq0\}\cap H\neq\varnothing\}=[\theta_-,\theta_+]. { θ ∈ [ θ − , θ − + 2 π ) : { d e θ : d ≥ 0 } ∩ H = ∅ } = [ θ − , θ + ] .
For θ ∈ ( θ − , θ + ) \theta\in(\theta_{-},\theta_{+}) θ ∈ ( θ − , θ + ) the ray { d e θ : d ≥ 0 } \{d e_{\theta}: d \ge0\} { d e θ : d ≥ 0 } meets H ˚ \mathring{H} H ˚ , whereas the two endpoint rays are supporting rays of H H H and touch ∂ H \partial H ∂ H at exactly one point. Moreover,
H ⊂ { z : ⟨ z , e θ − ⊥ ⟩ ≥ 0 } , H ⊂ { z : ⟨ z , e θ + ⊥ ⟩ ≤ 0 } . H \subset\{z : \langle z,e_{\theta_{-}}^{\perp}\rangle\ge0\}, \qquad H \subset\{z : \langle z,e_{\theta_{+}}^{\perp}\rangle\le0\}. H ⊂ { z : ⟨ z , e θ − ⊥ ⟩ ≥ 0 } , H ⊂ { z : ⟨ z , e θ + ⊥ ⟩ ≤ 0 } .
Finally, since H ⊂ Φ ( B ( y , d c / 2 ) ) ⊂ B ( 0 , d c ) H \subset\Phi(B(y,d_{c}/2)) \subset B(0,d_{c}) H ⊂ Φ ( B ( y , d c /2 )) ⊂ B ( 0 , d c ) , this gives existence and uniqueness of Θ σ \Theta_{\sigma} Θ σ . Since ∣ q − y ∣ ≥ d min |q-y| \ge d_{\min} ∣ q − y ∣ ≥ d m i n and ∣ Ψ ( z ) − y ∣ ≤ ( 1 + ε d c ) ∣ z ∣ |\Psi(z)-y| \le(1+\varepsilon d_{c})|z| ∣Ψ ( z ) − y ∣ ≤ ( 1 + ε d c ) ∣ z ∣ , we conclude that d σ ≥ d min / 2 d_{\sigma} \ge d_{\min}/2 d σ ≥ d m i n /2 .
(c) Let
G ( y ′ , θ , d ; ρ ′ , s ′ ) : = d Q s ( y ′ + d e θ + Γ s ′ ( d / ρ ′ ) ) . G(y',\theta,d;\rho',s') := d_{Q}^{s}(y'+d e_{\theta}+\Gamma_{s'}(d/\rho')). G ( y ′ , θ , d ; ρ ′ , s ′ ) := d Q s ( y ′ + d e θ + Γ s ′ ( d / ρ ′ )) .
By (50) , G G G is C 1 C^{1} C 1 in all variables, C 2 C^{2} C 2 in d d d , and ∂ d G \partial_{d}G ∂ d G is C 1 C^{1} C 1 in all variables. At ( y , Θ σ , d σ ; ρ , s ) (y,\Theta_{\sigma},d_{\sigma};\rho,s) ( y , Θ σ , d σ ; ρ , s ) we have G = ∂ d G = 0 G=\partial_{d}G=0 G = ∂ d G = 0 and
∂ d 2 G ≥ κ min ( 1 − ε d c ) 2 − ε ≥ κ min / 2. \partial_{d}^{2}G \ge\kappa_{\min}(1-\varepsilon d_{c})^{2}-\varepsilon\ge\kappa_{\min}/2. ∂ d 2 G ≥ κ m i n ( 1 − ε d c ) 2 − ε ≥ κ m i n /2.
By the implicit function theorem, near this point min d G \min_{d}G min d G is attained at a unique d m d_{m} d m , of class C 1 C^{1} C 1 in ( y ′ , θ , ρ ′ , s ′ ) (y',\theta,\rho',s') ( y ′ , θ , ρ ′ , s ′ ) , and g : = G ( ⋅ , d m ) g:=G(\cdot,d_{m}) g := G ( ⋅ , d m ) is C 1 C^{1} C 1 , with the derivatives of G G G at d = d m d=d_{m} d = d m given by
∂ θ g = ⟨ n ( q ) , d σ e θ ⊥ ⟩ , ∂ y ′ g = n ( q ) , ∂ ρ ′ g = ⟨ n ( q ) , ∂ ρ [ Γ s ( d σ / ρ ) ] ⟩ , ∂ s ′ g = ⟨ n ( q ) , ∂ s Γ s ( d σ / ρ ) ⟩ \partial_{\theta}g=\langle n(q),d_{\sigma}e_{\theta}^{\perp}\rangle,\qquad\partial_{y'}g=n(q),\qquad\partial_{\rho'}g=\langle n(q),\partial_{\rho}[\Gamma_{s}(d_{\sigma}/\rho)]\rangle,\qquad\partial_{s'}g=\langle n(q),\partial_{s}\Gamma_{s}(d_{\sigma}/\rho)\rangle ∂ θ g = ⟨ n ( q ) , d σ e θ ⊥ ⟩ , ∂ y ′ g = n ( q ) , ∂ ρ ′ g = ⟨ n ( q ) , ∂ ρ [ Γ s ( d σ / ρ )]⟩ , ∂ s ′ g = ⟨ n ( q ) , ∂ s Γ s ( d σ / ρ )⟩
where q q q is the tangency point.
Near ( y , Θ σ ; ρ , s ) (y,\Theta_{\sigma};\rho,s) ( y , Θ σ ; ρ , s ) , a tangency on the side σ \sigma σ is equivalent to g = 0 g=0 g = 0 . Since n ( q ) = − σ u ⊥ ( q ) n(q)=-\sigma u^{\perp}(q) n ( q ) = − σ u ⊥ ( q ) and u ( q ) u(q) u ( q ) is within angle 2 ε d c 2\varepsilon d_{c} 2 ε d c of e θ e_{\theta} e θ , we have
⟨ n ( q ) , e θ ⊥ ⟩ = − σ + δ 1 \langle n(q),e_{\theta}^{\perp}\rangle=-\sigma+\delta_{1} ⟨ n ( q ) , e θ ⊥ ⟩ = − σ + δ 1
and
⟨ n ( q ) , t ⟩ = − σ ⟨ e θ ⊥ , t ⟩ + δ 2 \langle n(q),t\rangle=-\sigma\langle e_{\theta}^{\perp},t\rangle+\delta_{2} ⟨ n ( q ) , t ⟩ = − σ ⟨ e θ ⊥ , t ⟩ + δ 2
with ∣ δ 1 ∣ , ∣ δ 2 ∣ ≤ 2 ε d c |\delta_{1}|,|\delta_{2}| \le2\varepsilon d_{c} ∣ δ 1 ∣ , ∣ δ 2 ∣ ≤ 2 ε d c ; in particular
∣ ∂ θ g ∣ ≥ d σ / 2 ≥ d min / 4. |\partial_{\theta}g| \ge d_{\sigma}/2 \ge d_{\min}/4. ∣ ∂ θ g ∣ ≥ d σ /2 ≥ d m i n /4.
The implicit function theorem gives Θ σ ∈ C 1 \Theta_{\sigma}\in C^{1} Θ σ ∈ C 1 with
∂ r Θ σ = − ⟨ n ( q ) , t ⟩ ⟨ n ( q ) , d σ e θ ⊥ ⟩ . \partial_{r}\Theta_{\sigma}=-\frac{\langle n(q),t\rangle}{\langle n(q),d_{\sigma}e_{\theta}^{\perp}\rangle}. ∂ r Θ σ = − ⟨ n ( q ) , d σ e θ ⊥ ⟩ ⟨ n ( q ) , t ⟩ .
Therefore, ∣ ∂ r Θ σ ∣ ≤ 4 / d min |\partial_{r}\Theta_{\sigma}| \le4/d_{\min} ∣ ∂ r Θ σ ∣ ≤ 4/ d m i n and
∣ ∂ r Θ σ + ⟨ e θ ⊥ , t ⟩ d σ ∣ ≤ ∣ δ 1 ∣ + ∣ δ 2 ∣ d σ / 2 ≤ 16 ε d c d min . \left|\partial_{r}\Theta_{\sigma}+\frac{\langle e_{\theta}^{\perp},t\rangle}{d_{\sigma}}\right|
\le\frac{|\delta_{1}|+|\delta_{2}|}{d_{\sigma}/2}
\le\frac{16\varepsilon d_{c}}{d_{\min}}. ∂ r Θ σ + d σ ⟨ e θ ⊥ , t ⟩ ≤ d σ /2 ∣ δ 1 ∣ + ∣ δ 2 ∣ ≤ d m i n 16 ε d c .
Finally,
∣ ∂ ρ [ Γ s ( d / ρ ) ] ∣ = ∣ ∂ τ Γ s ( d / ρ ) ∣ d / ρ 2 ≤ E ∗ d 2 / ρ 3 ≤ ε d c 2 / ρ |\partial_{\rho}[\Gamma_{s}(d/\rho)]|
=|\partial_{\tau}\Gamma_{s}(d/\rho)|\,d/\rho^{2}
\le E_{*}d^{2}/\rho^{3}
\le\varepsilon d_{c}^{2}/\rho ∣ ∂ ρ [ Γ s ( d / ρ )] ∣ = ∣ ∂ τ Γ s ( d / ρ ) ∣ d / ρ 2 ≤ E ∗ d 2 / ρ 3 ≤ ε d c 2 / ρ
and, by (50) ,
∣ ∂ s Γ s ( d / ρ ) ∣ ≤ 2 E ∗ d / ρ ≤ 2 E ∗ d c / ρ . |\partial_{s}\Gamma_{s}(d/\rho)|\le2E_{*}d/\rho\le2E_{*}d_{c}/\rho. ∣ ∂ s Γ s ( d / ρ ) ∣ ≤ 2 E ∗ d / ρ ≤ 2 E ∗ d c / ρ .
Dividing by ∣ ∂ θ g ∣ ≥ d min / 4 |\partial_{\theta}g| \ge d_{\min}/4 ∣ ∂ θ g ∣ ≥ d m i n /4 gives the last two bounds. □ \square □
Lemma 8.19 (Tangencies after a contact). Let
C θ : = 2 + κ max / κ min + 5 / ( κ min d min ) . C_{\theta}:=2+\kappa_{\max}/\kappa_{\min}+5/(\kappa_{\min}d_{\min}). C θ := 2 + κ m a x / κ m i n + 5/ ( κ m i n d m i n ) . There is W p r o d ≥ W g e o W_{\mathrm{prod}} \ge W_{\mathrm{geo}} W prod ≥ W geo , depending only on D \mathcal{D} D , such that for V ≥ W p r o d V \ge W_{\mathrm{prod}} V ≥ W prod the following holds. Let P P P be a piece of level k ≥ 1 k \ge1 k ≥ 1 , Q Q Q an obstacle and σ ∈ { ± 1 } \sigma\in\{\pm1\} σ ∈ { ± 1 } . Then there are at most C θ C_{\theta} C θ values of p ∈ P p \in P p ∈ P such that the ( k + 1 ) (k+1) ( k + 1 ) -th contact of ζ p \zeta_{p} ζ p is tangential, on Q Q Q , on the side σ \sigma σ .
Proof. Choose W p r o d W_{\mathrm{prod}} W prod so that, for V ≥ W p r o d V \ge W_{\mathrm{prod}} V ≥ W prod , the assumptions of Lemmas 8.14, 8.16 and 8.18 hold and the error term R R R below satisfies ∣ R ∣ ≤ κ min / 2 |R| \le\kappa_{\min}/2 ∣ R ∣ ≤ κ m i n /2 , and C ∗ ε ≤ κ min / 4 C^{*}\varepsilon\le\kappa_{\min}/4 C ∗ ε ≤ κ m i n /4 . If the ( k + 1 ) (k+1) ( k + 1 ) -th contact is tangential on Q Q Q then Q Q Q is within distance ℓ H \ell_H ℓ H of Q k Q_k Q k (Proposition 8.6 (c)), so Lemma 8.18 applies with y = y k ( p ) y=y_k(p) y = y k ( p ) , ρ = ρ k ( p ) \rho=\rho_k(p) ρ = ρ k ( p ) , s = s k ( p ) s=s_k(p) s = s k ( p ) . Let θ ( p ) \theta(p) θ ( p ) be a continuous lift of the angle of u k + ( p ) u_k^{+}(p) u k + ( p ) , and
h ( p ) : = θ ( p ) − Θ σ ( y k ( p ) , ρ k ( p ) , s k ( p ) ) , h(p):=\theta(p)-\Theta_\sigma(y_k(p),\rho_k(p),s_k(p)), h ( p ) := θ ( p ) − Θ σ ( y k ( p ) , ρ k ( p ) , s k ( p )) ,
a C 1 C^1 C 1 function on P P P (after choosing a continuous lift of Θ σ \Theta_\sigma Θ σ ). If the ( k + 1 ) (k+1) ( k + 1 ) -th contact of ζ p \zeta_p ζ p is tangential on Q Q Q on the side σ \sigma σ , then h ( p ) ∈ 2 π Z h(p)\in2\pi\mathbb{Z} h ( p ) ∈ 2 π Z , by Lemma 8.18 (b).
By (45) the angle of u k + u_k^{+} u k + is the angle of n ( y k ) n(y_k) n ( y k ) plus φ k \varphi_k φ k , so by Lemma 8.15
d θ d p = ( 2 κ + B k cos φ k − e ⊥ ( sin φ k + Z k J k cos φ k ) ) d r k d p . \frac{d\theta}{dp}=\left(2\kappa+B_k\cos\varphi_k-e_{\perp}\left(\sin\varphi_k+\frac{Z_k}{J_k}\cos\varphi_k\right)\right)\frac{dr_k}{dp}. d p d θ = ( 2 κ + B k cos φ k − e ⊥ ( sin φ k + J k Z k cos φ k ) ) d p d r k .
By Lemma 8.14(i),
∣ d s k d p ∣ ≤ 2 ∣ d r k d p ∣ / ρ k and ∣ d ρ k d p ∣ ≤ ρ k ( C ∗ + 2 ) ε ∣ d r k d p ∣ . \left|\frac{ds_k}{dp}\right|\le2\left|\frac{dr_k}{dp}\right|/\rho_k
\quad\text{and}\quad
\left|\frac{d\rho_k}{dp}\right|\le\rho_k(C_{*}+2)\varepsilon\left|\frac{dr_k}{dp}\right|. d p d s k ≤ 2 d p d r k / ρ k and d p d ρ k ≤ ρ k ( C ∗ + 2 ) ε d p d r k .
Let p 0 p_0 p 0 be such that h ( p 0 ) ∈ 2 π Z h(p_0)\in2\pi\mathbb{Z} h ( p 0 ) ∈ 2 π Z . At p 0 p_0 p 0 the direction e Θ σ e_{\Theta_\sigma} e Θ σ is u k + u_k^{+} u k + , and ⟨ ( u k + ) ⊥ , t ⟩ = cos φ k \langle(u_k^{+})^\perp,t\rangle=\cos\varphi_k ⟨( u k + ) ⊥ , t ⟩ = cos φ k . By the chain rule and Lemma 8.18 (c),
d h d p ( p 0 ) = d r k d p ( p 0 ) [ 2 κ + B k cos φ k + cos φ k d σ + R ] . \frac{dh}{dp}(p_0)=\frac{dr_k}{dp}(p_0)\left[2\kappa+B_k\cos\varphi_k+\frac{\cos\varphi_k}{d_\sigma}+R\right]. d p d h ( p 0 ) = d p d r k ( p 0 ) [ 2 κ + B k cos φ k + d σ cos φ k + R ] .
∣ R ∣ ≤ ε ( 1 + ∣ Z k J k ∣ ) + 16 ε d c d min + 4 ε d c 2 d min ( C ∗ + 2 ) ε + 16 E ∗ d c ρ k 2 d min ≤ 2 ε + 32 ε d c d min + 4 ( C ∗ + 2 ) ε 2 d c 2 d min . |R|\le\varepsilon\left(1+\left|\frac{Z_k}{J_k}\right|\right)+\frac{16\varepsilon d_c}{d_{\min}}+\frac{4\varepsilon d_c^2}{d_{\min}}(C_{*}+2)\varepsilon+\frac{16E_{*}d_c}{\rho_k^2d_{\min}}\le2\varepsilon+\frac{32\varepsilon d_c}{d_{\min}}+\frac{4(C_{*}+2)\varepsilon^2d_c^2}{d_{\min}}. ∣ R ∣ ≤ ε ( 1 + J k Z k ) + d m i n 16 ε d c + d m i n 4 ε d c 2 ( C ∗ + 2 ) ε + ρ k 2 d m i n 16 E ∗ d c ≤ 2 ε + d m i n 32 ε d c + d m i n 4 ( C ∗ + 2 ) ε 2 d c 2 .
For V ≥ W p r o d V\ge W_{\mathrm{prod}} V ≥ W prod , ∣ R ∣ ≤ κ min / 2 |R|\le\kappa_{\min}/2 ∣ R ∣ ≤ κ m i n /2 and B k ≥ − C ∗ ε ≥ − κ min / 4 B_k\ge-C_{*}\varepsilon\ge-\kappa_{\min}/4 B k ≥ − C ∗ ε ≥ − κ m i n /4 , so the bracket is at least κ min \kappa_{\min} κ m i n . Thus d h / d p dh/dp d h / d p has the sign of d r k / d p dr_k/dp d r k / d p at every point where h ∈ 2 π Z h\in2\pi\mathbb{Z} h ∈ 2 π Z , and this sign is the same on all of P P P (Lemma 8.16). Consequently each value 2 π m 2\pi m 2 π m is taken by h h h at most once on P P P , and the number of such values is at most 1 + osc P ( h ) / ( 2 π ) 1+\operatorname{osc}_P(h)/(2\pi) 1 + osc P ( h ) / ( 2 π ) .10 Now,
osc P θ ≤ κ max ∣ r k ( P ) ∣ + π \operatorname{osc}_P\theta\le\kappa_{\max}|r_k(P)|+\pi osc P θ ≤ κ m a x ∣ r k ( P ) ∣ + π
and, by Lemma 8.18 (c) and the bounds above,
∣ d d p Θ σ ( y k ( p ) , ρ k ( p ) , s k ( p ) ) ∣ ≤ 5 d min ∣ d r k d p ∣ . \left|\frac{d}{dp}\Theta_\sigma(y_k(p),\rho_k(p),s_k(p))\right|\le\frac{5}{d_{\min}}\left|\frac{dr_k}{dp}\right|. d p d Θ σ ( y k ( p ) , ρ k ( p ) , s k ( p )) ≤ d m i n 5 d p d r k .
Lemma 8.16 gives ∣ r k ( P ) ∣ ≤ 2 π / κ min |r_k(P)|\le2\pi/\kappa_{\min} ∣ r k ( P ) ∣ ≤ 2 π / κ m i n so that
1 + osc P ( h ) 2 π ≤ 3 2 + κ max κ min + 5 κ min d min ≤ C θ 1+\frac{\operatorname{osc}_P(h)}{2\pi}\le\frac{3}{2}+\frac{\kappa_{\max}}{\kappa_{\min}}+\frac{5}{\kappa_{\min}d_{\min}}\le C_\theta 1 + 2 π osc P ( h ) ≤ 2 3 + κ m i n κ m a x + κ m i n d m i n 5 ≤ C θ
which concludes the proof. □
Number of pieces and proof of the product lemma
Let K 0 K_0 K 0 be the maximal number of obstacles of the cover within distance ℓ H \ell_H ℓ H of a segment of length 2 \sqrt{2} 2 , and K K K the maximal number of obstacles within distance ℓ H \ell_H ℓ H of a given obstacle.
Lemma 8.20 (Pieces). Let V ≥ W p r o d V\ge W_{\mathrm{prod}} V ≥ W prod and let N k N_k N k be the number of pieces of level k k k in an initial front. Then N 1 ≤ 1 + 2 K 0 N_1\le1+2K_0 N 1 ≤ 1 + 2 K 0 and N k + 1 ≤ ( 1 + 2 C θ K ) N k N_{k+1}\le(1+2C_\theta K)N_k N k + 1 ≤ ( 1 + 2 C θ K ) N k for 1 ≤ k < M 1\le k<M 1 ≤ k < M .
Proof. Let P P P be a piece of level k k k and let G P G_P G P be the set of p ∈ P p\in P p ∈ P whose ( k + 1 ) (k+1) ( k + 1 ) -th contact is tangential. By stability (Lemma 4.3 ), P ∖ G P P\setminus G_P P ∖ G P is open, and its connected components are the pieces of level k + 1 k+1 k + 1 contained in P P P . For p ∈ G P p\in G_P p ∈ G P the tangential contact is on an obstacle within distance ℓ H \ell_H ℓ H of Q k Q_k Q k (of the initial segment if k = 0 k=0 k = 0 ), on one of the two sides. By Lemmas 8.17 and 8.19, G P G_P G P has at most 2 K 0 2K_0 2 K 0 elements if k = 0 k=0 k = 0 and at most 2 C θ K 2C_\theta K 2 C θ K if k ≥ 1 k\ge1 k ≥ 1 . Removing m m m points from an interval leaves at most m + 1 m+1 m + 1 intervals. □
Proof of Proposition 8.12 . Let I 0 I_0 I 0 be an initial front. By Lemma 8.20 , all p ∈ I 0 p \in I_0 p ∈ I 0 except finitely many belong to a piece of level M M M . Let P P P be such a piece. By Lemma 8.14(iii), for p ∈ P p \in P p ∈ P ,
∏ k = 1 M 1 cos φ k ≤ c ∗ 1 − M ∣ J M ∣ ∣ J 1 ∣ ⋅ 1 cos φ M ≤ 2 c ∗ 1 − M ∣ J M ∣ cos φ M . \prod_{k=1}^{M}\frac{1}{\cos\varphi_k}\leq c_*^{1-M}\frac{|J_M|}{|J_1|}\cdot\frac{1}{\cos\varphi_M}\leq2c_*^{1-M}\frac{|J_M|}{\cos\varphi_M}. k = 1 ∏ M cos φ k 1 ≤ c ∗ 1 − M ∣ J 1 ∣ ∣ J M ∣ ⋅ cos φ M 1 ≤ 2 c ∗ 1 − M cos φ M ∣ J M ∣ .
and by Lemma 8.16 the integral over P P P is at most 2 c ∗ 1 − M ⋅ 2 π / κ min 2c_*^{1-M}\cdot2\pi/\kappa_{\min} 2 c ∗ 1 − M ⋅ 2 π / κ m i n . By Lemma 8.20 ,
∫ J 0 ∏ k = 1 M d p cos φ k ≤ 4 π κ min ( 1 + 2 K 0 ) ( 1 + 2 C θ K ) M − 1 c ∗ 1 − M . \int_{J_0}\prod_{k=1}^{M}\frac{\mathrm{d}p}{\cos\varphi_k}\leq\frac{4\pi}{\kappa_{\min}}(1+2K_0)(1+2C_\theta K)^{M-1}c_*^{1-M}. ∫ J 0 k = 1 ∏ M cos φ k d p ≤ κ m i n 4 π ( 1 + 2 K 0 ) ( 1 + 2 C θ K ) M − 1 c ∗ 1 − M .
Integrating over a a a (an interval of length at most 2 2 2\sqrt{2} 2 2 ), θ ∈ [ 0 , 2 π ) \theta\in[0,2\pi) θ ∈ [ 0 , 2 π ) and ρ 0 ∈ [ V , V + 1 ] \rho_0\in[V,V+1] ρ 0 ∈ [ V , V + 1 ] with weight ρ 0 \rho_0 ρ 0 , and summing over the at most N Σ N_\Sigma N Σ initial fronts, we obtain the claim with
Λ P : = ( 1 + 2 C θ K ) / min ( 1 , c ∗ ) , C P : = 16 2 π 2 N Σ ( 1 + 2 K 0 ) / κ min . \Lambda_P := (1+2C_\theta K)/\min(1,c_*),\qquad C_P := 16\sqrt{2}\pi^2N_\Sigma(1+2K_0)/\kappa_{\min}. Λ P := ( 1 + 2 C θ K ) / min ( 1 , c ∗ ) , C P := 16 2 π 2 N Σ ( 1 + 2 K 0 ) / κ m i n .
Comparison for fast particles
We keep the setting of § 8.2 : A 0 , A 1 ∈ A T A_0,A_1\in\mathcal{A}_T A 0 , A 1 ∈ A T coincide on [ 0 , t 0 ] [0,t_0] [ 0 , t 0 ] , A λ = A 0 + λ δ A A_\lambda=A_0+\lambda\,\delta A A λ = A 0 + λ δ A , I = [ t 0 , t 0 + h ] ⊂ [ 0 , T ] I=[t_0,t_0+h]\subset[0,T] I = [ t 0 , t 0 + h ] ⊂ [ 0 , T ] , h ≤ 1 h\leq1 h ≤ 1 , and ε = sup I ∣ δ A ∣ \varepsilon=\sup_I|\delta A| ε = sup I ∣ δ A ∣ . Let W c v x W_{\mathrm{cvx}} W cvx be the threshold provided by Lemma 8.23 below. We henceforth fix
W 0 : = max { W p r o d , W c v x , ∣ E 0 ∣ , 8 ℓ H λ − } . (51) W_0:=\max\left\{W_{\mathrm{prod}},W_{\mathrm{cvx}},|E_0|,\frac{8\ell_H}{\lambda_-}\right\}. \tag*{(51)} W 0 := max { W prod , W cvx , ∣ E 0 ∣ , λ − 8 ℓ H } . (51)
In particular, W 0 ≥ W g e o W_0\geq W_{\mathrm{geo}} W 0 ≥ W geo . The threshold W 0 W_0 W 0 will not be enlarged further. The proof of the following proposition occupies the rest of this section.
Proposition 8.21 (Comparison for fast particles). Assume (FH). There are h f > 0 h_f>0 h f > 0 and C f C_f C f , depending only on D \mathcal{D} D , α \alpha α and C 0 C_0 C 0 , such that , if h ≤ h f h\leq h_f h ≤ h f and ρ \rho ρ is a density on D × R 2 \mathbf{D}\times\mathbb{R}^2 D × R 2 with ρ ( x , w ) ≤ C 0 e α c T e − α ∣ w ∣ \rho(x,w)\leq C_0e^{\alpha c_T}e^{-\alpha|w|} ρ ( x , w ) ≤ C 0 e α c T e − α ∣ w ∣ , then for every t ∈ I t\in I t ∈ I
∫ { ∣ w ∣ ≥ W 0 } ∣ X ~ t A 1 ( ζ ) − X ~ t A 0 ( ζ ) ∣ ρ ( ζ ) d ζ ≤ C f h ε . \int_{\{|w|\geq W_0\}}\left|\widetilde{X}^{A_1}_t(\zeta)-\widetilde{X}^{A_0}_t(\zeta)\right|\rho(\zeta)\,\mathrm{d}\zeta\leq C_fh\varepsilon. ∫ { ∣ w ∣ ≥ W 0 } X t A 1 ( ζ ) − X t A 0 ( ζ ) ρ ( ζ ) d ζ ≤ C f h ε . We prove the proposition by interpolating between the two histories through
A λ = A 0 + λ ( A 1 − A 0 ) , λ ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] . A_\lambda=A_0+\lambda(A_1-A_0),\qquad\lambda\in[0,1]. A λ = A 0 + λ ( A 1 − A 0 ) , λ ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] . At values of λ \lambda λ for which the collision pattern is transversal, the trajectory is differentiable with respect to λ \lambda λ , and the variational equation gives a bound containing one factor ( cos φ k ) − 1 (\cos\varphi_k)^{-1} ( cos φ k ) − 1 for each contact (Lemma 8.22 ).
The collision pattern may, however, change at exceptional values of λ \lambda λ , corresponding to a tangency or to a contact at the observation time. Lemmas 8.23 and 8.24 show that the position remains continuous across such parameters, while Lemma 8.25 shows that, for almost every initial state, the exceptional set is countable. Finally, we recover the difference between the two trajectories by integrating the derivative with respect to λ \lambda λ , and this is formulated in Proposition 8.26 .
The derivative bound Lemma 8.22 (Derivative bound). Let t ∈ I t\in I t ∈ I , and let ( λ , ζ ) (\lambda,\zeta) ( λ , ζ ) be a good pair with ζ \zeta ζ fast , ∣ w ∣ = ρ 0 |w|=\rho_0 ∣ w ∣ = ρ 0 . Let φ 1 , … , φ m \varphi_1,\ldots,\varphi_m φ 1 , … , φ m be the angles of the contacts of the A λ A_\lambda A λ -trajectory of ζ \zeta ζ in ( t 0 , t ) (t_0,t) ( t 0 , t ) . Then
∣ ∂ λ X ~ t A λ ( ζ ) ∣ ≤ 3 λ + ρ 0 h ε e λ + ρ 0 h ∏ k = 1 m C L cos φ k . \left|\partial_\lambda\widetilde{X}^{A_\lambda}_t(\zeta)\right|\leq3\lambda+\rho_0h\varepsilon e^{\lambda+\rho_0h}\prod_{k=1}^{m}\frac{C_L}{\cos\varphi_k}. ∂ λ X t A λ ( ζ ) ≤ 3 λ + ρ 0 h ε e λ + ρ 0 h k = 1 ∏ m cos φ k C L .
Proof. For t 0 ≤ s ≤ s ′ ≤ t t_0 \le s \le s' \le t t 0 ≤ s ≤ s ′ ≤ t let G ( s ′ , s ) \mathcal{G}(s',s) G ( s ′ , s ) be the propagator of the homogeneous equation along the trajectory: free evolution between contacts and L L L at the contacts in ( s , s ′ ] (s,s'] ( s , s ′ ] . By Lemma 8.9 , η \eta η solves the linear equation with source S S S , jumps L L L and η ( t 0 ) = 0 \eta(t_0)=0 η ( t 0 ) = 0 , so that η ( t ) = ∫ t 0 t G ( t , s ) S ( s ) d s \eta(t)=\int_{t_0}^{t}\mathcal{G}(t,s)S(s)\,ds η ( t ) = ∫ t 0 t G ( t , s ) S ( s ) d s (both sides solve the same equation with the same initial value). By Lemma 8.11 (a),(b), and since every factor C L / cos φ k C_L/\cos\varphi_k C L / cos φ k is at least 1,
∥ G ( t , s ) ∥ ≤ e λ + ρ 0 h ∏ k = 1 m C L cos φ k . \|\mathcal{G}(t,s)\| \le e^{\lambda+\rho_0 h}\prod_{k=1}^{m}\frac{C_L}{\cos\varphi_k}. ∥ G ( t , s ) ∥ ≤ e λ + ρ 0 h k = 1 ∏ m cos φ k C L .
Consequently,
∣ η x ( t ) ∣ ≤ ∫ t 0 t ∥ G ( t , s ) ∥ ∥ S ( s ) ∥ d s |\eta_x(t)| \le\int_{t_0}^{t}\|\mathcal{G}(t,s)\|\|S(s)\|\,ds ∣ η x ( t ) ∣ ≤ ∫ t 0 t ∥ G ( t , s ) ∥∥ S ( s ) ∥ d s
≤ 3 λ + ρ 0 h ε e λ + ρ 0 h ∏ k = 1 m C L cos φ k . \le3\lambda+\rho_0h\varepsilon e^{\lambda+\rho_0h}\prod_{k=1}^{m}\frac{C_L}{\cos\varphi_k}. ≤ 3 λ + ρ 0 h ε e λ + ρ 0 h k = 1 ∏ m cos φ k C L .
where we used Lemma 8.11 (c) and ∣ η x ∣ ≤ ∥ η ∥ |\eta_x|\le\|\eta\| ∣ η x ∣ ≤ ∥ η ∥ , proving the claim. □
Absolute continuity in the history
Fix t ∈ I t\in I t ∈ I and let U : = { ( x , w ) : x ∈ D ˚ , ∣ w ∣ > W 0 } \mathcal{U}:=\{(x,w):x\in\mathring{D},\ |w|>W_0\} U := {( x , w ) : x ∈ D ˚ , ∣ w ∣ > W 0 } . The trajectories of states in U \mathcal{U} U are those of Definition 8.5 . For ζ ∈ U \zeta\in\mathcal{U} ζ ∈ U set
F ζ ( λ ) : = X ~ t A λ ( ζ ) , λ ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] . F_\zeta(\lambda):=\widetilde{X}^{A_\lambda}_t(\zeta),\qquad\lambda\in[0,1]. F ζ ( λ ) := X t A λ ( ζ ) , λ ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] .
Lemma 8.23 (Convexity near a tangency). There is W c v x ≥ W g e o W_{\mathrm{cvx}}\ge W_{\mathrm{geo}} W cvx ≥ W geo such that, if W 0 ≥ W c v x W_0\ge W_{\mathrm{cvx}} W 0 ≥ W cvx , the following holds. Let ( λ ∗ , ζ ∗ ) ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] × U (\lambda_*,\zeta_*)\in[0,1]\times\mathcal{U} ( λ ∗ , ζ ∗ ) ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] × U and let τ ∗ \tau_* τ ∗ be the time of a tangential contact on Q Q Q of the A λ ∗ A_{\lambda_*} A λ ∗ -trajectory of ζ ∗ \zeta_* ζ ∗ . There are δ , c 2 > 0 \delta,c_2>0 δ , c 2 > 0 such that every free flight x ( ⋅ ) x(\cdot) x ( ⋅ ) of a history A ∈ A T A\in\mathcal{A}_T A ∈ A T which is C 1 C^1 C 1 -close enough to the flight of ζ ∗ \zeta_* ζ ∗ on [ τ ∗ − δ , τ ∗ + δ ] [\tau_*-\delta,\tau_*+\delta] [ τ ∗ − δ , τ ∗ + δ ] has ρ : = d Q ∘ ∘ x \rho:=d_Q^\circ\circ x ρ := d Q ∘ ∘ x with ρ ˙ \dot{\rho} ρ ˙ Lipschitz and ρ ¨ ≥ c 2 \ddot{\rho}\ge c_2 ρ ¨ ≥ c 2 a.e. on [ τ ∗ − δ , τ ∗ + δ ] [\tau_*-\delta,\tau_*+\delta] [ τ ∗ − δ , τ ∗ + δ ] .
Proof. We have
ρ ¨ = D 2 d Q s ( x ) [ x ˙ , x ˙ ] + ⟨ ∇ d Q s ( x ) , x ¨ ⟩ \ddot{\rho}=D^2d_Q^s(x)[\dot{x},\dot{x}]+\langle\nabla d_Q^s(x),\ddot{x}\rangle ρ ¨ = D 2 d Q s ( x ) [ x ˙ , x ˙ ] + ⟨ ∇ d Q s ( x ) , x ¨ ⟩
a.e., with x ¨ = − A ˙ x + E 0 \ddot{x}=-\dot{A}x+E_0 x ¨ = − A ˙ x + E 0 . At τ ∗ \tau_* τ ∗ , x ˙ \dot{x} x ˙ is tangent to ∂ Q \partial Q ∂ Q at x ( τ ∗ ) x(\tau_*) x ( τ ∗ ) and ∣ x ˙ ∣ ≥ 3 4 λ − W 0 |\dot{x}|\ge\frac{3}{4}\lambda-W_0 ∣ x ˙ ∣ ≥ 4 3 λ − W 0 by Proposition 8.6 (a), and
D 2 d Q s [ x ˙ , x ˙ ] = κ ∣ x ˙ ∣ 2 . D^2d_Q^s[\dot{x},\dot{x}]=\kappa|\dot{x}|^2. D 2 d Q s [ x ˙ , x ˙ ] = κ ∣ x ˙ ∣ 2 .
By continuity, for δ \delta δ small and for flights close to the given one,
D 2 d Q s ( x ) [ x ˙ , x ˙ ] ≥ κ min 2 ∣ x ˙ ∣ 2 and ∣ ⟨ ∇ d Q s ( x ) , x ˙ ⟩ ∣ ≤ ∣ x ˙ ∣ , D^2d_Q^s(x)[\dot{x},\dot{x}]\ge\frac{\kappa_{\min}}{2}|\dot{x}|^2
\qquad\text{and}\qquad
|\langle\nabla d_Q^s(x),\dot{x}\rangle|\le|\dot{x}|, D 2 d Q s ( x ) [ x ˙ , x ˙ ] ≥ 2 κ m i n ∣ x ˙ ∣ 2 and ∣ ⟨ ∇ d Q s ( x ) , x ˙ ⟩ ∣ ≤ ∣ x ˙ ∣ ,
so that, if W 0 W_0 W 0 is large enough,
ρ ¨ ≥ κ min 2 ∣ x ˙ ∣ 2 − ∣ E 0 ∣ ∣ x ˙ ∣ − ∣ E 0 ∣ ≥ c 2 > 0. \ddot{\rho}\ge\frac{\kappa_{\min}}{2}|\dot{x}|^2-|E_0||\dot{x}|-|E_0|\ge c_2>0. ρ ¨ ≥ 2 κ m i n ∣ x ˙ ∣ 2 − ∣ E 0 ∣∣ x ˙ ∣ − ∣ E 0 ∣ ≥ c 2 > 0.
□
Lemma 8.24 (Continuity). The map ( λ , ζ ) ↦ X ~ t A λ ( ζ ) (\lambda,\zeta)\mapsto\widetilde{X}^{A_\lambda}_t(\zeta) ( λ , ζ ) ↦ X t A λ ( ζ ) is continuous on [ 0 , 1 ] × U [0,1]\times\mathcal{U} [ 0 , 1 ] × U . In particular F ζ F_\zeta F ζ is continuous on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] for every ζ ∈ U \zeta\in\mathcal{U} ζ ∈ U .
Proof. Let ( λ n , ζ n ) → ( λ , ζ ) (\lambda_n,\zeta_n)\to(\lambda,\zeta) ( λ n , ζ n ) → ( λ , ζ ) . We argue by induction on the contacts of the limit trajectory, which are finitely many (Proposition 8.6 ), as in Lemma 4.3 : if the data at the beginning of a flight converge, the free flights converge in C 1 C^1 C 1 on compact time intervals, together with the time derivatives at the initial times. Away from the contact times of the limit, the limit flight stays at positive distance from the obstacles, and so do the approximating flights. Near a transversal contact the argument of Lemma 4.3 applies. Let τ ∗ \tau_* τ ∗ be a tangential contact time of the limit, on Q Q Q , and let ρ n , ρ \rho_n,\rho ρ n , ρ be the signed distances to Q Q Q along the approximating flights and along the limit flight, so that ρ n → ρ \rho_n\to\rho ρ n → ρ in C 1 C^1 C 1 on [ τ ∗ − δ , τ ∗ + δ ] [\tau_*-\delta,\tau_*+\delta] [ τ ∗ − δ , τ ∗ + δ ] . By Lemma 8.23 ,
ρ ( τ ∗ ) = ρ ˙ ( τ ∗ ) = 0 , ρ ¨ n ≥ c 2 a.e. and ρ n ( τ ∗ ± δ ) → ρ ( τ ∗ ± δ ) > 0. \rho(\tau_*)=\dot{\rho}(\tau_*)=0,\qquad\ddot{\rho}_n\ge c_2\quad\text{a.e.}\qquad\text{and}\qquad\rho_n(\tau_*\pm\delta)\to\rho(\tau_*\pm\delta)>0. ρ ( τ ∗ ) = ρ ˙ ( τ ∗ ) = 0 , ρ ¨ n ≥ c 2 a.e. and ρ n ( τ ∗ ± δ ) → ρ ( τ ∗ ± δ ) > 0.
If ρ n > 0 \rho_n>0 ρ n > 0 on [ τ ∗ − δ , τ ∗ + δ ] [\tau_*-\delta,\tau_*+\delta] [ τ ∗ − δ , τ ∗ + δ ] there is no contact there, and the flight converges to the limit flight. Otherwise ρ n \rho_n ρ n has a first zero τ n ∈ ( τ ∗ − δ , τ ∗ + δ ) \tau_n\in(\tau_*-\delta,\tau_*+\delta) τ n ∈ ( τ ∗ − δ , τ ∗ + δ ) ; since min ρ n → 0 \min\rho_n\to0 min ρ n → 0 and the minimum points converge to τ ∗ \tau_* τ ∗ , we have τ n → τ ∗ \tau_n \to\tau_* τ n → τ ∗ and ρ ˙ n ( τ n ) → 0 \dot{\rho}_n(\tau_n) \to0 ρ ˙ n ( τ n ) → 0 , that is ⟨ w n − , n ⟩ → 0 \langle w_n^-,n\rangle\to0 ⟨ w n − , n ⟩ → 0 . The outgoing velocity w n + ∈ { w n − , R w n − } w_n^+ \in\{w_n^-,Rw_n^-\} w n + ∈ { w n − , R w n − } satisfies ∣ w n + − w n − ∣ ≤ 2 ∣ ⟨ w n − , n ⟩ ∣ → 0 \lvert w_n^+-w_n^-\rvert\le2\lvert\langle w_n^-,n\rangle\rvert\to0 ∣ w n + − w n − ∣ ≤ 2 ∣⟨ w n − , n ⟩∣ → 0 , so the new flight issued at τ n \tau_n τ n converges to the limit flight on [ τ n , τ ∗ + δ ] [\tau_n,\tau_*+\delta] [ τ n , τ ∗ + δ ] . Along it, the signed distance to Q Q Q vanishes at τ n \tau_n τ n , has nonnegative derivative there, and is strictly convex; hence there is no further contact with Q Q Q on ( τ n , τ ∗ + δ ] (\tau_n,\tau_*+\delta] ( τ n , τ ∗ + δ ] , and no other obstacle is met for n n n large. Thus the states at time τ ∗ + δ \tau_*+\delta τ ∗ + δ converge, the positions converge uniformly on [ τ ∗ − δ , τ ∗ + δ ] [\tau_*-\delta,\tau_*+\delta] [ τ ∗ − δ , τ ∗ + δ ] , and the induction proceeds. Positions converge also when a contact of the limit occurs at time t t t .
Recalling definition 8.8, for ζ ∈ U \zeta\in\mathcal{U} ζ ∈ U let
E ( ζ ) : = { 0 , 1 } ∪ { λ ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] : ( λ , ζ ) is not good } . E(\zeta):=\{0,1\}\cup\{\lambda\in[0,1]:(\lambda,\zeta)\text{ is not good}\}. E ( ζ ) := { 0 , 1 } ∪ { λ ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] : ( λ , ζ ) is not good } .
By Lemma 8.9, E ( ζ ) E(\zeta) E ( ζ ) is closed and F ζ F_\zeta F ζ is of class C 1 C^1 C 1 on [ 0 , 1 ] ∖ E ( ζ ) [0,1]\setminus E(\zeta) [ 0 , 1 ] ∖ E ( ζ ) , with F ζ ′ ( λ ) = ∂ λ X t λ ( ζ ) F_\zeta'(\lambda)=\partial_\lambda X_t^{\lambda}(\zeta) F ζ ′ ( λ ) = ∂ λ X t λ ( ζ ) .
Lemma 8.25 (Exceptional parameters). For almost every ζ ∈ U \zeta\in\mathcal{U} ζ ∈ U the set E ( ζ ) E(\zeta) E ( ζ ) is countable.
Proof. The idea of the proof is quite simple: every bad pair ( λ , ζ ) (\lambda,\zeta) ( λ , ζ ) satisfies one scalar equation g ( λ , ζ ) = 0 g(\lambda,\zeta)=0 g ( λ , ζ ) = 0 . Locally, each bad set is therefore contained in a four-dimensional hypersurface of the five-dimensional space ( λ , ζ ) (\lambda,\zeta) ( λ , ζ ) . For almost every fixed ζ \zeta ζ , the vertical line [ 0 , 1 ] × { ζ } [0,1]\times\{\zeta\} [ 0 , 1 ] × { ζ } meets each such hypersurface only finitely many times locally. Since there are countably many hypersurfaces, the exceptional set of λ \lambda λ 's is countable.
A pair ( λ , ζ ) ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) × U (\lambda,\zeta)\in(0,1)\times\mathcal{U} ( λ , ζ ) ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) × U is not good if and only if, after finitely many transversal contacts, either the next contact is tangential at some time in ( t 0 , t ] (t_0,t] ( t 0 , t ] , or it is transversal and occurs exactly at time t t t . We show that, locally, each of these events is contained in a C 1 C^1 C 1 hypersurface of ( 0 , 1 ) × U (0,1)\times\mathcal{U} ( 0 , 1 ) × U . Fix a non-good pair ( λ ∗ , ζ ∗ ) (\lambda_*,\zeta_*) ( λ ∗ , ζ ∗ ) , and let τ ∗ \tau_* τ ∗ be the time of its first tangential contact, or τ ∗ = t \tau_*=t τ ∗ = t if all the contacts up to time t t t are transversal and the last one occurs at time t t t . Denote by Q Q Q the obstacle involved in this contact. Choose t ′ ∈ ( t 0 , τ ∗ ) t'\in(t_0,\tau_*) t ′ ∈ ( t 0 , τ ∗ ) after the preceding contact, or any t ′ ∈ ( t 0 , τ ∗ ) t'\in(t_0,\tau_*) t ′ ∈ ( t 0 , τ ∗ ) if there is no preceding contact. By Lemma 8.9, after restricting to a neighbourhood O O O of ( λ ∗ , ζ ∗ ) (\lambda_*,\zeta_*) ( λ ∗ , ζ ∗ ) , the state S ( λ , ζ ) S(\lambda,\zeta) S ( λ , ζ ) at time t ′ t' t ′ is of class C 1 C^1 C 1 in ( λ , ζ ) (\lambda,\zeta) ( λ , ζ ) , and D ζ S D_\zeta S D ζ S is invertible. Let
x ( r ; λ , ζ ) : = π x F A λ r , t ′ ( S ( λ , ζ ) ) x(r;\lambda,\zeta):=\pi_xF_{A_\lambda}^{r,t'}(S(\lambda,\zeta)) x ( r ; λ , ζ ) := π x F A λ r , t ′ ( S ( λ , ζ ))
be the corresponding free flight, continued through the obstacles. Then x x x is of class C 1 C^1 C 1 in its variables, and
L ( r ; λ , ζ ) : = π x D F A λ r , t ′ D ζ S L(r;\lambda,\zeta):=\pi_xD F_{A_\lambda}^{r,t'}D_\zeta S L ( r ; λ , ζ ) := π x D F A λ r , t ′ D ζ S
has rank 2. Suppose first that the relevant event is a transversal contact with Q Q Q at time t t t . On a sufficiently small neighbourhood of ( λ ∗ , ζ ∗ ) (\lambda_*,\zeta_*) ( λ ∗ , ζ ∗ ) , define g ( λ , ζ ) : = d Q s ( x ( t ; λ , ζ ) ) g(\lambda,\zeta):=d_Q^s(x(t;\lambda,\zeta)) g ( λ , ζ ) := d Q s ( x ( t ; λ , ζ )) . Every nearby pair having the corresponding contact at time t t t belongs to { g = 0 } \{g=0\} { g = 0 } . Moreover, at such a pair, D ζ g = n ( x ( t ; λ , ζ ) ) L ( t ; λ , ζ ) ≠ 0 D_\zeta g=n(x(t;\lambda,\zeta))L(t;\lambda,\zeta)\ne0 D ζ g = n ( x ( t ; λ , ζ )) L ( t ; λ , ζ ) = 0 , because L ( t ; λ , ζ ) L(t;\lambda,\zeta) L ( t ; λ , ζ ) has rank 2.
Suppose instead that the relevant event is a tangential contact with Q Q Q at time τ ∗ \tau_* τ ∗ . By Lemma 8.23, there are δ > 0 \delta>0 δ > 0 and, after shrinking O O O , a unique point r m ( λ , ζ ) ∈ ( τ ∗ − δ , τ ∗ + δ ) r_m(\lambda,\zeta)\in(\tau_*-\delta,\tau_*+\delta) r m ( λ , ζ ) ∈ ( τ ∗ − δ , τ ∗ + δ ) at which r ↦ d Q s ( x ( r ; λ , ζ ) ) r\mapsto d_Q^s(x(r;\lambda,\zeta)) r ↦ d Q s ( x ( r ; λ , ζ )) attains its minimum. The map r m r_m r m is continuous. With a slight abuse of notation, set g ( λ , ζ ) : = d Q s ( x ( r m ( λ , ζ ) ; λ , ζ ) ) g(\lambda,\zeta):=d_Q^s(x(r_m(\lambda,\zeta);\lambda,\zeta)) g ( λ , ζ ) := d Q s ( x ( r m ( λ , ζ ) ; λ , ζ )) . The minimizing property shows that g g g is of class C 1 C^1 C 1 . Indeed, if q = ( λ , ζ ) q=(\lambda,\zeta) q = ( λ , ζ ) and q ′ = ( λ ′ , ζ ′ ) q'=(\lambda',\zeta') q ′ = ( λ ′ , ζ ′ ) , then
d Q s ( x ( r m ( q ′ ) ; q ′ ) ) − d Q s ( x ( r m ( q ′ ) ; q ) ) ≤ g ( q ′ ) − g ( q ) ≤ d Q s ( x ( r m ( q ) ; q ′ ) ) − d Q s ( x ( r m ( q ) ; q ) ) . d_Q^s(x(r_m(q');q'))-d_Q^s(x(r_m(q');q))\le g(q')-g(q)\le d_Q^s(x(r_m(q);q'))-d_Q^s(x(r_m(q);q)). d Q s ( x ( r m ( q ′ ) ; q ′ )) − d Q s ( x ( r m ( q ′ ) ; q )) ≤ g ( q ′ ) − g ( q ) ≤ d Q s ( x ( r m ( q ) ; q ′ )) − d Q s ( x ( r m ( q ) ; q )) .
Since r m r_m r m is continuous, both bounds have the same first-order expansion as q ′ → q q'\to q q ′ → q . Consequently,
D ζ g = n ( x ( r m ( λ , ζ ) ; λ , ζ ) ) L ( r m ( λ , ζ ) ; λ , ζ ) ≠ 0. D_\zeta g=n(x(r_m(\lambda,\zeta);\lambda,\zeta))L(r_m(\lambda,\zeta);\lambda,\zeta)\ne0. D ζ g = n ( x ( r m ( λ , ζ ) ; λ , ζ )) L ( r m ( λ , ζ ) ; λ , ζ ) = 0.
Every nearby pair having a tangential contact with Q Q Q belongs to { g = 0 } \{g=0\} { g = 0 } . We have therefore shown that every non-good pair has a neighbourhood in which the set of non-good pairs is contained in a C 1 C^1 C 1 hypersurface. There are only countably many possible contact indices and obstacles, and the space ( 0 , 1 ) × U (0,1)\times\mathcal{U} ( 0 , 1 ) × U is second countable. Hence the set of non-good pairs is contained in a countable union ⋃ j ≥ 1 M j \bigcup_{j\ge1} M_j ⋃ j ≥ 1 M j of C 1 C^1 C 1 hypersurfaces of ( 0 , 1 ) × U (0,1)\times\mathcal{U} ( 0 , 1 ) × U .
It remains to examine their sections at fixed ζ \zeta ζ . Let π : ( λ , ζ ) ↦ ζ \pi:(\lambda,\zeta)\mapsto\zeta π : ( λ , ζ ) ↦ ζ . For every compact subset K K K of a coordinate neighbourhood of M j M_j M j , the area formula gives
∫ R 4 # ( M j ∩ K ∩ π − 1 ( ζ ) ) d ζ ≤ H 4 ( M j ∩ K ) < ∞ . \int_{\mathbb{R}^4} \#(M_j\cap K\cap\pi^{-1}(\zeta))\,\mathrm{d}\zeta\leq\mathcal{H}^4(M_j\cap K)<\infty. ∫ R 4 # ( M j ∩ K ∩ π − 1 ( ζ )) d ζ ≤ H 4 ( M j ∩ K ) < ∞.
Thus, for almost every ζ \zeta ζ , the fiber M j ∩ K ∩ π − 1 ( ζ ) M_j\cap K\cap\pi^{-1}(\zeta) M j ∩ K ∩ π − 1 ( ζ ) is finite. Exhausting the coordinate neighbourhoods by countably many compact sets and then taking the countable union over j j j , we conclude that, for almost every ζ \zeta ζ , the set of λ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \lambda\in(0,1) λ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) for which ( λ , ζ ) (\lambda,\zeta) ( λ , ζ ) is not good is countable. Adding the two endpoints 0 0 0 and 1 1 1 proves the claim. □
Proposition 8.26. For almost every ζ ∈ U \zeta\in\mathcal{U} ζ ∈ U such that
∫ 0 1 ∣ ∂ λ X ~ t A λ ( ζ ) ∣ d λ < ∞ , \int_0^1 \left|\partial_\lambda\widetilde{X}^{A_\lambda}_t(\zeta)\right|\,\mathrm{d}\lambda<\infty, ∫ 0 1 ∂ λ X t A λ ( ζ ) d λ < ∞ , one has
∣ X ~ t A 1 ( ζ ) − X ~ t A 0 ( ζ ) ∣ ≤ ∫ 0 1 ∣ ∂ λ X ~ t A λ ( ζ ) ∣ d λ . \left|\widetilde{X}^{A_1}_t(\zeta)-\widetilde{X}^{A_0}_t(\zeta)\right|\leq\int_0^1\left|\partial_\lambda\widetilde{X}^{A_\lambda}_t(\zeta)\right|\,\mathrm{d}\lambda. X t A 1 ( ζ ) − X t A 0 ( ζ ) ≤ ∫ 0 1 ∂ λ X t A λ ( ζ ) d λ .
Proof. Fix ζ \zeta ζ for which the conclusion of Lemma 8.25 holds and the integral above is finite. Set
F ( λ ) : = X ~ t A λ ( ζ ) , Γ ( λ ) : = F ( λ ) − F ( 0 ) − ∫ 0 λ F ′ ( s ) d s , F(\lambda):=\widetilde{X}^{A_\lambda}_t(\zeta),\qquad\Gamma(\lambda):=F(\lambda)-F(0)-\int_0^\lambda F'(s)\,\mathrm{d}s, F ( λ ) := X t A λ ( ζ ) , Γ ( λ ) := F ( λ ) − F ( 0 ) − ∫ 0 λ F ′ ( s ) d s ,
where F ′ F' F ′ is defined arbitrarily on the null set E ( ζ ) E(\zeta) E ( ζ ) . By Lemma 8.24 , Γ \Gamma Γ is continuous. On every connected component ( a , b ) (a,b) ( a , b ) of [ 0 , 1 ] ∖ E ( ζ ) [0,1]\setminus E(\zeta) [ 0 , 1 ] ∖ E ( ζ ) , the function F F F is of class C 1 C^1 C 1 and F ′ = 0 F'=0 F ′ = 0 . Hence Γ \Gamma Γ is constant on [ a , b ] [a,b] [ a , b ] .
Since the endpoints of every such interval belong to E ( ζ ) E(\zeta) E ( ζ ) , it follows that
Γ ( [ 0 , 1 ] ) ⊂ Γ ( E ( ζ ) ) . \Gamma([0,1])\subset\Gamma(E(\zeta)). Γ ([ 0 , 1 ]) ⊂ Γ ( E ( ζ )) .
The set on the right is countable, whereas Γ ( [ 0 , 1 ] ) \Gamma([0,1]) Γ ([ 0 , 1 ]) is connected because Γ \Gamma Γ is continuous. Therefore Γ ( [ 0 , 1 ] ) \Gamma([0,1]) Γ ([ 0 , 1 ]) consists of one point. Since Γ ( 0 ) = 0 \Gamma(0)=0 Γ ( 0 ) = 0 , we obtain
F ( 1 ) − F ( 0 ) = ∫ 0 1 F ′ ( λ ) d λ . F(1)-F(0)=\int_0^1 F'(\lambda)\,\mathrm{d}\lambda. F ( 1 ) − F ( 0 ) = ∫ 0 1 F ′ ( λ ) d λ .
Taking absolute values gives the claim. □
The function ( λ , ζ ) ↦ ∂ λ X ~ t A λ ( ζ ) (\lambda,\zeta)\mapsto\partial_\lambda\widetilde{X}^{A_\lambda}_t(\zeta) ( λ , ζ ) ↦ ∂ λ X t A λ ( ζ ) is continuous on the open set of good pairs, whose complement in ( 0 , 1 ) × U (0,1)\times\mathcal{U} ( 0 , 1 ) × U is null (for each λ \lambda λ its section is null by Proposition 4.4 , applied to the trajectories issued at time t 0 t_0 t 0 , and by Fubini); hence it is measurable, and Tonelli’s theorem applies to it.
Proof of Proposition 8.21
For j ≥ 0 j\geq0 j ≥ 0 let V j : = W 0 + j V_j:=W_0+j V j := W 0 + j , S j : = { ( x , w ) : x ∈ D , V j ≤ ∣ w ∣ < V j + 1 } S_j:=\{(x,w):x\in D,\ V_j\leq\lvert w\rvert<V_j+1\} S j := {( x , w ) : x ∈ D , V j ≤ ∣ w ∣ < V j + 1 } and m j : = 1 + ⌊ 5 4 λ + ( V j + 1 ) h / d min ⌋ m_j:=1+\left\lfloor\frac{5}{4}\lambda_+(V_j+1)h/d_{\min}\right\rfloor m j := 1 + ⌊ 4 5 λ + ( V j + 1 ) h / d m i n ⌋ . By Proposition 8.6 , for ζ ∈ S j \zeta\in S_j ζ ∈ S j and λ ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] \lambda\in[0,1] λ ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] the A λ A_\lambda A λ -trajectory of ζ \zeta ζ has at most m j m_j m j contacts in I I I . Let
h f : = min { λ − d min 10 λ + + ℓ H , α d min 2 λ + ( d min + 5 4 ln ( C L Λ P ) ) } . h_f:=\min\left\{\frac{\lambda_-d_{\min}}{10\lambda_++\ell_H},\frac{\alpha d_{\min}}{2\lambda_+(d_{\min}+\frac{5}{4}\ln(C_L\Lambda_P))}\right\}. h f := min { 10 λ + + ℓ H λ − d m i n , 2 λ + ( d m i n + 4 5 ln ( C L Λ P )) α d m i n } .
Since V j ≥ W 0 ≥ 8 ℓ H / λ − V_j\geq W_0\geq8\ell_H/\lambda_- V j ≥ W 0 ≥ 8 ℓ H / λ − , the first condition gives m j ≤ 1 + 5 4 λ + + V j h / d min ≤ λ − V j 4 ℓ H + 1 ≤ M V j m_j\leq1+\frac{5}{4}\lambda_++V_jh/d_{\min}\leq\frac{\lambda_-V_j}{4\ell_H}+1\leq MV_j m j ≤ 1 + 4 5 λ + + V j h / d m i n ≤ 4 ℓ H λ − V j + 1 ≤ M V j . At a good pair ( λ , ζ ) (\lambda,\zeta) ( λ , ζ ) with ζ ∈ S j \zeta\in S_j ζ ∈ S j , Lemma 8.22 , extended to the first m j m_j m j contacts (all factors are at least 1 1 1 ), gives
∣ ∂ λ X ~ t A λ ( ζ ) ∣ ≤ 3 λ + ( V j + 1 ) h ε e λ + ( V j + 1 ) h C L m j ∏ k = 1 m j 1 cos φ k λ ( ζ ) . \left|\partial_\lambda\widetilde{X}^{A_\lambda}_t(\zeta)\right|\leq3\lambda_+(V_j+1)h\varepsilon e^{\lambda_+(V_j+1)h}C_L^{m_j}\prod_{k=1}^{m_j}\frac{1}{\cos\varphi_k^\lambda(\zeta)}. ∂ λ X t A λ ( ζ ) ≤ 3 λ + ( V j + 1 ) h ε e λ + ( V j + 1 ) h C L m j k = 1 ∏ m j cos φ k λ ( ζ ) 1 .
The pairs which are not good form a null set. By Tonelli’s theorem and Proposition 8.12 applied to each A λ ∈ A T A_\lambda\in\mathcal{A}_T A λ ∈ A T ,
∫ S j ρ ( ζ ) ( ∫ 0 1 ∣ ∂ λ X ~ t A λ ( ζ ) ∣ d λ ) d ζ ≤ C 0 e α c T e − α V j ⋅ 3 λ + ( V j + 1 ) h ε e λ + ( V j + 1 ) h C P C L m j Λ P m j ( V j + 1 ) . \int_{S_j}\rho(\zeta)\left(\int_0^1\left|\partial_\lambda\widetilde{X}^{A_\lambda}_t(\zeta)\right|\,d\lambda\right)d\zeta\leq C_0 e^{\alpha c_T}e^{-\alpha V_j}\cdot3\lambda_+(V_j+1)h\varepsilon e^{\lambda_+(V_j+1)h}C_P C_L^{m_j}\Lambda_P^{m_j}(V_j+1). ∫ S j ρ ( ζ ) ( ∫ 0 1 ∂ λ X t A λ ( ζ ) d λ ) d ζ ≤ C 0 e α c T e − α V j ⋅ 3 λ + ( V j + 1 ) h ε e λ + ( V j + 1 ) h C P C L m j Λ P m j ( V j + 1 ) .
By the second condition on h h h ,
e λ + ( V j + 1 ) h ( C L Λ P ) m j ≤ C L Λ P e α 2 ( V j + 1 ) , e^{\lambda_+(V_j+1)h}(C_L\Lambda_P)^{m_j}\leq C_L\Lambda_P e^{\frac{\alpha}{2}(V_j+1)}, e λ + ( V j + 1 ) h ( C L Λ P ) m j ≤ C L Λ P e 2 α ( V j + 1 ) ,
so the right-hand side is at most C h ε ( V j + 1 ) 2 e − α V j / 2 C h\varepsilon(V_j+1)^2e^{-\alpha V_j/2} C h ε ( V j + 1 ) 2 e − α V j /2 , whose sum over j j j is at most C f h ε C_fh\varepsilon C f h ε . In particular ∫ 0 1 ∣ ∂ λ X ~ t A λ ( ζ ) ∣ d λ < ∞ \int_0^1|\partial_\lambda\widetilde{X}^{A_\lambda}_t(\zeta)|\,d\lambda<\infty ∫ 0 1 ∣ ∂ λ X t A λ ( ζ ) ∣ d λ < ∞ for ρ \rho ρ -a.e. ζ \zeta ζ with ∣ w ∣ ≥ W 0 |w|\geq W_0 ∣ w ∣ ≥ W 0 , and Proposition 8.26 gives ∣ X ~ t A 1 − X ~ t A 0 ∣ ≤ ∫ 0 1 ∣ ∂ λ X ~ t A λ ∣ d λ \left|\widetilde{X}^{A_1}_t-\widetilde{X}^{A_0}_t\right|\leq\int_0^1|\partial_\lambda\widetilde{X}^{A_\lambda}_t|\,d\lambda X t A 1 − X t A 0 ≤ ∫ 0 1 ∣ ∂ λ X t A λ ∣ d λ for ρ \rho ρ -a.e. such ζ \zeta ζ (the sphere ∣ w ∣ = W 0 |w|=W_0 ∣ w ∣ = W 0 is null). □
Proof of Theorem 8.1
Let W 0 W_0 W 0 be as at the beginning of this section. Let A 0 , A 1 A_0,A_1 A 0 , A 1 be the histories of two Lagrangian solutions with initial datum μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 , t 0 : = sup { t ∈ [ 0 , T ] : A 0 = A 1 on [ 0 , t ] } t_0:=\sup\{t\in[0,T]:A_0=A_1\text{ on }[0,t]\} t 0 := sup { t ∈ [ 0 , T ] : A 0 = A 1 on [ 0 , t ]} , and assume by contradiction that t 0 < T t_0<T t 0 < T . For h ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] h\in(0,1] h ∈ ( 0 , 1 ] let I : = [ t 0 , min ( t 0 + h , T ) ] I:=[t_0,\min(t_0+h,T)] I := [ t 0 , min ( t 0 + h , T )] and ε : = sup I ∣ A 1 − A 0 ∣ \varepsilon:=\sup_I|A_1-A_0| ε := sup I ∣ A 1 − A 0 ∣ . Since all the conditions on h h h below are upper bounds, we may replace h h h by T − t 0 T-t_0 T − t 0 if T − t 0 < h T-t_0<h T − t 0 < h , and assume I = [ t 0 , t 0 + h ] ⊂ [ 0 , T ] I=[t_0,t_0+h]\subset[0,T] I = [ t 0 , t 0 + h ] ⊂ [ 0 , T ] . As in the proof of Theorem 7.4 , by Lemma 5.3(ii), and since the two trajectories of a point coincide up to time t 0 t_0 t 0 , (40) holds for t ∈ I t\in I t ∈ I , with ρ \rho ρ the density of the common state at time t 0 t_0 t 0 (Lemma 8.7 ). For almost every ζ \zeta ζ with ∣ w ∣ > W 0 |w|>W_0 ∣ w ∣ > W 0 the trajectories in (40) are those of Definition 8.5 .
Lemma 8.27 (Slow particles). There are h s > 0 h_s>0 h s > 0 and C s C_s C s , depending only on D \mathcal{D} D , c 0 c_0 c 0 and C 0 C_0 C 0 , such that for h ≤ h s h\leq h_s h ≤ h s and t ∈ I t\in I t ∈ I
∫ { ∣ w ∣ < W 0 } ∣ X ~ t 1 − X ~ t 0 ∣ ρ d ζ ≤ C s h ε . \int_{\{|w|<W_0\}}\left|\widetilde{X}^1_t-\widetilde{X}^0_t\right|\rho\,d\zeta\leq C_sh\varepsilon. ∫ { ∣ w ∣ < W 0 } X t 1 − X t 0 ρ d ζ ≤ C s h ε .
Proof. Let ζ \zeta ζ be in the support of ρ \rho ρ , with ∣ w ∣ < W 0 |w|<W_0 ∣ w ∣ < W 0 ; the corresponding initial velocity satisfies ∣ v ∣ ≥ c 0 |v|\geq c_0 ∣ v ∣ ≥ c 0 . Under both histories, ∣ V t ∣ ≥ c 1 |V_t|\geq c_1 ∣ V t ∣ ≥ c 1 for t ∈ [ 0 , T ] t\in[0,T] t ∈ [ 0 , T ] (the lower bound in Lemma 7.1 , whose proof uses only ∣ v ∣ ≥ c 0 |v|\geq c_0 ∣ v ∣ ≥ c 0 ), and ∣ V t ∣ ≤ λ + ( W 0 + λ + + ∣ E 0 ∣ ) = : L s |V_t|\leq\lambda_+(W_0+\lambda_++|E_0|)=:L_s ∣ V t ∣ ≤ λ + ( W 0 + λ + + ∣ E 0 ∣ ) =: L s for t ∈ I t\in I t ∈ I . The proofs of Lemmas 7.2 and 7.3, and of the estimate concluding the proof of Theorem 7.4 , use the upper bound ∣ v ∣ ≤ L |v|\leq L ∣ v ∣ ≤ L only through the bound ∣ V t ∣ ≤ L 1 |V_t|\leq L_1 ∣ V t ∣ ≤ L 1 for t t t in the window and the bound ∣ w ∣ ≤ W |w|\leq W ∣ w ∣ ≤ W at time t 0 t_0 t 0 , and they use the density only through ∥ ρ ∥ ∞ ≤ ∥ f 0 ∥ ∞ \|\rho\|_\infty\leq\|f_0\|_\infty ∥ ρ ∥ ∞ ≤ ∥ f 0 ∥ ∞ . With L 1 L_1 L 1 and W W W replaced by L s L_s L s and W 0 W_0 W 0 respectively, and with ∥ ρ ∥ ∞ ≤ C 0 \|\rho\|_\infty\leq C_0 ∥ ρ ∥ ∞ ≤ C 0 (Lemma 8.7 ), they give the claim, the integral being restricted to { ∣ w ∣ < W 0 } \{|w|<W_0\} { ∣ w ∣ < W 0 } and h s h_s h s being the constant h 0 h_0 h 0 of Lemma 7.2 , computed with L s L_s L s in place of L 1 L_1 L 1 . □
We have at last all the ingredients to prove Theorem 8.1 .
Proof of Theorem 8.1 . By Lemma 8.7 , ρ ≤ C 0 e α c T e − α ∣ w ∣ \rho\leq C_0e^{\alpha c_T}e^{-\alpha|w|} ρ ≤ C 0 e α c T e − α ∣ w ∣ , so Proposition 8.21 applies and the sphere { ∣ w ∣ = W 0 } \{|w|=W_0\} { ∣ w ∣ = W 0 } is null. By Lemma 8.27 , Proposition 8.21 and (40) , for h ≤ min ( h s , h f ) h\leq\min(h_s,h_f) h ≤ min ( h s , h f ) and every t ∈ I t\in I t ∈ I ,
∣ A 1 ( t ) − A 0 ( t ) ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ ( C s + C f ) h ε . |A_1(t)-A_0(t)|\leq|E_0|(C_s+C_f)h\varepsilon. ∣ A 1 ( t ) − A 0 ( t ) ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ ( C s + C f ) h ε .
Taking the supremum over I I I , taking ε ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ ( C s + C f ) h ε \varepsilon\leq|E_0|(C_s+C_f)h\varepsilon ε ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ ( C s + C f ) h ε , and for h < 1 / ( ∣ E 0 ∣ ( C s + C f ) ) h<1/(|E_0|(C_s+C_f)) h < 1/ ( ∣ E 0 ∣ ( C s + C f )) we get ε = 0 \varepsilon=0 ε = 0 , that is A 0 = A 1 A_0=A_1 A 0 = A 1 on [ 0 , t 0 + h ] [0,t_0+h] [ 0 , t 0 + h ] , which contradicts the definition of t 0 t_0 t 0 . Since the constants do not depend on t 0 t_0 t 0 , the proof is concluded. □
Remark 8.28. We conclude with two remarks on the assumptions used in this section.
(a) The role of the assumptions. The fast regime (7.3) and the lower bound c 0 c_0 c 0 are used only for the slow particles (Lemma 8.27 ); the fast particles are in the dispersing regime because their trajectories have curvature O ( ∣ E 0 ∣ / ∣ w ∣ 2 ) O(|E_0|/|w|^2) O ( ∣ E 0 ∣/∣ w ∣ 2 ) . The tail (8.1) is used only to sum over the speed shells in Proposition 8.21 ; the precise condition is given in Remark 8.3. Finite horizon, which is not needed in § 7 , enters through ℓ H \ell_H ℓ H : the flights have bounded length, which is used in Proposition 8.6 (c), in Lemma 8.14, in the count of the obstacles that can be hit next (Lemma 8.20 ), and in the bound M ≤ M V M \le M_V M ≤ M V . In infinite horizon a front can be cut into infinitely many pieces at one collision, and a different argument would be needed.
(b) The product lemma. For E 0 = 0 E_0=0 E 0 = 0 , Proposition 8.12 says that ∫ ∏ k = 1 M cos − 1 φ k d μ ≤ C Λ M \int\prod_{k=1}^{M}\cos^{-1}\varphi_k\,\mathrm{d}\mu\le C\Lambda^M ∫ ∏ k = 1 M cos − 1 φ k d μ ≤ C Λ M for the invariant measure μ = cos φ d r d φ \mu=\cos\varphi\,\mathrm{d}r\,\mathrm{d}\varphi μ = cos φ d r d φ of the billiard map. The proof is somehow elementary: the product is dominated by the growth ∣ J M ∣ / ∣ J 1 ∣ \lvert J_M\rvert/\lvert J_1\rvert ∣ J M ∣ / ∣ J 1 ∣ of the perpendicular Jacobi field along a front, and ∫ ∣ J M ∣ / cos φ M d p \int\lvert J_M\rvert/\cos\varphi_M\,\mathrm{d}p ∫ ∣ J M ∣ / cos φ M d p is the length of the arc of ∂ Q M \partial Q_M ∂ Q M hit by a piece of the front, which is bounded because along a dispersing front φ \varphi φ increases with the arclength at rate at least κ min \kappa_{\min} κ m i n . No distortion bound, homogeneity strips or mixing is used and the exponential growth comes only from the number of pieces.
Open problems
We conclude the paper with a list of open problem, left for future investigations:
Non-constant fields. We chose a constant field to keep the length of the paper reasonable. However, the key idea (the reduction to the integrated thermostat history) is not specific to this case. For a bounded field E = E ( t , x ) E=E(t,x) E = E ( t , x ) , Z 2 \mathbb{Z}^2 Z 2 -periodic and of class C 1 C^1 C 1 in x x x , the change of variables W = e A ( t ) V W=e^{A(t)}V W = e A ( t ) V transforms the equations between contacts into
X ˙ = e − A ( t ) W , W ˙ = e A ( t ) E ( t , X ) , \dot{X}=e^{-A(t)}W,\qquad\dot{W}=e^{A(t)}E(t,X), X ˙ = e − A ( t ) W , W ˙ = e A ( t ) E ( t , X ) ,
which, as in the constant field case, depend on A A A but not on A ˙ \dot{A} A ˙ , and whose vector field is still divergence free. Under the normalisation of the energy, the self-consistency condition becomes
A ( t ) = ∫ Ω ∫ 0 t ⟨ E ( s , X A ( z ) ) , V s A ( z ) ⟩ d s d μ 0 ( z ) , A(t)=\int_{\Omega}\int_0^t \langle E(s,X^A(z)),V_s^A(z)\rangle\,\mathrm{d}s\,\mathrm{d}\mu_0(z), A ( t ) = ∫ Ω ∫ 0 t ⟨ E ( s , X A ( z )) , V s A ( z )⟩ d s d μ 0 ( z ) ,
so that A ( t ) A(t) A ( t ) is again the average work done by the external field. The inner integral is a continuous function of the history and of the initial state at regular points, so the existence and compactness arguments of the present paper should extend with minor modifications. If the field is spatially homogeneous and absolutely continuous in time, then
∫ 0 t ⟨ E ( s ) , V s A ( z ) ⟩ d s = ⟨ E ( t ) , Δ t A ( z ) ⟩ − ∫ 0 t ⟨ E ˙ ( s ) , Δ s A ( z ) ⟩ d s , \int_0^t \langle E(s),V_s^A(z)\rangle\,\mathrm{d}s=\langle E(t),\Delta_t^A(z)\rangle-\int_0^t \langle\dot{E}(s),\Delta_s^A(z)\rangle\,\mathrm{d}s, ∫ 0 t ⟨ E ( s ) , V s A ( z )⟩ d s = ⟨ E ( t ) , Δ t A ( z )⟩ − ∫ 0 t ⟨ E ˙ ( s ) , Δ s A ( z )⟩ d s ,
and if E = − ∇ U E=-\nabla U E = − ∇ U with ∇ U \nabla U ∇ U periodic the work equals U ( x ) − U ( X ~ t A ( z ) ) U(x)-U(\widetilde{X}_t^A(z)) U ( x ) − U ( X t A ( z )) . In both cases the fixed point involves positions only, as in the present paper. For a homogeneous field E ( t ) E(t) E ( t ) the free flights remain affine, and we expect all the proofs, including those of § 8 , to carry over essentially verbatim. If the field is no longer affine, the linearised equations contain terms involving the spatial derivatives of E E E , and the flights of a front are no longer translates of each other, so extending the uniqueness estimates, and in particular Lemmas 8.17 and 8.18 , would require more work to control these terms.
Larger classes of weak solutions. Proposition 5.7 identifies weak and Lagrangian solutions for absolutely continuous measures. Whether uniqueness holds among measure-valued weak solutions is a different question, which we do not address; note that the empirical measures of the particle system are atomic weak solutions.
Rates and propagation of chaos. Theorem 6.5 is obtained by compactness and gives no rate. In the fast regime, the comparison argument of § 7 is quantitative, and combined with a law of large numbers uniform over the compact set of histories it should give a rate of convergence for independent initial data.
Long-time behaviour. The stationary solutions of the kinetic equation and their stability are open; they should be related to the nonequilibrium steady states of the particle system.
Self-consistent transfer operators. The relation with globally coupled systems and self-consistent transfer operators, and a possible route to the long-time behaviour, are interesting enough to deserve their own appendix (Appendix B).
Appendix A. Proof of Lemma 5.8
This appendix proves Lemma 5.8 . The main issue is the construction of local inverse branches of the billiard flow near a transversal contact. The incoming and outgoing contact states are considered separately and uniform transversality ensures that the corresponding neighbourhoods can be chosen disjoint.
Proof. Let K : = supp Θ K := \operatorname{supp}\Theta K := supp Θ , a compact subset of the open set Reg A \operatorname{Reg}_{A} Reg A . The function is well defined because Φ A t \Phi_{A}^{t} Φ A t is injective on Reg A \operatorname{Reg}_{A} Reg A , by the same argument of the proof in Lemma 4.5 .
Step 0: uniformity. By Lemma 4.3 the number of contacts is locally constant on Reg A \operatorname{Reg}_{A} Reg A , and the contact times and the incoming states depend continuously on the initial point. Hence there is an open set U U U with K ⊂ U K \subset U K ⊂ U and U ‾ ⊂ Reg A \overline{U} \subset\operatorname{Reg}_{A} U ⊂ Reg A compact, and constants ν K , σ K > 0 \nu_{K},\sigma_{K}>0 ν K , σ K > 0 , such that for every z ′ ∈ U z' \in U z ′ ∈ U : all contacts have normal velocity at least ν K \nu_{K} ν K ; the first contact time is at least σ K \sigma_{K} σ K , the last one at most T − σ K T-\sigma_{K} T − σ K , and two consecutive contact times differ by at least σ K \sigma_{K} σ K . We regard Θ \Theta Θ as a C 1 C^{1} C 1 function on U U U , vanishing outside K K K .
Step 1: local inverse branches. We use the variables ( x , w ) (x,w) ( x , w ) , w = e A ( t ) v w=e^{A(t)}v w = e A ( t ) v , in which the free-flight maps F A t , s F_{A}^{t,s} F A t , s are of class C 1 C^{1} C 1 both in time and state. Let z 0 ∈ U z_{0}\in U z 0 ∈ U and t ∗ ∈ [ 0 , T ] t_{*}\in[0,T] t ∗ ∈ [ 0 , T ] . We construct a relatively open neighbourhood N \mathcal{N} N of the state ( t ∗ , Φ A t ∗ ( z 0 ) ) (t_{*},\Phi_{A}^{t_{*}}(z_{0})) ( t ∗ , Φ A t ∗ ( z 0 )) in [ 0 , T ] × Ω [0,T]\times\Omega [ 0 , T ] × Ω and a map Z ^ ( t , x , w ) \widehat{Z}(t,x,w) Z ( t , x , w ) with values in U U U , of class C 1 C^{1} C 1 in ( t , x , w ) (t,x,w) ( t , x , w ) on an open subset of R × R 4 \mathbb{R}\times\mathbb{R}^{4} R × R 4 , such that
Z ( t , ( x , v ) ) : = Z ^ ( t , x , e A ( t ) v ) satisfies z = Φ A t ( Z ( t , z ) ) for all ( t , z ) ∈ N . (52) Z(t,(x,v)):=\widehat{Z}\left(t,x,e^{A(t)}v\right)\quad\text{satisfies}\quad z=\Phi_{A}^{t}(Z(t,z))\quad\text{for all }(t,z)\in\mathcal{N}. \tag*{(52)} Z ( t , ( x , v )) := Z ( t , x , e A ( t ) v ) satisfies z = Φ A t ( Z ( t , z )) for all ( t , z ) ∈ N . (52)
In particular Z Z Z is of class C 1 C^{1} C 1 in z z z up to the boundary of Ω \Omega Ω , D z Z D_{z}Z D z Z is continuous in ( t , z ) (t,z) ( t , z ) , and Z Z Z is Lipschitz in t t t and differentiable in t t t at every time at which A A A is differentiable. We distinguish three cases:
(I) The time t ∗ t_{*} t ∗ is not a contact time of z 0 z_{0} z 0 . Near ( t ∗ , z 0 ) (t_{*},z_{0}) ( t ∗ , z 0 ) , the map ( t , z ′ ) ⟼ ( t , Ψ t ( z ′ ) ) (t,z')\longmapsto(t,\Psi^{t}(z')) ( t , z ′ ) ⟼ ( t , Ψ t ( z ′ )) is of class C 1 C^{1} C 1 . Indeed, after restricting to a sufficiently small neighbourhood, the collision pattern is fixed and Ψ t \Psi^{t} Ψ t is a composition of free flights, reflections, and C 1 C^{1} C 1 contact times. Moreover, D z ′ Ψ t ∗ ( z 0 ) D_{z'}\Psi^{t_{*}}(z_{0}) D z ′ Ψ t ∗ ( z 0 ) is invertible by Lemma 4.5 . The inverse function theorem therefore gives a map Z ^ n c ( t , x , w ) \widehat{Z}_{\mathrm{nc}}(t,x,w) Z nc ( t , x , w ) defined near ( t ∗ , Ψ t ∗ ( z 0 ) ) (t_{*},\Psi^{t_{*}}(z_{0})) ( t ∗ , Ψ t ∗ ( z 0 )) such that Ψ t ( Z ^ n c ( t , x , w ) ) = ( x , w ) \Psi^{t}(\widehat{Z}_{\mathrm{nc}}(t,x,w))=(x,w) Ψ t ( Z nc ( t , x , w )) = ( x , w ) . This gives the desired local inverse branch at every noncontact state.
(II) The time t ∗ t_{*} t ∗ is a contact time; incoming state ( y , w − ) (y,w^{-}) ( y , w − ) . Set q : = t ∗ − σ K 4 q:=t_{*}-\frac{\sigma_{K}}{4} q := t ∗ − 4 σ K . By the choice of σ K \sigma_{K} σ K , the trajectories issued from points sufficiently close to z 0 z_{0} z 0 have no contact in the interval [ q , t ∗ ) [q,t_{*}) [ q , t ∗ ) . By Lemma 4.5 , after shrinking the neighbourhood of z 0 z_{0} z 0 if necessary, there are open sets U q ∋ z 0 U_{q}\ni z_{0} U q ∋ z 0 and V q ∋ Ψ q ( z 0 ) V_{q}\ni\Psi^{q}(z_{0}) V q ∋ Ψ q ( z 0 ) such that Ψ q : U q ⟶ V q \Psi^{q}:U_{q}\longrightarrow V_{q} Ψ q : U q ⟶ V q is a C 1 C^{1} C 1 diffeomorphism. Denote its inverse by B q : = ( Ψ q ∣ U q ) − 1 B_{q}:=(\Psi^{q}|_{U_{q}})^{-1} B q := ( Ψ q ∣ U q ) − 1 . For ( t , x , w ) (t,x,w) ( t , x , w ) close to ( t ∗ , y , w − ) (t_{*},y,w^{-}) ( t ∗ , y , w − ) , define
Z ^ i n ( t , x , w ) : = B q ( F A q , t ( x , w ) ) . \widehat{Z}_{\mathrm{in}}(t,x,w):=B_{q}\bigl(F_{A}^{q,t}(x,w)\bigr). Z in ( t , x , w ) := B q ( F A q , t ( x , w ) ) .
This is a C 1 C^{1} C 1 map on a full neighbourhood of ( t ∗ , y , w − ) (t_{*},y,w^{-}) ( t ∗ , y , w − ) in R × R 4 \mathbb{R}\times\mathbb{R}^{4} R × R 4 . If ( x , e − A ( t ) w ) ∈ Ω (x,e^{-A(t)}w)\in\Omega ( x , e − A ( t ) w ) ∈ Ω and ( t , x , w ) (t,x,w) ( t , x , w ) is sufficiently close to ( t ∗ , y , w − ) (t_{*},y,w^{-}) ( t ∗ , y , w − ) , the free flight from time q q q to time t t t does not meet the boundary before time t t t . Indeed, it is close to the corresponding free flight of z 0 z_{0} z 0 , which remains in D ˚ \mathring{D} D ˚ on [ q , t ∗ ) [q,t_{*}) [ q , t ∗ ) , and the signed distance to the obstacle is strictly decreasing near t ∗ t_{*} t ∗ by transversality. Since x ∈ D x\in D x ∈ D , the first zero of this signed distance cannot occur before t t t . Consequently, Ψ t ( Z ^ i n ( t , x , w ) ) = ( x , w ) \Psi^{t}(\widehat{Z}_{\mathrm{in}}(t,x,w))=(x,w) Ψ t ( Z in ( t , x , w )) = ( x , w ) . This gives (A.1). (III) The time t ∗ t_* t ∗ is a contact time; outgoing state ( y , w + ) (y,w^+) ( y , w + ) . For ( t , x , w ) (t,x,w) ( t , x , w ) close to ( t ∗ , y , w + ) (t_*,y,w^+) ( t ∗ , y , w + ) , consider the free flight s ↦ F A s , t ( x , w ) s \mapsto F_A^{s,t}(x,w) s ↦ F A s , t ( x , w ) run backwards from time t t t . By transversality and the implicit function theorem, this flight meets the boundary of the relevant obstacle at a unique time τ = τ ( t , x , w ) \tau=\tau(t,x,w) τ = τ ( t , x , w ) close to t ∗ t_* t ∗ . The function τ \tau τ is of class C 1 C^1 C 1 . Write ( y ′ , w ′ ) : = F A τ ( t , x , w ) , t ( x , w ) (y',w'):=F_A^{\tau(t,x,w),t}(x,w) ( y ′ , w ′ ) := F A τ ( t , x , w ) , t ( x , w ) . Thus ( y ′ , w ′ ) (y',w') ( y ′ , w ′ ) is the outgoing state at the backward crossing, and ( y ′ , R y ′ w ′ ) (y',\mathcal{R}_{y'}w') ( y ′ , R y ′ w ′ ) is the corresponding incoming state. Define
Z ^ o u t ( t , x , w ) : = Z ^ i n ( τ ( t , x , w ) , y ′ , R y ′ w ′ ) . \widehat{Z}_{\mathrm{out}}(t,x,w):=\widehat{Z}_{\mathrm{in}}\left(\tau(t,x,w),y',\mathcal{R}_{y'}w'\right). Z out ( t , x , w ) := Z in ( τ ( t , x , w ) , y ′ , R y ′ w ′ ) .
After shrinking the neighbourhood if necessary, the argument of Z ^ i n \widehat{Z}_{\mathrm{in}} Z in belongs to its domain. Hence Z ^ o u t \widehat{Z}_{\mathrm{out}} Z out is of class C 1 C^1 C 1 and satisfies Ψ t ( Z ^ o u t ( t , x , w ) ) = ( x , w ) \Psi^t\left(\widehat{Z}_{\mathrm{out}}(t,x,w)\right)=(x,w) Ψ t ( Z out ( t , x , w ) ) = ( x , w ) for physical states sufficiently close to the outgoing state.
Since reflection is an involution, for y ′ ∈ ∂ D y'\in\partial D y ′ ∈ ∂ D and w w w close to w + w^+ w + one has
Z ^ o u t ( t , y ′ , w ) = Z ^ i n ( t , y ′ , R y ′ w ) . \widehat{Z}_{\mathrm{out}}(t,y',w)=\widehat{Z}_{\mathrm{in}}\left(t,y',\mathcal{R}_{y'}w\right). Z out ( t , y ′ , w ) = Z in ( t , y ′ , R y ′ w ) .
Moreover,
∣ w + − w − ∣ = 2 ∣ ⟨ w − , n ( y ) ⟩ ∣ ≥ 2 ν K , \lvert w^+-w^-\rvert=2\lvert\langle w^-,n(y)\rangle\rvert\geq2\nu_K, ∣ w + − w − ∣ = 2 ∣⟨ w − , n ( y )⟩∣ ≥ 2 ν K ,
so the incoming and outgoing neighbourhoods may be chosen disjoint. Consequently, no compatibility between their derivatives is required.
Step 2: regularity of φ Θ \varphi_\Theta φ Θ . Let K \mathcal{K} K be the set of ( t , z ) (t,z) ( t , z ) such that z = Φ A t ( z 0 ) z=\Phi_A^t(z_0) z = Φ A t ( z 0 ) for some z 0 ∈ K z_0\in K z 0 ∈ K . By continuity of the branches and compactness of [ 0 , T ] × K [0,T]\times K [ 0 , T ] × K , K \mathcal{K} K is compact, and it is covered by finitely many neighbourhoods N i \mathcal{N}_i N i as in Step 1, with maps Z i Z_i Z i . We claim that
φ Θ = Θ ∘ Z i on N i . \varphi_\Theta=\Theta\circ Z_i\quad\text{on }\mathcal{N}_i. φ Θ = Θ ∘ Z i on N i .
Indeed, let ( t , z ) ∈ N i (t,z)\in\mathcal{N}_i ( t , z ) ∈ N i . If Z i ( t , z ) ∈ K Z_i(t,z)\in K Z i ( t , z ) ∈ K this is the definition of φ Θ \varphi_\Theta φ Θ , by (A.1). If Z i ( t , z ) ∉ K Z_i(t,z)\notin K Z i ( t , z ) ∈ / K , then Θ ( Z i ( t , z ) ) = 0 \Theta(Z_i(t,z))=0 Θ ( Z i ( t , z )) = 0 ; and z = Φ A t ( z 0 ) z=\Phi_A^t(z_0) z = Φ A t ( z 0 ) with z 0 ∈ K z_0\in K z 0 ∈ K is impossible, since by (A.1) and the injectivity of Φ A t \Phi_A^t Φ A t on Reg A \operatorname{Reg}_A Reg A it would give z 0 = Z i ( t , z ) z_0=Z_i(t,z) z 0 = Z i ( t , z ) . Thus φ Θ = 0 \varphi_\Theta=0 φ Θ = 0 as well. Since Θ ∈ C 1 ( U ) \Theta\in C^1(U) Θ ∈ C 1 ( U ) , the claim shows that φ Θ \varphi_\Theta φ Θ has the stated regularity on ⋃ i N i \bigcup_i\mathcal{N}_i ⋃ i N i , an open neighbourhood of K \mathcal{K} K ; and φ Θ \varphi_\Theta φ Θ vanishes on the open complement of K \mathcal{K} K . Hence φ Θ \varphi_\Theta φ Θ is continuous on [ 0 , T ] × Ω [0,T]\times\Omega [ 0 , T ] × Ω , supported in K \mathcal{K} K , of class C 1 C^1 C 1 in z z z with ∇ z φ Θ \nabla_z\varphi_\Theta ∇ z φ Θ continuous, and Lipschitz in t t t . The symmetry follows from the relation between the branches (II) and (III).
Step 3: the transport identity. A point of K \mathcal{K} K with z ∈ Ω ˚ z\in\mathring{\Omega} z ∈ Ω ˚ is of type (I). There Z ( t , Φ A t ( z ′ ) ) = z ′ Z(t,\Phi_A^t(z'))=z' Z ( t , Φ A t ( z ′ )) = z ′ , and between contacts t ↦ Φ A t ( z ′ ) t\mapsto\Phi_A^t(z') t ↦ Φ A t ( z ′ ) solves x ˙ = v \dot{x}=v x ˙ = v , v ˙ = E 0 − A ˙ v \dot{v}=E_0-\dot{A}v v ˙ = E 0 − A ˙ v at every t t t at which A A A is differentiable. Since Z Z Z is differentiable in t t t at such times and C 1 C^1 C 1 in z z z , differentiating in t t t gives ∂ t Z + D z Z ( v , E 0 − A ˙ v ) = 0 \partial_tZ+D_zZ(v,E_0-\dot{A}v)=0 ∂ t Z + D z Z ( v , E 0 − A ˙ v ) = 0 at such times, hence (23) for φ Θ = Θ ∘ Z \varphi_\Theta=\Theta\circ Z φ Θ = Θ ∘ Z . Outside K \mathcal{K} K the identity is trivial. □
Appendix B. Globally coupled flows and self-consistent transfer operators
The particle system studied in this paper is a globally coupled system, i.e. the particles evolve independently except for a coupling through a global observable. For globally coupled maps the mean-field limit is described by a self-consistent (nonlinear) transfer operator (see the review [40 ] and, for recent results on the existence, stability and convergence to equilibrium of its fixed points, [15 , 16 , 3 ] ). For flows, and in particular for flows with singularities such as billiards, we are not aware of any result of this type; the smooth case is treated in [18 ] , where nonlinear Vlasov equations driven by smooth chaotic flows are studied with anisotropic spaces and microlocal methods, which are not suitable in the presence of discontinuities. In this appendix we rephrase the results of the paper in this language and describe how they could enter a study of the long-time behaviour. Except where a result of the paper is quoted, the discussion is formal and nothing in this appendix is used elsewhere.
The self-consistent semigroup. For a history A ∈ A T A \in\mathcal{A}_T A ∈ A T let
L A t μ : = ( Φ A t ) # μ \mathcal{L}_A^t\mu:= (\Phi_A^t)_{\#}\mu L A t μ := ( Φ A t ) # μ
be the transfer operator of the non-autonomous billiard flow of § 4 ; on densities,
L A t f = e 2 A ( t ) f ∘ ( Φ A t ) − 1 \mathcal{L}_A^t f = e^{2A(t)} f \circ(\Phi_A^t)^{-1} L A t f = e 2 A ( t ) f ∘ ( Φ A t ) − 1
by Proposition 4.4 . A Lagrangian solution is a curve μ t = L A t μ 0 \mu_t = \mathcal{L}_{A}^{t}\mu_0 μ t = L A t μ 0 whose history is the one it generates, A ˙ = j μ t / u μ t \dot{A}=j_{\mu_t}/u_{\mu_t} A ˙ = j μ t / u μ t . In other words it is a fixed point of the map { μ t } ↦ { L A [ μ ] t μ 0 } \{\mu_t\}\mapsto\{\mathcal{L}_{A[\mu]}^t\mu_0\} { μ t } ↦ { L A [ μ ] t μ 0 } acting on curves of measures. The coupling is of rank one in the sense that L A \mathcal{L}_A L A depends on the curve only through the scalar function A [ μ ] A[\mu] A [ μ ] , and this is why the fixed point problem can be written in C 0 ( [ 0 , T ] ) C^0([0,T]) C 0 ([ 0 , T ]) , as we did in § 5 . Where the solution is unique we may define
L t μ 0 : = μ t . \mathcal{L}_t\mu_0 := \mu_t. L t μ 0 := μ t .
Since the equation is autonomous, L t + s = L t ∘ L s \mathcal{L}_{t+s}=\mathcal{L}_t\circ\mathcal{L}_s L t + s = L t ∘ L s whenever all terms are defined. This is the self-consistent transfer operator of the problem. Its infinitesimal form is
∂ t μ = G a ( μ ) μ , where G a μ : = − div ( ( v , E 0 − a v ) μ ) , \partial_t\mu= \mathcal{G}_{a(\mu)}\mu,\qquad\text{where }\mathcal{G}_a\mu:= -\operatorname{div}((v,E_0-av)\mu), ∂ t μ = G a ( μ ) μ , where G a μ := − div (( v , E 0 − a v ) μ ) ,
with specular reflection, is the generator of the billiard flow with constant friction a a a , and a ( μ ) : = j μ / u μ a(\mu):=j_\mu/u_\mu a ( μ ) := j μ / u μ . A genuine self-consistent operator in the “classical" sense (see e.g. [40 ] ), with an explicit map, is obtained by freezing the friction over a time step τ \tau τ , and reads as
F τ μ : = ( Ψ a ( μ ) τ ) # μ . \mathcal{F}_\tau\mu:= (\Psi_{a(\mu)}^\tau)_{\#}\mu. F τ μ := ( Ψ a ( μ ) τ ) # μ .
Here, Ψ a τ \Psi_a^\tau Ψ a τ is the time-τ \tau τ map of the flow with constant friction a a a . One thus expects F τ n → L t \mathcal{F}_\tau^n\to\mathcal{L}_t F τ n → L t as τ → 0 \tau\to0 τ → 0 , n τ → t n\tau\to t n τ → t .
In these terms the results of the paper read as follows.
By Theorem 7.4 and Corollary 7.5, L t \mathcal{L}_t L t is well defined on bounded densities supported in { c 0 ≤ ∣ v ∣ ≤ L } \{c_0\le|v|\le L\} { c 0 ≤ ∣ v ∣ ≤ L } , for t ≤ T t\le T t ≤ T in the fast regime, and, if the table has finite horizon, on bounded densities supported in { ∣ v ∣ ≥ c 0 } \{|v|\ge c_0\} { ∣ v ∣ ≥ c 0 } with an exponential tail (Theorem 8.1 ). It is not known to be a semigroup for all times, because the fast regime is not preserved by the dynamics.
By Lemma 6.3 , the particle system is the same evolution on empirical measures: δ N , t \delta_{N,t} δ N , t is a weak solution with datum δ N , 0 \delta_{N,0} δ N , 0 . This is the exact analogue of the relation between N N N globally coupled maps and their self-consistent transfer operator.
Theorem 6.5 gives sequential stability along admissible empirical approximations on the energy shell: every subsequential limit is a Lagrangian solution. At initial data for which the Lagrangian solution is unique, and in particular in the fast regime, this becomes
δ N , t ⇀ L t μ 0 for every t ∈ [ 0 , T ] . \delta_{N,t}\rightharpoonup\mathcal{L}_t\mu_0\qquad\text{for every }t\in[0,T]. δ N , t ⇀ L t μ 0 for every t ∈ [ 0 , T ] .
The comparison estimate of § 7 is a weak–strong Lipschitz bound for the dependence of the linear operator on the coupling: for histories A 0 , A 1 A_0,A_1 A 0 , A 1 which agree up to the beginning of a short window I I I , and μ 0 \mu_0 μ 0 with bounded density,
∣ ∫ ⟨ E 0 , x ⟩ d ( L A 1 t − L A 0 t ) μ 0 ∣ ≤ C ∥ f 0 ∥ ∞ ∣ I ∣ sup I ∣ A 1 − A 0 ∣ , t ∈ I , \left|\int\langle E_0,x\rangle\,\mathrm{d}\left(\mathcal{L}_{A_1}^t-\mathcal{L}_{A_0}^t\right)\mu_0\right|\le C\|f_0\|_\infty|I|\sup_I|A_1-A_0|,\qquad t\in I, ∫ ⟨ E 0 , x ⟩ d ( L A 1 t − L A 0 t ) μ 0 ≤ C ∥ f 0 ∥ ∞ ∣ I ∣ I sup ∣ A 1 − A 0 ∣ , t ∈ I ,
with x x x understood in the cover. Estimates of the form ∥ ( L μ − L ν ) f ∥ w ≤ C ∥ μ − ν ∥ w ∥ f ∥ s \|(\mathcal{L}_\mu-\mathcal{L}_\nu)f\|_{\mathrm{w}}\le C\|\mu-\nu\|_{\mathrm{w}}\|f\|_{\mathrm{s}} ∥ ( L μ − L ν ) f ∥ w ≤ C ∥ μ − ν ∥ w ∥ f ∥ s , for a weak and a strong norm, are the basic hypothesis in the theory of self-consistent transfer operators. Here the strong space is L ∞ L^\infty L ∞ with compactly supported velocities, the weak “norm” is a single observable, and the estimate is obtained without any hyperbolicity, from the fact that the singularity of one collision is integrable against the flux measure.
Stationary states. The fixed points of L t \mathcal{L}_t L t are the stationary solutions of the kinetic equation. They have a simple description. If μ \mu μ is stationary then a : = a ( μ ) a := a(\mu) a := a ( μ ) is constant, and μ \mu μ is invariant for the billiard flow with constant friction a a a ,
x ˙ = v , v ˙ = E 0 − a v , with specular reflection. (53) \dot{x}=v,\qquad\dot{v}=E_0-av,\qquad\text{with specular reflection.} \tag*{(53)} x ˙ = v , v ˙ = E 0 − a v , with specular reflection. (53)
Conversely, let μ \mu μ be an invariant measure of (B.1), for some a ∈ R a \in\mathbb{R} a ∈ R , with finite positive energy and such that the flow is defined μ \mu μ -almost everywhere. The energy identity d d t ∣ v ∣ 2 = 2 ⟨ E 0 , v ⟩ − 2 a ∣ v ∣ 2 \frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{d}t}|v|^2=2\langle E_0,v\rangle-2a|v|^2 d t d ∣ v ∣ 2 = 2 ⟨ E 0 , v ⟩ − 2 a ∣ v ∣ 2 , which is not affected by the reflections, gives 0 = 2 j μ − 2 a u μ 0=2j_\mu-2au_\mu 0 = 2 j μ − 2 a u μ after integration. Hence a = a ( μ ) a=a(\mu) a = a ( μ ) automatically: every invariant measure of (B.1) is a stationary solution of the kinetic equation with its own energy, and the normalisation u μ = 1 u_\mu=1 u μ = 1 is the only condition left. If, for each a a a in a suitable range, μ a \mu_a μ a denotes a physical invariant measure of (B.1), the stationary states with unit energy correspond to the solutions of the scalar equation
u ( μ a ) = 1. (54) u(\mu_a)=1. \tag*{(54)} u ( μ a ) = 1. (54)
One expects a > 0 a>0 a > 0 : since d d t ∣ v ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ − a ∣ v ∣ \frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{d}t}|v|\leq|E_0|-a|v| d t d ∣ v ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ − a ∣ v ∣ , for a > 0 a>0 a > 0 the region { ∣ v ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ / a } \{|v|\leq|E_0|/a\} { ∣ v ∣ ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣/ a } is absorbing, so that u ( μ a ) ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ 2 / a 2 u(\mu_a)\leq|E_0|^2/a^2 u ( μ a ) ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ 2 / a 2 and necessarily a ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ a\leq|E_0| a ≤ ∣ E 0 ∣ . The flow (B.1) contracts the phase volume at the constant rate 2 a 2a 2 a , and it is conformally symplectic (compare [36 ] ); its physical invariant measures are therefore singular. Thus, as for self-consistent transfer operators of maps, the problem of the stationary states splits into a linear problem (existence, uniqueness and regularity in a a a of the physical measure of a dissipative billiard flow) and a scalar self-consistency equation. These stationary states are the natural candidates for the limit, as N → ∞ N\to\infty N → ∞ , of the nonequilibrium steady states studied in [10 , 7 , 8 , 9 ] and, for a stochastic collision mechanism, in [6 ] .
Linearisation: a rank-one perturbation. Let μ ∗ \mu_* μ ∗ be a stationary state with friction a ∗ a_* a ∗ and unit energy, and write L ∗ t : = e t G a ∗ \mathcal{L}_*^t:=e^{t\mathcal{G}_{a_*}} L ∗ t := e t G a ∗ for the transfer operator of (B.1) with a = a ∗ a=a_* a = a ∗ . Formally, the differential of μ ↦ a ( μ ) \mu\mapsto a(\mu) μ ↦ a ( μ ) at μ ∗ \mu_* μ ∗ is the linear functional
ℓ ( ν ) : = ∫ ( ⟨ E 0 , v ⟩ − a ∗ ∣ v ∣ 2 ) d ν , \ell(\nu):=\int\left(\langle E_0,v\rangle-a_*|v|^2\right)\,\mathrm{d}\nu, ℓ ( ν ) := ∫ ( ⟨ E 0 , v ⟩ − a ∗ ∣ v ∣ 2 ) d ν ,
and ∂ a G a μ = div v ( v μ ) = : P μ \partial_a\mathcal{G}_a\mu=\operatorname{div}_v(v\mu)=:\mathcal{P}\mu ∂ a G a μ = div v ( v μ ) =: P μ . A perturbation ν t = μ t − μ ∗ \nu_t=\mu_t-\mu_* ν t = μ t − μ ∗ therefore satisfies, to first order,
∂ t ν t = G a ∗ ν t + ℓ ( ν t ) P μ ∗ , \partial_t\nu_t=\mathcal{G}_{a_*}\nu_t+\ell(\nu_t)\mathcal{P}\mu_*, ∂ t ν t = G a ∗ ν t + ℓ ( ν t ) P μ ∗ ,
so that the differential of the self-consistent semigroup at μ ∗ \mu_* μ ∗ is the linear transfer operator plus a perturbation of rank one, exactly as for the differential of a self-consistent transfer operator of maps [15 ] . By Duhamel’s formula the scalar α ( t ) : = ℓ ( ν t ) \alpha(t):=\ell(\nu_t) α ( t ) := ℓ ( ν t ) , which is the perturbation of the friction, solves the Volterra equation
α ( t ) = ℓ ( L ∗ t ν 0 ) + ∫ 0 t K ( t − s ) α ( s ) d s , K ( t ) : = ℓ ( L ∗ t P μ ∗ ) . (55) \alpha(t)=\ell(\mathcal{L}_*^t\nu_0)+\int_0^t K(t-s)\alpha(s)\,\mathrm{d}s,\qquad K(t):=\ell(\mathcal{L}_*^t\mathcal{P}\mu_*). \tag*{(55)} α ( t ) = ℓ ( L ∗ t ν 0 ) + ∫ 0 t K ( t − s ) α ( s ) d s , K ( t ) := ℓ ( L ∗ t P μ ∗ ) . (55)
The kernel K K K satisfies formally
d d a ℓ ( L a t μ ∗ ) ∣ a = a ∗ = ∫ 0 t K ( s ) d s . \left.\frac{\mathrm{d}}{\mathrm{d}a}\ell\left(\mathcal{L}_a^t\mu_*\right)\right|_{a=a_*}=\int_0^t K(s)\,\mathrm{d}s. d a d ℓ ( L a t μ ∗ ) a = a ∗ = ∫ 0 t K ( s ) d s .
If L ∗ t \mathcal{L}_*^t L ∗ t has a spectral gap on a Banach space containing ν 0 \nu_0 ν 0 and P μ ∗ \mathcal{P}\mu_* P μ ∗ , then K K K and the forcing term in (B.3) decay exponentially, and the linear stability of μ ∗ \mu_* μ ∗ is decided by the scalar condition
1 − K ^ ( λ ) ≠ 0 for Re λ ≥ 0 , 1-\widehat{K}(\lambda)\ne0\qquad\text{for }\operatorname{Re}\lambda\geq0, 1 − K ( λ ) = 0 for Re λ ≥ 0 ,
where K ^ \widehat{K} K is the Laplace transform of K K K . This is the analogue, for the present rank-one coupling, of the stability conditions for stationary solutions of Vlasov equations, and of the conditions on the differential in [15 , 16 ] . In the smooth setting a programme of this type is carried out in [18 ] .
The link with the present paper is the following. The kernel K K K is the derivative with respect to the friction of t ↦ ℓ ( L a μ ∗ t ) t \mapsto\ell(\mathcal{L}_{a\mu_*}^t) t ↦ ℓ ( L a μ ∗ t ) , and the comparison Lemma 7.3 is a finite-time statement of exactly this kind: the response of an observable to a change of the history is Lipschitz, uniformly over the histories, when the measure has a bounded density. The singular factor 1 / ν 1/\nu 1/ ν of a grazing collision, which makes the derivative of the flow unbounded, is integrable in the mean.
What is missing. To turn this into a theory of the long-time behaviour one needs, in our opinion, the following.
(1) A functional setting for the linear flow. The density of L ∗ t f \mathcal{L}_{*}^t f L ∗ t f grows like e 2 a ∗ t e^{2a_*t} e 2 a ∗ t , and μ ∗ \mu_* μ ∗ is singular: bounded densities, which are the strong space of this paper, are not preserved uniformly in time. The natural replacement is an anisotropic Banach space of distributions which are regular along unstable curves, as constructed for the finite horizon Sinai billiard flow in [1 ] . Here the flow (B.1) differs from a billiard flow because it is dissipative, the speed is not constant (so that the phase space is four-dimensional and non-compact with two neutral directions) and the field bends the trajectories. Nevertheless, in the variables of § 4 the field does not appear in the linearised free flight, and enters the linearised collision map through a term whose size, relative to the curvature term, is of order ∣ E 0 ∣ / ( κ ∣ v ∣ 2 ) |E_0|/(\kappa|v|^2) ∣ E 0 ∣/ ( κ ∣ v ∣ 2 ) . For fast particles the tangent dynamics is therefore a small perturbation of that of the Sinai billiard, and one may hope to adapt the construction.
(2) Slow particles. For ∣ v ∣ 2 ≲ ∣ E 0 ∣ / κ min |v|^2 \lesssim|E_0|/\kappa_{\min} ∣ v ∣ 2 ≲ ∣ E 0 ∣/ κ m i n the dynamics is not dispersing, and particles may hop along the obstacles (Remark 7.8). In a stationary state all speeds up to ∣ E 0 ∣ / a ∗ |E_0|/a_* ∣ E 0 ∣/ a ∗ are allowed, so that slow particles cannot be excluded by an assumption on the support, as we did for finite times. This is the main obstruction, both to global uniqueness and to a spectral theory.
(3) Regularity in the friction. Equation (B.2) and the kernel K K K require the differentiability of a ↦ μ a a \mapsto\mu_a a ↦ μ a and of a ↦ L a t a \mapsto\mathcal{L}_a^t a ↦ L a t , i.e. linear response for the dissipative billiard flow. The perturbation P μ ∗ = div v ( v μ ∗ ) \mathcal{P}\mu_* = \operatorname{div}_v(v\mu_*) P μ ∗ = div v ( v μ ∗ ) is a derivative of a singular measure in a direction which is not an unstable one, so that P μ ∗ \mathcal{P}\mu_* P μ ∗ need not belong to the space on which L ∗ t \mathcal{L}_*^t L ∗ t has a spectral gap; as usual in linear response theory, one expects that only the pairing with regular observables makes sense. The weak–strong estimate of this paper should be compared with this: its analogue in an anisotropic setting would have the regularity along unstable curves in place of the bounded density, and the integrability of 1 / ν 1/\nu 1/ ν along unstable curves, which is the content of the growth lemma for billiards, in place of the flux identity.
(4) The nonlinear step. Given (1)–(3), the convergence to the stationary state for initial data close to μ ∗ \mu_* μ ∗ would follow from a fixed point or cone contraction argument for the self-consistent operator, in the spirit of [15 , 16 , 3 ] . The scalar structure should help since, by (B.3), the nonlinear problem can be closed on the friction alone, and the measure is then recovered from the non-autonomous linear flow, which is asymptotically autonomous if the friction converges. Combining this with a mean-field limit uniform in time would give propagation of chaos towards the nonequilibrium steady state.
Acknowledgements
Acknowledgements The author is immensely grateful to Carlangelo Liverani for introducing him to the problem and for the many extremely helpful discussions on the subject. He also thanks Yann Chaubet, Théophile Dolmaire, Stefano Galatolo and Chiara Saffirio for useful discussions on the topic. The author acknowledges the UMI Group “DinAmici” (www.dinamici.org) and the INdAM group GNFM. Finally, much of this work was carried out thanks to the hospitality of Scuola Normale Superiore di Pisa and Università di Pisa, for which the author is grateful. DIPARTIMENTO DI ECONOMIA, INGEGNERIA, SOCIETÀ E IMPRESA (DEIM), UNIVERSITÀ DELLA TUSCIA, 01100, VITERBO, ITALY
Email address: roberto.castorrini@unitus.it